World of Animals 3/Story

==Prologue==
The story features a cold open in a terrain that seems drenched in darkness, the very soil seeming to be aged and decayed. Various people in various different aesthetics of armor are around the outskirts of the battlefield, surrounding whatever is off screen. Suddenly, a figure in gilded armor with purple highlights is beaten back, said figure with a claymore as thick as their body strapped to their back, though they're currently wielding a sabre whose blade appears made of various colored scales, the blade teeming with magic. 
The armored figure stands up and the camera reveals who they're facing off against: a strange fox guy in bright white robes that currently appears smaller than the armored fighter. Said fighter holds their sabre, and rushes forwards, attempting to slash at the foe, though they dodge. They weave around the armored fighter, their muzzle appearing to've transformed from a fox's to a jackal's as they deliver a single-fingered strike to the armored fighter's back, sending them flying and tumbling and scraping their armor. They get up, when the robed fighter raises a finger, producing a blade of Pure magic. They then rush forwards, the armored fighter only barely able to evade the strike, though the blow rends their helmet.
They manage to narrowly evade the blow, and at this point, players are tasked with choosing a body and pronouns. For the sake of the article, they'll have a masculine body, use they/them pronouns. Said person is a lion, who, depending on the chosen body type, will have a fiery mane or not. With the option selected, having evaded the blow, the lion brings up their sabre, and thrusts forwards, stabbing through the white-robed foe and causing them to drop their jaw. The lion releases their grip and the robed person takes a few steps back, reaching towards the hilt. They begin to speak, and with each word, their species seems to swap, them saying that it shouldn't hurt.
As they speak, their body starts to morph, their torso and arms bending in ways that ones shouldn't. The camera cuts away as their body twists, the lion reaching for their claymore. They begin to shout that the Monster is taking form, that it's time to fall in! All the while, the person they were just fighting is giving off groans and hollers, the noises mutating into sounds of numerous voices as their body shifts. As the lion looks on, their gaze raising indicating the person they're fighting's grown in size, people start to fall in from the back, among them being people fighting alongside the lion directly. One is a black-scaled dragon man with a large spear, one is a ruby-scaled dragon with a large axe, both of them standing at around the size of a house. And with them is a thin lizard guy wielding a staff and dressed in flowing purple robes. At this point, players are allowed to chose the lion's name (who, for this article, will be referred to as Estmi, and gender neutral, though bearing a mane).
The lizard tells Estmi that he's feeling really inadequate all of a sudden. Estmi says, however, that they'd expected something bag, but this is... Still, if they don't fight it now, they're all done for. He raises the claymore and points towards the foe, declaring that today, they choose to live! The camera then turns to reveal their foe, who's seemed to've now taken a form mostly hidden in shadow. What can be seen are tendrils thick as tree trunks and as plentiful as men in an army. Said tendrils extend from a large orb hovering in the sky, and over said orb are numerous eye-shaped projections hovering above the eldritch creature. With this, players are thrust into a tutorial fight against the Monster.
The tutorial fight reveals the names of the other party members: The lizard being Ponta, the black-scaled Dragon being called Joume, and the ruby-scaled Dragon being called Monan. The Monster is split into three different targets: the tendrils below the orb being referred to as the Arms of the Monster, the eye-like projections above the orb being referred to as the Eyes of the Monster, and the orb itself being referred to as the Mouths of the Monster. The fight starts out with Estmi's turn, and explains about the various options, though prompts them to use the Attack command. The Attack command utilizes the equipped weapon to deal damage to a foe, and are thus required to target the Arms of the Monster with it. Upon dealing damage, the health lowers, as does the Poise meter. The game explains about how when one's HP reaches 0 they're beaten, about the mechanics of the Poise meter, and about examining the Damage Alignment chart.
Ponta's given the next turn, which is where the game explains about using Magic and SP. The player's required to target the Arms of the Monster, the player being required to use a high level Lightning spell. Next, the Arms of the Monster acts, them raising up and delivering a harsh stab towards Estmi, their health lowered a fair amount. The Arms rear up again, before delivering a multi-target stab attack, striking each party member. Ponta groans, saying that the Monster still hurts. Estmi says that they knew this'd be tough even after they made it vulnerable. They just need to press on and make the most out of their openings! At this, it becomes Joume's turn, with whom players learn about Healing magic, and with it are tasked with using a multi-target high level healing spell to restore everybody that was hurt by the Arms.
Then the Eyes act. They each light up with arcane energy, before letting loose a volley of Light blasts, striking all the party members. The Eyes then act again, and each do a party-wide buff, improving all of the parts' Defense/Mentality. Seeing this, Monan says that she has to act fast. At this, players are prompted to use her multi-target Smash attack, which, in addition to dealing damage to each part of the Monster, and, in addition to the previous damage, manage to do enough to break one of the Arms' Poise segments, which triggers a One More. With it, players are taught about Baton Pass, and thus are prompted to use it to inflict a debuff on the enemy team that undoes their stat buffs. 
After everyone's done their turn, the Mouths act. The orb shines with arcane power, and debuffs the various members' Attack power. It then uses an odd skill, Void Blade, to deliver harsh damage to the lion. And while they're suffering from that, the orb shines again, and casts restorative magic, healing the Arms and the Eyes. After all that's done, Estmi says that they'll have to be swifter with their attacks, but for now, it's time for the cavalry. The lion blows into a horn, and prompts the many armymen around the fight scene to use their various siege weapons to buffet the Monster with harsh attacks.
The Monster is harmed, though not badly damaged. They player's forced to continue attacking, utilizing their skills to damage the beast more and more. After dealing enough damage, the creature raises one of its many arms, and lifts out towards a group of the people preparing another siege. The arm grabs them, and lifts them skyward, before dropping dozens of soldiers into the Mouths of the Monster. And after eating them, all parts of the body get healed n early to full. Ponta gasps in terror, Estmi themself looking on in complete and utter horror. The creature then assumes its normal attack pose, as if it hadn't just killed many unblinkingly. 
Either way, the group's forced to keep on fighting, more siege attacks buffeting the creature, and the creature, again, devouring more soldiers. Eventually, the fight goes on long enough for a Judgement Smite. Judgement Smite is described as the building of tension in battle, garnered through the culmination of damage, through dealing damage, through the breaking of enemy Poise, through the breaking of their own Poise, and through landing critical hits. Different characters have different Judgement Smites, and their effects can be examined in a menu. For now, though, Estmi's Judgement Smite, Rending Ruler, is ready. Players are prompted to use it, and with it, they raise their claymore with determination, and swing it with speed that belies the heft of the weapon itself. They strike all targets over and over and over, dealing Colossal Slash damage to all of them. This manages to strip the Eyes, Arms, and Mouths of the Monster's health down to around 35% health.
After that, the two Dragons declare that it's time for their full force assault! The two then roar into the sky, and hearing that, Estmi and Ponta are quick to rush away. Meanwhile, in the sky, a grand, stone structure floats in. The stone structure features a half-sphere base with what looks like a large city upon it. The floating city shines with arcane life, before a rainbow-tinted blast shoots down from it, and slams into the Monster, nailing all of its parts for far more damage than any of the party's managed to do, managing to cleave a hole through the landscape that dives deep into the planet. And as it strikes, all around can feel the planet shake!
After the hit, the game shifts from gameplay to a cutscene as the battlefield's coated in thick dust. Ponta and Estmi were both felled, the former on his belly and the latter on their backside. Ponta seems clocked out while Estmi, with a bit of struggle, gets to their feet. They panted and panted, and tried to look through the fog. They step forwards, clutching their sword tightly. Closer they walk, when they spy Joume and Monan, both looking winded from that divine strike. However, they suddenly see a familiar shape in the fog.
Faster than the lion can react, though, some of the Many Eyes of the Monster shoots through the fog and strikes them repeatedly, their repeated hits shattering the ruler's armor, before several of the Many Arms of the Monster races forwards, and stabs through the lion at multiple points in their body. The lion howls in pain as their life force is seen traveling through the skewering limb and up into the creature, the fog of dust parting. It then reaches one of its arms up, and wraps it around the city. Seeing that, Joume and Monan gasp in horror, and stand up.
Ponta's finally gotten up, and spies his ruler in pain. Horrified, he races over and conjures Light magic in the shape of a blade. He then slashes at the limb, though it seems to bounce off as if he were striking armor. The lion, meanwhile, is trying to pull any tendril out of them that they can. The other Dragons spy them and stand up, Joume saying that they've made it vulnerable, and even with the full force of the planet they struggle! Monan says she knows... She glares at the creature and says that this can't be it. After everything they've done, this can't be how the world ends!
She looks towards Joume, and says that they have one other option. Joume looks pensive, though grasps her hand and nods knowingly. They drop their weapons, extend their wings, and then fly forwards, heading straight for the Monster as it drains Estim and pulls the city. They fly closer and closer, and their bodies become entrenched in Pure magic, them leaving a rainbow-tinted trail behind them as they soar. They fly in above the creature, before ramming straight into its orb, sending a shockwave of energy out that shakes the land nearby. Upon being struck, the Monster's arms release what they're holding, Estmi flopping to the ground and the city released.
The two Dragons continue pushing the Monster, their magic-fied forms shoving it into the pit the beam created, while the Monster remains stunned. They shove it more and more, and Estim struggles to stand, using their sword akin to a cane to keep themselves up. They watch as the Monster disappears into the pit, down into the annals of the world. And then, once they go deep, the floating city shines with arcane magic, and the hole their previous attack created seemed to reform, though into something harder than the soil previously. Soon, Estmi would see some form of beauty in the aftermath of the battle for the world. There stood a tall, tall tree with bark as rich as gold, and a giant leaf-span. 
Ponta pants and asks perplexed if it's over. As he wonders, Estmi pants and pants, and they swear their heartrate is getting lower. They shut their eyes, and fall forwards...
----
Estmi gasps, and finds themselves raising from... their bed? They look around, and sure enough, they're not on that battlefield... And they're not as young. They're currently in a marble room, resting upon a king-sized bed with a single pillow spanning from one wide side of the bed to the other. A red velvet sheet is placed over it, and the bed itself has above it curtains to cover it. Estmi climbs out of the bed, and looks upon said marble room, it featuring a writing desk, shelves full of books, a painting showing them, Ponta, a horse man in armor as thick as a tree trunk, and a skunk woman in lighter armor that seemed to gleam with power. The three of them stand shoulder to shoulder with Estmi and look proud. Top that off with a red rug over the floor that leads to the door, and the area seems relatively comfy.
Estmi looks out, and sees that it's night outside. Estmi themselves boasts wrinkles on their face, their fur is far duller in color, and they have gray streaks in their mane. They're currently wearing orange robes, a fairly undignified sight were they not in private, though right now they didn't entirely care. Right now, they decided to go on a walk, and at this, players are able to take control of Estmi through the city-part of the game. Players are prompted to walk out of the room, and will find themselves inside a hall with guards lining it, as well as banners brandishing images of what looks like draconic wings wrapping around the planet. One of them asks Estmi what they're doing, addressing them as "Your majesty". Estmi says that their mind is racing, they're just going for a walk right now.
Now, players are prompted to walk through the hall, and as they do, Estmi wonders to themselves if they should see Ponta for some sleep magic, before remarking that that won't get rid of the nightmare. They walk through the hall, and eventually make it to a spiral staircase, which they go down. The game skips some of the stair walking, and the lion's on the ground floor. Estmi remarks to themselves that a late night snack sounds good, and so walk out into a hall similarly decorated, though now boasting rooms to adjacent halls/rooms. Players walk more and more, and are soon going through one hall, and make it to a giant room with a bunch of large tables laid out with benches at each of them.
He goes into a door adjacent, grabs himself a plate and some biscuits, and then steps into the mess hall and eats lethargically. As he eats, the horse guy from the painting steps in, and sees the lion. He walks in and asks the ruler what they're doing out here at this hour. Estmi simply answers that he's eating. There's a pause between the two, before the horse asks if he can't sleep again. Estmi, though belatedly, says that that is the case. The guy in heavy armor approaches, and suggests that they get some fresh air.
So they step out, Estmi holding the plate while the horse leads him. He asks the horse if this is necessary, addressing them as Faunt. The horse says that they've been hold up for a long time now, the kingdom's getting worried for their health. Estmi, however, says that a few weeks in isolation never hurt, though Faunt brings up that it's almost the end of the month! Estmi asks if it's really been that long, and the horse nods. By now, they've made it to the top of a wall, a large wall extending from the back of the castle and wrapping around a castle town full of significantly smaller buildings, market stands, statues, roads, the works. The wall itself brandishes that symbol from before as flags around it.
They walk along the walkway on top of the wall, and Estmi continues eating. Faunt asks if this nightmare was about the fight 15 years ago. The lion nods and keeps walking. Faunt says that there's been no alterations to the Memoriam Tree, that Monster's gone nowhere. Estmi says that that isn't the issue. The horse turns to them curious, and the ruler explains that that's been a memory in his head for a long time, and for a while, he's been able to push past it. But, as of late, they've become more aware of their age.
Yes, they admit, they're far from the powerful warrior that stormed the battlefield, and seeing themselves like that, they've grown self conscious and, well, fearful. In that moment they'd felt the claws of death, and it terrified them. It was such a terrible, piercing feeling through their very essence. Faunt supposes they've always been a bit extra cautious ever since that fight. And Estmi says that now that they're getting older... Almost nightly they're reminded of their fading strength, and of their lessening grip on this kingdom. They fear that their action won't be suitable, and at the same time, they don't feel confident enough in their judgements. Their mind led Joume and Monan to sacrifice themselves. 
Faunt says that he respects his fear, but he cannot lie in inaction for long. He hates to be blunt, but in who knows how many years a new ruler will have to take over this kingdom. And if they haven't set the stage for an heir, then who knows what'll happen to the kingdom itself. Estmi says that they know... But they haven't felt confident in any of their abilities. Maybe they'll get the strength some other day, but Faunt says that that's been said in the past. The two then lean over the wall and watch out across the landscape. Estmi sighs and rubs their face, remarking "Look at me..." in a derisive tone.
Faunt looks on solemnly, though as they lean and stare, an arcane light shines in the sky. The duo looks on curious, and see it descend to the ground, Faunt saying that that looks like Draconic magic.
----
The scene then cuts to the horse pulling a long a carriage, Estmi seated in it while still wearing his robes. They're riding out to the landscape and in the direction of that shine. As they do, some fauna can be seen investigating, though they quickly race away when Faunt approaches. He races through, before eventually arriving at the site of the landing, a small forest with a brook going through it. And there, there appears to be a Dragon with yellow scales. Faunt brings the carriage to a stop, and Estmi climbs out before racing to the Dragon, and taking a knee before her.
The yellow Dragon assures them that that isn't necessary. The lion steps up, and asks the Dragon what brings her here. The yellow Dragon explains that Estmi's been observed as of recent, and through that, they've been judged. Estmi's eyes widen and they take a few breaths. They say that they haven't prepared an heir, that they beg them not to finish them. Not now. The Dragon, however, raises a hand to silence the lion, and assures that their judgement is not anything nearly so terrible. No, instead they wish for a duty upon the one that led the world against the Monster from Beyond.
The Dragon peers behind it. And then, a Dragon with ruby scales, her being three feet tall, boasting small wings, a small tail, and small horns, steps out cautiously. The Dragon then turns to Estmi, and says that this child was hatched during the fight. They've been left to caretakers, though she's been struggling under their care. As one so close to her old parents, she felt that Estmi should offer a hand. Estmi blanches, and asks if she really means what they think she does. The yellow Dragon nods, and tells the Dragon girl that this is the ruler they've been talking about.
The two approach each other, and the Dragon introduces them. The lion: Estmi, ruler of Ruga. The Dragon: Eve, developing Dragon. The two get closer, and extend a hand to each other. They then perform a handshake. Eve says "hello" to them, and Estmi, albeit hesitantly, says "greetings" back. With that, the title drops.
==Chapter 1: Fledgling Heir==
;Abris 6th, 1430
On this day, Estmi has set up a room for the young Dragon. The ruby scaled Dragon enters and checks out where she's set up. She's set in a room adjacent from the ruler's. It's not yet wholly decorated, but it features a nice enough bed, a dresser, and a closet. Estmi asks if the room is good to her, and she says that it's not the Draconic Gardens, but she was told that it'd be a little more rustic. She comes over to the bed, and sits down on it. Estmi points out that it's morning, and that if she'd like, she can probably come along with him and enjoy the outside a little. She, however, says that she'd rather just stay in her bedroom for a little bit. Estmi understands, and they thus leave her be, though the ruler leaves behind a bell. They say that if she wishes anything, she can just ring that bell for someone to help her.
He thus steps out down the stairs and towards a room near the mess hall. This room features a round table with plenty of seats around it. Three people fill them: Faunt, the skunk woman depicted in the art from before, and a cow lady with robes on bearing the Draconic symbol. Estmi sits before them, and asks if Faunt told them the situation. The skunk lady nods, saying that the big guy told them the Dragons dumped some kid on them. The cow tells her, addressing her as Osloca, to show more reverence towards one of the gods. The skunk shrugs, telling her, Egilica, that she's just jesting. She then asks if this kid's gonna be the one who inherits the kingdom, to which Estmi says that that'll likely happen. Though first, they need to make sure she's ready.
Faunt points out that as a Dragon, she's probably been greatly informed on the way of life, though the lion tells him that her scenario is quite different. She's young, and recently lost her parents. Apparently she's locked herself up in her room for a while and her studies have fully behind. So, for now they are tasked with being there for her so that she may grow. Ergo, classes will be set up so that she can learn about the land and learn to become what Ruga needs in the future. Osloca supposes that can be done, that they can just get the people to set up her coursework, though Estmi denies the possibility. They say that they can't just force the people to fund her education. Therefore, they will need to gather a personal wallet to support her growth. 
Egilica remarks that that's slightly unusual, but if the ruler feels that way, they shall comply. Faunt nods and says that he'll make sure to save up every gold piece for the sake of the youth. Osloca says she'll try and find something. Estmi thus says that it sounds strange now, that they're changing a lot of things around the castle right now. But they stood up to the Monster from Beyond years ago, this should surely be a cakewalk. The three give a nod of approval, before each taking each other's hand. They thus swear to do everything in their power to give this girl a bright future.
----
With that, players are now put through a tutorial for preparing Eve. Tutors have been hired, and they've been setting up classes. There aren't many right now, but there are a few set up that require a decent amount of money per week in order to function. Players are able to go around the castle to approach one of these tutors in order to interact with them. In addition to that, players are able to utilize an agenda to set up a schedule for Eve, though this'll be done in front of her. She'll have different reactions to certain classes, though players will be able to select the classes regardless of her reaction. At this point players are told a bit about her temperament, which influences her attitude in certain battles. The classes, meanwhile, help Eve to learn certain Skills and Passives for battle, while also granting her some stat buffs depending on the classes she takes.
The following classes are available to players, and they will explain what kind of benefits Eve will earn from them.
*Science - The study of the world around, granting its students vast knowledge and potentially access to more mentality and buffing/debuffing magic. This class is headed by the well studied Gorithima, a fairly old rat man that tends to help their students along with the learnings of the world.
*Magic - The study of the magic that is ever present in this world, granting its students the potential to access some great elements to utilize in battle. This class is headed by the now retired battle mage Ponta, an elder lizard man who still has a chip on his shoulder after a terrible battle years ago.
*Fencing - The study of the blade, a class that helps people learn the way of the blade and to improve overall weapon wielding. This class is headed by the crass and experienced knight, Osloca, who gives off the aura of a drunkard but becomes really helpful when one gets to know her.
*Smelting - The study of the metals the kingdom uses, and how they influence ones weaponry and armor, helping one keep up Endurance. This is headed by the impenetrable knight Faunt, a stern man that hopes for his students to try as hard as they can in their work.
*Medicine - The study of the restorative properties of not just magic, but of various items to help those that need a hand. This is headed by the knowledgeable and helpful medic, Egilica, who, especially given a few coworkers, definitely fancies the art of politeness alongside the ability to help out those that need it.
Before assigning the classes, players can go to the various classes and interact with the tutors. The various tutors are positioned in various parts of the castle, and they're currently setting up their courses.
*Gorithima - The rat greets Estmi, saying that he's been preparing his stuff. He's had to pick up a few of the more rudimentary science documents, and it took a lot of searching through the archives, but he thinks he has everything. The ruler snickers at that and says that he should be a little more easier. They still remember when they struggled in his class. Gorithima laughs and asks him if he's gotten better with this field of research. The ruler laughs and can say "Yeeeeeeeeeah..." or "No". He laughs again and says that he should probably tag along with the young Dragon when they have the chance.
*Ponta - To him, the ruler says that they're sorry to bring them out of retirement again, though the lizard assures that he's perfectly fine. As long as it's not to the battlefield, he'll be perfectly fine with bringing out his magic. Estmi asks him if she'll have the aptitude for it, they still remember struggling to learn some of the higher level magic. Ponta says that Dragons are built far differently from mortals, seemingly able to shape themselves according to the environment around them. As long as she's invested properly, she can gain a powerful boon from this class. The lion nods and says they look forwards to what they'll achieve together.
*Osloca - The skunk greets Estmi, asking them how things're hanging. Estmi says that at the moment they're preparing tutoring for the Dragon. She asks how they're doing, to which the lion says that she wishes to remain in her room for now. She remarks that that sounds like a bummer, though points out that it's been a few years since her parents went away. The lion says that Dragons have different perceptions of time from mortals. Speaking of which, they ask that she be careful with her. Osloca says that she has a few tricks for raising spirits. Estmi then says that she should be careful with those methods, that she is meant to be raised as divinity. She shrugs and says she'll be as careful as she can. 
*Faunt - The horse greets Estmi, saying that he's been looking into his metal collection for material for the classes. The ruler remarks that that's quite great and that they hope this course will be quite eye opening. Faunt nods, and remarks that Estmi themself got really into the course when they were young. The lion remarks that they'd forged their armor and weaponry ever since. They'd tried wielding another weapon, but something other than what they created didn't feel quite right in their hands. Faunt nods, but says that Eve should be sure to broaden her horizons, just in case. Estmi nods, and says they'll be sure to keep her educated.
*Egilica - The cow greets Estmi, and says that she's just gotten her rudimentary books and is ready for whenever they are. Estmi thanks her for her efforts. They say that the Dragons hoisted a pretty big responsibility on them, and Egilica nods in assurance. She says that she'll try and make sure that the girl is behaving well, something that can really stand shoulder to shoulder with the other Dragons. The lion nods, and says that he hopes the other tutors do so. Egilica says that they can certainly try, but that won't be completely possible. She's sure that Osloca lady will try and make her a little troublemaker. Still, she is quite the sword master... She supposes it'll ultimately be up to Estmi themself to monitor her disposition. 
Following those conversations, it'll be time for players to select a class for Eve, deciding on which of the five she should take this week. And once selected, Estmi checks with Eve and asks if she'll be ok going to those classes. She says that she can certainly try, albeit a little despondent. Estmi sees she's upset, and says that her parents were amazing, and that they'd love to see her grow up. Eve sighs and thanks them. The lion says that they'll wake up early enough to check on her, and assures that the chosen teacher will help make her feel as welcome as possible. 
Eve nods and says that she'll see them tomorrow in that case. The ruler thus leaves the room, and goes to sleep themself.
;Abris 7th, 1430
The next day comes, and the morning is spent with a brief cutscene showing Estmi leading Eve down the halls and to her respective classroom. And once she's brought in, the lion would give her a quick hug, wish her luck, and then head out.
After that, they meet up in the room they'd originally met the rest of the group is in. If players sent her to be taught by Osloca, Faunt, or Egilica, the respective member won't be here. There, the ruler says that Eve has begun her learning career, and thus they've begun the first step of her very long journey. Faunt/Egilica say that they look forwards to her growth. Estmi says that the class is fairly expensive, and they already foresee the need of a lot of money. So while she's learning her stuff, they should begin bolstering their pockets. Osloca/Faunt ask if they mean to take jobs or something while Eve is working, to which the lion nods in affirmation.
They also say that the rest of the world will probably wish to know about her. Plenty have begun brandishing their heir to the world, so they should prepare to present her. The rest of the team nods in affirmation, and Faunt/Egilica say that they're going to prepare their gear and head out soon. With that, the group at the table parts, and Estmi is now allowed to go into the Castletown. Down here is a sprawling network of alleys and buildings, stretching several miles out with a central market extending straight from the castle. Several of the features will be gone over throughout the course of the game, though for now the most immediate ones are a set of shops.
*The armory, which offers weapons and armor to buyers. This shop is run by a pig lady called Roboota.
*The medicine ward, which offers various restorative items to buyers. This shop is run by a dog man called Trenta. 
*The gift shop, which offers various items that're meant to appeal to certain characters, from Eve herself to various party members. This shop is run by a peacock man called Elloga. 
After players make whatever preparations, they need to, they can go to the front gate of the town, where the rest of the party is waiting. There, Faunt/Osloca tells the lion that they've recently received a rescue request from a band of mercenaries. Apparently, a group of individuals are being threatened in the nearby forest. Estmi says that they should see to it that that's dealt with. And thus, they make their way out.
----
They thus make their way into the woods surrounding the kingdom, a trail going through them and out while the woods themselves stretch out for several miles. From here, the massive tree that capped off the battle from years ago can be seen, albeit from far, far away. The group is in the Rugan Forest. Faunt/Osloca tells Estmi that the cornered folks should be near the edge of the forest. Thus, the party makes their way out to the edge. They press on and on, getting close to the edge. And once there, they can hear the sound of snarling animals.
The party rushes towards the source, going over a set of hills deeper into the trees, where they see several well armed individuals backed up against a wall while a wolf pack surrounds them, snarling. Seeing the danger, Estmi orders the party to rush in. And thus, they and the rest races in. Thus, players are made to battle the Wolf Pack. This involves defeating several different wolves. They each utilize roughly the same strategy in battle, and thus grow a little repetitive, but the worry about them is that their numbers will deal significant damage to the group. Thus, players will have to be mindful of their health, thereby using either healing to keep up their numbers, buffs to boost their defenses, or the Smell ailment to scare some off from time to time. With enough work, the party will be able to defeat the pack. 
With them down, the well armed men rush to the party, elated at their arrival. One of the mercenaries, a sparrow lady, spies one of them, and asks if they really are the ruler. Estmi affirms that they are, and that they heard their gang needed help. The sparrow says that the boss must've came in at just the right time. She'll have to give her a big "thank you" later. Either way, though, she wants to give them something. With that, she hands over several gold pieces, the lion thanking her for it. And with that, she says she and the gang are going back to the town, and thus heads back to the trail.
----
The group gets back into the Castletown, and after checking with someone, they confirm that the mercenaries have made it back in. Faunt/Osloca say that those guys gave them a pretty big sum of gold. Estmi is thankful for the goods, and hopes that those guys will be ok. These'll certainly help fund Eve's education. Egilica/Faunt are thankful that at least the girl will be in good spirits, but right now they have something else to worry about. The rest of the kingdoms will probably wish to know about the young Dragon, her being an upcoming heir and all. Estmi says that they know that, and that they'll have to prepare for a proper audience.
The lion says that they'll contact the communication network to send word out, and to prepare for a proper meeting point so that everyone can welcome her. Egilica/Osloca point out that they should make sure she's ready to perform or something. Estmi understands, but says they're already working on that. The princess is going through classes as they speak, and they anticipate preparing more for her. They say that they'll go to Eve later tonight and discuss the situation with her. With that, the party splits for the moment as evening comes down.
----
That night, Estmi has set up a table in the eatery, making sure plenty of food is at either chair. They're then seen leading Eve into the room, the Dragon looking over the goods. The lion asks her how the class was, and she answers that she's feeling a bit intimidated by the stuff that the teacher says she's gonna learn. Estmi understands that, it was pretty intimidating for them themselves when they were younger. Eve seems somewhat comforted by that. Estmi says that they were also tasked with making sure the rest of the world saw they were learning, which meant the kingdoms would come over and see him perform. And, they think that Eve herself should have that moment.
Eve asks if she's going to have to perform in front of a bunch of people, to which the ruler says that it's a tradition among the various kingdoms to show off their heirs. They say that there'll be substantial time before she has to appear before anyone. There'll be plenty of time for her to prepare herself. The lion says that they can allow two weeks before she'll be expected to make a public appearance. She says that that's not a lot of time, and Estmi knows that, but a lot of people could be upset if they take too long to show the heir. They swear that her appearance will be as great as possible, and as comfortable to her as possible. The young Dragon takes pause, though says that that sounds ok. Estmi nods, and assures her that they'll get through this.
;Abris 8th - Abris 19th
With this, players have free time. They're prompted to keep their coffers up and keep Eve educated throughout this period of time. There are chances to raise support points or to complete side quests or to grind. And throughout this period, there will be times where Estmi meets up with Eve to either improve her mood, or to help tutor her. 
*On the 10th, at the dinner table, Estmi notices that she's looking uncertain. The lion asks what's wrong, to which she explains that at the class today, they mentioned the various other kingdoms. She sort of got lost on all of the details and feels like she just understands less. Estmi acknowledges that at a young age the many other ruling powers can seem like much. They swear that they have time to acknowledge each of them at her own pace. For tonight, they offer to go over one of them first, and they can go over the rest later. So, the lion asks who she'd like to go over first, and with that the player has a choice of what Eve can ask. Each question can be asked on one of the tutor dates.
**Ruga - Eve asks about this kingdom she just came to. Estmi explains that this is the holy kingdom of Ruga. They explain that once upon a time there was a war that threatened everyone on this planet, and Ruga went forwards to strike at the source directly, and thus were they determined to be the holy kingdom. Eve is amazed at that and asks what it was like before that. Estmi explains that this kingdom basically served as a mediator between Diluba and Helluam. Those two hadn't been the nicest way back when, but Ruga still held divine power, even back then, being the land the Draconic Gardens once sat upon. Though it's not like they rely solely on that. Their father would help enforce trade between Diluba and Helluam, and also would extract residual divine magic from the grounds of the Draconic Gardens. 
**Diluba - Eve asks about that kingdom Osloca came from. Estmi explains that that kingdom is down south, set at the shore. This area is known for its fertile farmland, able to produce all sorts of wonderful crops that it sends out for trade. Eve asks why Osloca would want to be away from that kingdom, to which the lion explains that it didn't really gel with her since she adopted drinking into her life. That kingdom puts a lot of importance on being respectful and on being polite. That skunk had been that way for a short while, but something'd happened back where she's from, and she decided she didn't want to act nice anymore. Anyways, this kingdom is known for its exports and known for its general poise and etiquette, also known for producing weaponry that accentuates those with great agility, while also being protected on its north and south end, north thanks to Ruga, south thanks to the ocean. 
**Enror - Eve asks about this kingdom Faunt talks about which gives them their metals. Estmi believes she's talking about Enror. Enror is a kingdom to the west built up in the mountains. The trail to it is not a straight path, buffeted by cliffs and turns, making it extremely hard to penetrate, especially with the walls set up around it. Eve asks what living in the mountains must be like, to which Estmi answers it's not easy. Many have to contend with colder temperatures and with odd terrain, but mountains prove useful for the kingdom itself. Within them lie precious metals that their mining business tap into frequently. Among their kingdoms is a dormant volcano, whose magma they've harvested for high quality smithing, and they're thusly able to construct materials that other kingdoms pay a lot for. Enror is a land of big spenders, and they've apparently even set up a prominent gambling business. 
**Helluam - Eve asks about that kingdom to the north, past that big tree. Estmi supposes she's talking about Helluam. They explain that that kingdom is known for its control of wildlands, having access to tons upon tons of wildlife that are very useful for their meat or their material. Indeed, Helluam is the kingdom of hunting, it teaching its people to learn the art of hunting, which means learning how the wildlife behaves, how to take them down, and who to take down and who not to take down. This kingdom wishes for farming techniques to better manage the ferals around their lands, but Diluba considers the kingdom to uncouth to assist. So, Ruga's been trying to establish helpful communication to hopefully allow them to prosper. Estmi explains that when they themselves were young they'd ended up interacting with their princess, now queen, and she's pretty in tune with nature, and positively terrifying with weaponry. They haven't been able to see her heir yet.
**Hoarg - Eve asks about that kingdom to the east, that place Egilica says has helped her learn her arts. Estmi supposes that she's talking about Hoarg. That kingdom is stationed within some farming territory that used to belong to Diluba. However, once upon a time the ruler Diluba appointed to that territory decided they'd have a far better use for the material found there, and thus split. Now, with the material, they'd been able to create incredible medicines. However, it's proving to be fairly dependent on good relations with other kingdoms as it tends to utilize various materials to try and work on new medicines. Diluba's maintained a shaky relation with them, and Ruga is also good with them, but other kingdoms typically want to squeeze a lot out of potential interactions. Still, it is known for maintaining some of the same overall behavior Diluba practices, though it's developed its own style in both fashion and poise. 
Each tutor date is the 10th, 12th, 14th, 16th, and 18th.
On the night of the 19th, Estmi asks Eve if she feels alright. The Dragon says that she feels overall better since she and them talked over the nights. She also feels like those teachers helped her get to be better for performing. Estmi tells her that a lot of people are going to be excited, and they know she's going to do great. She pats her head and tells her that they'll help her in any way they can, Estmi and all the other teachers. Eve thanks him. And thus, she goes to bed, Estmi just musing about how the rest of the world will think at seeing that Ruga will have a Dragon for a Queen. 
;Abris 20th
On this day, a portion of the forest is being used for the event. There's a section of the forest cleared of foliage with a platform set in it and several stands arranged around it, with several guards stationed in the general area. By now, many soldiers under many banners are making their way over and to the stand, the trails overlooked by guards. And a fair distance from it, Estmi can be seen with Faunt, Osloca, Egilica, and Eve. Faunt remarks that it's been a long time since this many foreigners were on this soil. Egilica says that every kingdom was interested in being here live to see the Divine Heir, and Osloca rolls her eyes as she remarks that that probably means a lot of those Diluban stuck ups are here. 
Eve says that she didn't expect to see so many people, though Estmi tells her not to worry. She's just going to behave as she has been, though Eve says she's not sure if she can. The lion looks towards the 3 other people there who look ready to offer some form of advice. Players can select Faunt, Osloca, or Egilica to talk to her, and each have a slight influence on her social stat.
*Faunt - Faunt will tell her that she's going to make a great splash in the future, and declares that that will outweigh whatever goes on here. He tells her to live like this is just another day.
*Egilica - Egilica will tell her that she's been a very great student. She tells her that she just needs to carry herself with the kind of respect she knows she deserves.
*Osloca - Osloca will tell her that she's a very spirited kid that deserves better than to be intimidated by these jokers. She tells her that she should just imagine the rest of them are in their underwear. 
With advice given, Eve will try to internalize it and nod. Faunt will then tell Estmi that the three of them will make sure this Dragon is in good condition for going in. They'll recite the schedule for her, and make sure she's armored up. He recommends that the lion go into the stands and look for the other sovereigns. Estmi asks if he's sure, to which Faunt says that it's been a while since they've been in contact with the others. They probably know those kingdoms more for their services to the world at large than for the people on top of them. Faunt says the lion should really reconnect. Egilica and Osloca back him up, and Estmi supposes that he'll leave the girl to the three of them, before turning and going to the stands.
The stands within feature many people all around, from people of Ruga, to people of the various other kingdoms. The rulers themselves are surrounded by guards bearing colors of their respective kingdoms: Blue for Diluba, Red for Enror, Green for Helluam, and Yellow for Hoarg. And the various kingdoms have their own ruler.
*Diluba - Here, players find, surrounded by Blue soldiers, a cat man sitting upright and in flowing garments, a pair of servants keeping the tail of the dress above the ground. This is King Ferengi, and he's seen with a fox boy looking a couple of years younger than Eve, said boy in regal clothing. Ferengi greets Estmi, saying that they've been hidden from the world for a long time. Estmi apologizes for that, though Ferengi points out that they weren't even there for Prince Finnegan's performance. Estmi apologizes for that, saying that they were working through things. The cat supposes that the war of old had been tough on everyone, he can't imagine what it must've been like on the one there in the heat of battle. He asks if those injuries have cleared up, to which Estmi says that Hoarg's medicine helped a lot, but not everything's the same. Ferengi pauses and apologizes for his rudeness. He says he looks forwards to the new heir's performance.
*Enror - Here, players find, surrounded by Red soldiers, a jaguar man standing taller than Estmi and with thick, mountain-like armor. This is King Ocka. He greets Estmi, bringing the lion into an almost headlock of affection. He says that he couldn't bring the kid or the wife along unfortunately, she's a little behind on some assignments and she's making sure she's working on them. Estmi says it's fine, and apologizes for not being out and about so much. Ocka admits that he probably would've been in a similar situation were he to battle that Monster. Just hearing about it sent shivers all the way up the mountains. Estmi just says that his forge was invaluable for the battle, though Ocka just wishes that blade was enough to end it before Joume and Monan had to go away. There's a pause, and he says that if they need anything, he'd love to hang out, maybe show off some of the games up there. Estmi says they'll keep that in mind.
*Helluam - Here, players find, surrounded by Green soldiers, a raccoon woman wearing an ornate vest and with a green cloak around her, her right arm covered in bandages. This is Queen Olive, Estmi greeting her. Olive greets them as well, saying that it's been a while. Estmi notices beside her a raccoon girl a couple years younger than Eve, and asks if this is her princess, to which she says that he is. This is Princess Folga, and she's already proving pretty good with a bow. Folga says she'd love to show off her bowmanship, though Olive says that their own presentation is a few months from now. Either way, she says that she's missed just hanging out with them, to which Estmi says that they remember just being a kid and hanging out. Olive says that being old doesn't mean they can't get to know each other again, and asks if the old hangout is still up. Estmi says they never could see it torn down and had it protected. Maybe they should show it to Eve sometime, to which Olive says that that'd be a great way to keep the old place alive.
*Hoarg - Here, players find, surrounded by Yellow soldiers, a polar bear woman wearing a large dress and smelling slightly of alchemy. This is Queen Inola, and Estmi greets her. Inola greets them as well, and asks how they've been shaping up after those medicines. She says she's been trying to contact them, but hadn't gotten any word. Estmi apologizes for that and says that they hadn't felt the energy to send messages in a while. The lion says that they're doing ok now, and Inola is thankful for that. She says that she hadn't even realized they had an heir, to which Estmi says it's been a very sudden development. Inola asks if it truly is a Dragon, though Estmi thinks to be a little cheeky about answering that. Inola says that she imagines a lot of people would be jealous over that, and warns that some may be better at hiding that than others. The Rugan Ruler asks if they should be worried that someone's going to kidnap her or something, though Inola says that if she is indeed a Dragon she probably won't have to worry about that. Still, having a Dragon for an heir, that is a blessing. 
After communicating with the various rulers, the lion notices that the rest of the party is bringing Eve over, and says that they need to go down and get ready to introduce her.
----
Estmi makes his way down to the stage at the bottom of the audience, where Faunt, Osloca, and Egilica are leading Eve. They bring her to the stage, and the lion leads her closer in. She looks up at them curious, and they tell her to just stay calm, though she does seem a little uncertain. The lion tells her that they're going to the edge of the ring, and to simply focus on them if they need. The lion gently strokes her head and makes their way back, standing on the outside of the ring. And now, Eve takes a deep breath, and gets ready to talk, though her next actions will be dependent on some of the classes she'd taken, and on the various ways players choose to have her interact. Ponta tells the group that all kingdoms here are seeing a hereby unprecedented event, a Dragon brought to be a ruler. He tells the world to look forwards to the new princess of Ruga, before motioning towards her, the crowd cheering.
*If Eve spent a lot of time around Gorithima's class and following his responses, she greets the crowd. She says that she's been learning about a lot of the natural processes, like how the weather forms and stuff. She then starts to talk about how the magics within the atmosphere manifest into bolts of energy during lightning storms. As she explains, Ponta tells her that this is all interesting information, but they do have a ceremony to continue with.
*If Eve spent a lot of time around Ponta's class and following his responses, she greets the crowd. She explains that she's been learning about Magic, and about the casting process. She takes a deep breath and channels one of the spells she's learned, before launching it out towards the edge of the arena, causing soldiers and Ponta nearby to stumble in shock. The lizard tells her that she's doing very good with her lessons, though they should continue with their ceremony.
*If Eve spent a lot of time around Osloca's class and following her responses, she greets the crowd. She starts to say that she's been learning some fun tricks with her teachers and, though she starts to giggle, she does say she'd like to show one. She then stands upright, clears her throat, and starts trying to burp the alphabet. Estmi motions for Ponta to cut her off, and the lizard will rush, telling her that that's a fun trick but they'll have to go over that later.
*If Eve spent a lot of time around Faunt's class and following his responses, she greets the crowd, and says that she knows a lot about the forge. She brings out a sword and says that she made this in class, explaining that Faunt actually made this for her, and starts to talk about the metal making process, though Ponta will say that they can talk at length about that later. 
*If Eve spent a lot of time around Egilica's class and following her responses, she greets the crowd, saying that she's been learning about medicine. She says her teacher has also shown her to be very proper and poised and demonstrates as much by standing on her tiptoes. She stands still for admittedly a long time, and Ponta tells her that that is quite impressive, and that they should continue their ceremony.
Once she introduces herself, the crowd murmuring over what the lady's presented. Estmi, meanwhile, steps forwards to address the many onlookers. They explain that Eve was brought to them with a great purpose, and their kingdom is not to take this duty lightly. She will be a ruler that all will look up to and love. The crowd does seem more excited about this, unaware of some strangers in the forest around the performance area approaching a section of it. There's a cave with a large resting animal, the foes nearing it...
Back at the performance, Eve can be seen performing whatever she's been trained best in, whether she be trying to form waves of elemental magics, showing focused bolts of elementals, displaying some swordsmanship, brandishing some metalwork she's made, or showing some potions she'd transmuted. As she performs, the lion ruler stands back, nervous themself. They think about the duty they have, and how much they can only hope that she can live up to those other Dragons. As they think, the rest of the party comes up, mentioning that the girl is doing very well for herself.
Estmi can only hope the Dragons would agree, to which Faunt says that it hasn't even been a year since she'd been adopted, they can't quite decide so soon. Osloca, meanwhile, can't help but wonder why they'd drop her off on a mortal, even if they're as renowned as Estmi. Egilica admits that it is a bit of an odd decision, which leads her to wonder if this is for more than just the girl. Estmi says that they can't worry about their motives, they've been given a duty after years of doing nothing, and they have to own up to it. Egilica, however, tells the lion that they should remember being a parent isn't just a job or a duty, nor should they just think about the child.
As they talk, there's some rumbling from one edge of the arena. This catches several of the guards' attention, as well as Eve. The many foreign guards turn to face, starting to get concerned. Faunt remarks that he doesn't have a good feeling about this. Estmi says that whatever that is, it sounds like... it's coming straight for Eve! Osloca says that whatever is coming, odds are that girl is going to get wrapped up in it. She recommends to the leader to adjust the team to accommodate for her. Thus, players have a moment to prepare before heading in. And go to the main stage they do, Eve looking at the party in worry. Then, a loud slam erupts from the other end, hurling several guards, and revealing the source of the freaky noises.
Out comes a beast of pure muscle and hair, tusks jutting outwards like spears. Arrows and spears stem from its scarred hide, yet it appears unfettered by the damage it's sustained. A mighty boar, practically steaming before the group, has wandered into the area. Faunt asks what the meaning of this is, a creature like this should've been felled far before it got within smelling distance of this crowd. Osloca says they can worry about how the guards are holding up when this thing doesn't look like it's about to gore them. Egilica says that whatever the reason is, it looks like it's going to be stronger than the usual wild-life. And as they mull over this, Eve can't help but notice the creature's eyes, which seem to spy her with an odd... nothingness behind them. She seems unsettled and looks up at the lion in worry. At this, Estmi can say "You're safe with us" or "It won't harm a single scale on you".
With this, players battle the Raging Boar. The foe proves to be a bit of a problem, boasting high attack power and being decently chunky, meaning that it takes a lot to put it down. It also tends to buff up its attack power before rushing a single target with a powerful Stab attack, or trying to strike multiple targets with a Smash attack. Add in Wind damage, and it has a decent coverage, but should be able to be countered with some evasive techniques on the party's side, as well as appropriate buffs or debuffs.
This fight is also when players are taught about fighting alongside Eve. She's an AI controlled party member, who's learned various Skills depending on classes she'd taken, and has her own stats also set up depending on classes. Part of fighting with Eve means being able to read her overall role/behavior in battle, while also keeping in mind her overall skill list. The game assures that her list can be adjusted as the game goes on. Estmi also has a special list of commands, them being able to have some sort of influence on Eve with a chance to alter her fighting style. With the team working with her, they should be able to defeat the Boar.
With the beast felled, the party stands back as it collapses on the stage, it letting out a death knell as it collapses onto its side. The party sighs and sheathes their weapon while Eve looks upon the beast, swearing she can see that strange nothingness disappear from its eyes. The other warriors, however, are only grateful that this beast is done for. As they do, they can hear the crowd start to get up. As they take in their surroundings, they can hear people racing down towards them. Turning, they can see several foreign guards surrounding the various leaders of the other kingdoms. Ferengi has with him a whip-like sword, Ocka a set of super sized gauntlets, Olive a composite bow, and Inola a segmented staff.
Seeing the fight has passed, Oliva asks if everything's alright. Ferengi asks if the Dragon is alright, and the party assures that the danger is passed. The raccoon can't help but note that this isn't typical behavior of this sort of creature, they tend to be solitary. She asks if anyone could've provoked it, to which Faunt says that he'll make sure they seek out any potential suspects. Estmi apologizes, saying that this wasn't how Eve's performance was supposed to go, though Ocka ponders what they're apologizing for. This girl took on a rampaging beast all on her own and without even preparing to face it! She definitely performed well!
Eve seems a little out of it, though soon realizes she's given praise, and nervously thanks them. Inola does admit that was an impressive fight, but she can't help but be concerned that an attempt like this would be made upon a Dragon of all beings. She says that in the future, she'd be more than happy to provide some of her own soldiers to try and keep her safe. The cat ruler gives her a venomous side eye before saying that he was about to offer the same thing. Ocka swears that he'd make sure the mightiest of barriers are placed between her and danger, though before the many rulers can continue their squabbling, Olive says that a time like this is not a time to try and put down one or the other.
She says that she's sure the lot of them can offer aid to Eve for the future. Estmi takes in the information and feels the many eyes on them. The lion looks towards the other party members, them trying to silently tell them that this seems like a good idea. Estmi turns towards the other rulers, and says that they can make sure she gets support from other people. They've recently set up a series of classes for her to take to make sure she could perform here, and they're sure that if they put their minds to it, they can set up an even greater one, one where she's always around brilliant prodigies. The rulers each seem happy to hear this, each swearing that they'll make sure she'll see the grandest warriors.
With that, they start to leave, Ruga having proven at least at first that they not only bring a worthy heir to the throne, but that they are worthy of having her as an heir. Meanwhile, Eve can't help but feel weird about this. Sure, she performed well, according to each of them, but everything went massively off script. On top of that, she's still not sure if she saw what she really thought she did...
==Chapter 2: Brand New University==
Night comes, the various soldiers and others have made their way from the grounds, Estmi and Eve making their way through the halls and to Eve's bedroom. The lion says that that was unexpected, but it seems like things worked out for the best. They might even be able to expand on what she can learn. However, the lion takes notice of her unease. They ask her if she's doing alright; they also say that she's safe here. Eve says she is alright. But, there was something about that feral, some strange feeling from it. The ruler does say it's unusual for a beast like that to just barrel in, though they are done with.
Eve supposes so... Still, she saw something in its eyes. Estmi holds their chin in contemplation. They say that they can make sure that soldiers investigate, maybe see whether or not there are signs of something instigating that boar. She says she'd like that. The Dragon lays in bed, and Estmi says that they're going to work on developing her curriculum more soon, and if it gets big enough, there might be more people arriving. They hopes that she'll be able to enjoy the company of the new students. Eve admits that she's not sure how she'll feel about the new guys, but she supposes she can get used to it. She hopes.
Estmi tells her that it'll be alright. They're just other people, and, especially seeing as she is a Dragon, odds are they'll probably be looking up to her. Eve gives pause, and says she struggles to feel comfortable enough to talk to people. She does feel alright with them themself, and the other teachers... But she's not sure if she can bring herself to talk to other people, as equals. Estmi thinks back to their own experience, having isolated themselves after that war 15 years ago. At this, players have a chance to talk, "Be truthful" or "Keep it buried". To the former, Estmi admits that they felt like she did... but since she herself came down, they've been opening up more and more. They promise it won't be as scary as she fears it'll be. To the latter, they say that they'll be sure to support her through it all, and to make sure she can handle everything well.
Either way, she thanks the lion. She says that she'll try to make friends, and Estmi thanks her. They also add that even if she can't get the first ones she goes for, there's definitely going to be more that'll want to hang out with her. The Dragon nods, thankful. The two wish each other night, and Estmi steps out. They make their way to the wall, looking over the night sky. They take a deep breath, before collapsing onto their backside. They mull to themselves about how they didn't think that raising a child could be this taxing... They look onto the Memoriam Tree, clearly in thought of what brought this thing to life in the first place. They take a deep breath, before saying that there are far worse pains...
;Abris 21st, 1431
At this, Estmi heads out of the castle and to the town, flanked by Faunt, Osloca, and Egilica. They Walk through the streets, several of the civilians taking notice and stepping away. As they walk, Faunt tells Estmi that the building is in place, and they're still gathering employees. Estmi asks the three of them if they've found someone that can take their place in this establishment, Osloca saying that so far no one's been able to measure up to them. Egilica says that she's still not certain that this is a good idea. Estmi reminds her that this is the holy kingdom, they've got a fair bit in the coffers to accommodate for it. She says that she knows, but what about after they've taken care of it, though the lion says that that's why this thing is opening up to other kingdoms. Months before its members from the various kingdoms already sent rosters. They assure that this'll be a boon, especially for Eve.
They soon cross the noble district and get nearer to their destination, where the group soon stands before a large building. Said building is marble with columns before the front of it, and well-etched words upon the overhead arch. The building itself is 5 stories tall and has soft pinks, blacks and ruby paintings around the exterior, although the paint doesn't look complete. If players explored the area before this point, they would've noticed that this area used to hold, as of a few years ago, defunct hotels that were abandoned after a war between delinquents. Material was taken from the hotel and used to help build at least a small portion of the building itself. This is the Rugan International University.
Faunt remarks that this building is sure to impress any who step in it. Osloca, however, doubts that. As big and grand as it appears, universities live and die by reputation; sure they have Eve, but if she doesn't manage to keep the rest of the world's attention, there's a good chance this could flop. Estmi says that they think that if they could keep up communication with the other leaders, they're sure that they can keep this place in the public eye. Egilica's sure that Eve will have to play a role in that too... She just hopes that the girl can handle herself around these people. Estmi nods, before turning to Faunt and asks when they think it can open up. The stallion says that they should have a sufficient amount of teachers for the roster within the week, though he can't be sure about when they can get teachers for each of them.
Estmi says that they'll have to have a one on one with certain members of the roster so they can explain the situation. Egilica asks if it's wise to open just yet, to which the lion says that they've been promising this for a while, they should make sure the people can access it sometime soon. Thus, the lion begins to head off, the trio staying behind. Osloca remarks that the lion's moving too fast, to which Faunt points out that they've been couped up in the castle for many years, maybe they're just compensating. The cow says that they should prepare to open in case she can't talk them out of this.
----
Estmi is back in the castle, Eve having woken up and taken notice of the lion. They tell the Dragon that that university they've been talking about looks like it's about ready for teaching. It'll have some work done on it throughout, but it will still be open to teaching students. She seems somewhat excited, and asks if she can see the usual teachers there. Estmi says that they're working through that part. However, there is something else they wished to talk to her about. There's a chance it could be ready within the week, and as such, they will be looking through the various people to make sure they know what they're getting into and see if they'll be good to enter.
Several of the candidates have taken residence in some of the hotels here, so a fair few will show up throughout the oncoming days. They wanted to let her know to be ready. Eve furrows her brow, and asks if she's expected to attend. Estmi says that a lot of the people are here because of the Dragon, they feel it'd be helpful to the process if they'd have a chance to interact with her. The Dragon says that she's not sure if she's ready, to which Estmi says that it'll be fine. They might even be satisfied enough just to see her. They also say that if anything goes wrong, they'll be here to help her.
These people should start showing up tomorrow, so they ask her to make sure they are prepared for that. They themselves have to be prepared as well. So, they head to their office. Eve herself seems uncertain, when the trio make their way into hall. Egilica asks if Estmi came through, to which Eve answers that they went into their office to prepare for tomorrow. She also explains what they were just talking about, Faunt realizing that they are serious about moving through this fast. Eve asks if something's wrong, to which the skunk says that that just means they have to match their pace.
Thusly, Faunt splits from the group to grab the other teachers. The Dragon is in a room with Faunt, Osloca, Egilica, Gorithima, and Ponta. Faunt realizes he forgot to ask, and asks the lizard if they're being expected to teach at the university, to which he says that the ruler was able to get someone from Helluam, so he'll be able to lie in his home from here on out. Eve seems disappointed and asks if she really has to say goodbye. He says that he'll still be in the castle, but he's just been in need of a long break. Faunt nods in affirmation, remarking that while Estmi was couped up for a long time, he had to fill in for a fair amount of their duties. Eve supposes she understands, and hopes he has a good retirement, with him telling her it's been nice teaching her.
Other than that, the rat supposes that they should make sure that the princess is ready to make a good impression. Osloca points out to Gorithima that she's the Dragon, shouldn't that be enough? Faunt says that he agrees with the rat, the participants might get odd opinions if she doesn't present a favorable face. He says that tomorrow, among the mix, he did notice a student from the Hoarg kingdom. He's a studied individual with a vast knowledge of plants and known for being somewhat eccentric. A mind like his might be worth impressing. Thusly, the group offers to help her prepare for him. Here, players can choose to work on her social stats: Faunt raises Guts and lowers Knowledge, Osloca raises Proficiency and lowers Charm, Gorithima raises Knowledge and lowers Kindness, Egilica raises Kindness and lowers Guts, Ponta raises Charm and lowers Proficiency. With the brief study session, the group soon realizes it's getting late, and thus she needs to go to bed.
;Abris 22nd
The morning comes, and with it, Estmi speaking with several people in their office, Eve sitting beside them. There appear to be a fair few students from Hoarg, as demonstrated by blue clothing and Indian-style clothing. Time passes more and more, when the scene settles on a particular student. This one is a fox in robes with flowery designs over them, and a very vacant look in his eyes. He asks Estmi if he may sit, to which the lion is happy to. As he sits down, if Eve's Guts stat is low enough, she'll comment that he has a very strong smell, to which he apologizes, saying he needed to... chill out before he stepped in.
Estmi clears their throat and checks over the forms, affirming that he is Ren, the fox confirming that is his name. Estmi says that they've been looking over their reports, and see that he's garnered quite the portfolio over foliage. Ren says that their parents were botanologists, so their plant studying sort of passed down to him. Estmi asks if there's more reason for their studies, to which the fox says that there was actually this alchemist he knew... They spoke highly of the ability for certain plants to combine to be able to perform strange effects. That idea really hooked his young mind, so he wished to figure out what could happen if he could combine things. If her Guts are high enough, Eve comments that she finds it find being able to combine things together, sorta like when she did some metalwork. Ren nods and agrees, and players can see support points raise between the two.
Estmi asks the fox if he can talk about some things he's learned. Ren thus talks about how some villages over in Hoarg sell frosted irises to keep cool during warmer weathers, and he knows some men that uncovered windy periwinkles. Curious, he thought to combine the two in a solution, and thus was able to dispel a cooling wind in a wide area. If Eve's Knowledge is high enough, she'll comment that he must've been real careful with his measurements: she's heard that if you bring out the magical effects in a wrong combination, it can cause the one to empower the other. Ren's support points go up some more with him chuckling, saying that sometimes he summoned a small tornado in his room, sometimes a snowstorm.
More conversation ss had, with the fox speaking of more plants and elemental effects. Eventually, Estmi says that he's been a very pleasant candidate. They extend their hand and say that they hope to see him in the university. He shakes back and says that he'll be very happy to attend. And if Eve managed to raise support points even a little, he also comments that he hopes to hang out with the Dragon as well. He thusly leaves and the duo continue with interviews. Eventually evening comes, and Estmi tells Eve that she did nicely today. She thanks them, and says she hopes to keep impressing. The lion nods, though warns her that there will be more where that came from...
Eve meets with the teachers again, and here, they explain that they scouted out the students, and one of them catches their eye. He's a guy from Helluam, and he's apparently been granted some fancy new gear from his homeland. They suggest that it might be helpful to get to know him, to maybe get more knowledge on whatever is being developed. They point out that he's probably a proficient huntsman, and Osloca will point out that most Helluam people she's met have been pretty gutsy. Thus, players are allowed to have Eve study with one of the five teachers for the night.
;Abris 23rd
The next morning, there are more students being interviewed, some being accepted and some turned away. Eve may feel as if it might be dragging, until Estmi takes notice of a strange wind in the general area. Looking around, the duo would see a strange coyote with a waist-long cloak leaning against the doorway, a belt with a short sheath on it hosting a strange contraption visible. He turns up to meet the duo's gaze, and greets them. He saunters over and takes a seat, telling the ruler and Dragon that it is an honor meeting them. The lion, though finding the introduction strange, does greet the coyote, saying it's nice to meet him.
He introduces himself as Dona, pioneer of gunslinging. Estmi asks what that is, to which the canine motions towards the contraption on his hip. He clarifies that it is not loaded, and even pulls it out to show off a chamber that's empty. Estmi admits that he's not really sure about what this thing does, to which the coyote explains that you insert metallic objects into the chamber, then the contraptions within will cause a small explosion within that fires the object through the barrel and to its target. If Eve's Proficiency is high enough, she'll note that it sounds almost like a one-handed bow, though remarks that it sounds like the projectiles would be faster. Dona's support points go up as he affirms that it is very much like that. He says that tests with livestock meat have resulted in the metals going all the way through.
The lion remarks that this thing sounds like it's already pretty impressive. He wonders if there'll be more like it, to which the coyote says that they're still working out all of the kinks of it. Sometimes they have trouble holding it straight, sometimes they struggle to keep it from beating their nose from the recoil... Many have struggled to keep it straight, plus these things require very specific material for the ammunition, so they need to gather sufficient resources. The lion supposes that these things would require a fair bit of resources to maintain. Still, these do seem like an interesting investment...
Estmi then says that they should probably inquire about Dona himself rather than the weapon. Sounds like he's a proficient marksman, to which the gunslinger nods. He says that he's gone through a lot of training with ranged weapons, and has been taught various beast-wrangling techniques. Estmi supposes he's a well-trained fighter, the coyote nodding. If Eve's Charm is high enough, she'll comment that he seems good at landing his shots. Support points raise as Dona chuckles, saying that he tries. If that happens, Estmi will be weary, though will try to brush it off.
They'll then say that they think they'll be lucky to have him. Dona says he's happy to hear. And if players raised support points with him, he'll say he especially looks forwards to working with Eve. The canine leaves the room, and more interviews are had. Evening comes and the interviews end, with the Dragon remarking that it's getting kind of tiring just chatting with dudes. The lion explains that it'll only be a little longer. Eve leaves to speak with the various teachers, who say they took notice of a lady from Enror. Her family is paying a lot of money to get her enrolled. She's apparently regarded for her stoicism and strength. Again, Eve is given the chance to tutor with one of the teachers.
;Abris 24th
The next day comes, and it seems to be more of the same, Estmi speaking with some students while Eve tries to keep up appearances. Eventually, the duo can start to hear someone approach. They look on curious, where they can see a fairly big otter woman approach, her wearing thick pants, big boots, and a very ornate coat for her age. Estmi is surprised, and remarks that she's quite... decorated. She nods, saying that she knows. She says that her parents wanted to make sure she was designed as impressively for this interview as possible.
She extends a hand, introducing herself as Rebla. The lion shakes back, and she cautiously approaches Eve. The Dragon seems uncertain at first, but will shake her hand. With that, Estmi will look over their files, noting that she appears to be from House Higura, remarking that they were a very impressive business owner. Their people helped locate rich veins and developed quite the workers. She admits that that is true, introducing herself as Rebla. She admits that she probably wouldn't have gotten into the business she had if it weren't for their influence. If Eve's Proficiency is high enough, she'll say that it's still impressive that she's as interesting a worker as she appears to be. Support points will raise, and she'll say that she wouldn't like to brag...
Estmi then says that her coworkers have spoken highly of her strength and skill. He knows many soldiers that wouldn't be able to lift half as much as she's been observed, to which she says that she had to buff up her strength. She's had to move material around fields to lay it down for certain projects. She's helped with setting up a storage facility for families. Estmi remarks that Faunt had actually gone to check it out, and had told them all about it. They tell her good work, to which she thanks the lion. Estmi asks if she's finished any other projects, to which she says that she'd started work on an addition to that storage facility, but as of a month ago, with parent permission, she pulled out of that business to focus on her academics when they heard that this university was opening up.
With that, the lion would then ask her about her other academics. She's built up a decent resume so far, but they haven't really gotten to know much about her beyond that. She says that, admittedly, she hasn't gotten very far on the advanced stuff. She does find herself having to double back on old lessons to get to know the new stuff, but she's not sure how much progress she's making. If Eve's Guts is high enough, she comments that she knows how tough that sort of thing is, and says that she was more than able to see results with enough patience. More support points are risen, and the otter thanks her for the confidence.
With that, Estmi says that they think they gathered what they need to know. They tell her that they'd love to see her. She thanks the lion and says she's excited to start. If support points were raised, she'll tell Eve she hopes that they can work together too. The duo tell her goodbye, and she thusly makes her way out. With that, she's now out, and the duo talk to more of the potential students. Eventually evening comes, and the teachers tell Eve that as of now, it seems like there's not really anyone of note in the following batch. In fact, it seems like it'll be over soon. They just recommend she tries to be kind and charming. Players are allowed to interact with the teacher they wish, and then sleep.
;Abris 25th
The next day comes, and the royal duo keeps on with their interviews. Eve tries to keep up, her disposition being different depending on what social stats she has going in. It seems to go on until evening yet again, with the last student making their way out. Estmi nods and rubs at their face, Eve following suit. The lion says that they knew this was going to be a while, and apologize for having to put her through that. Depending on how Eve's Guts are, she'll either say that it was alright or tell them that they owe her. Either way, Estmi chuckles and says that now they'll have to sort through all of the paperwork. And they assure her that she doesn't have to get involved in this part.
With that, Estmi says she's free to hang out within the castle grounds, and leaves. The Dragon indeed feels the need to step out and get some fresh air, and thusly makes her way out to the courtyard. Once outside, she'd stretch her wings out to feel the wind against her frame as she looked over the carefully tended foliage. Among the courtyard are hedges trimmed into the shape of various Dragons. She can look over some that resemble the two Dragons that fought the Monster during the prologue, and a smaller Dragon beside it that resembles her. Eve takes a deep breath as she looks over it. She then hears some noise elsewhere in the courtyard.
Curious she goes to check it out, where she can find a seal woman in a dancer outfit seated on a bench and rubbing at her heel. She seems fairly small, boasting flowing ribbons that look to be of a fabric from Diluba. Eve clears her throat to greet the woman, who notices the Dragon. She seems surprised and apologizes. Eve asks if she's hurting, to which the seal admits she is. She says that she forgot to take some painkillers earlier, and it's sort of hitting. Eve raises a brow, to which the seal says that she is a dancer. If Eve's Knowledge is high enough, she can use a quick spell to relieve her pain, which'll raise support points.
Eve looks over her, and realize that she thinks she saw her during interviews today. In fact, she's pretty sure she saw her in the middle of the afternoon. She admits that that's true. She says that her family's really hoping that she'll get in, to which Eve will say that for whatever it's worth, Estmi wants many people in. She says that she's still worried. She says that her folks are running low on savings and that if she can impress here, they can get some sort of popularity boost. If Eve's Kindness is high enough, she'll say that she can put in a personal recommendation for her, maybe even have people check out her family. More support points raise and the seal will thank her.
The dancer will stand up and say that she should make her way back. However, Eve will say that she realized that they didn't get each other's name. The seal says that she already knows the Dragon, Estmi's making sure of that. She's not sure if hers really matters, though Eve says that Estmi would say that she does, and so does she. So, she'd like to know her. The seal nods, and introduces herself as Telle. Eve says that it's nice to meet her, the seal saying the same to her. And with that, she leaves.
----
Night comes, Estmi making sure that Eve can rest. Once inside, they tell her that classes are going to open next week. They themselves have filled out their paperwork and have some people organize them. Eve nods in understanding, and asks how many people will be there. Estmi says that with the present professors, they'll accommodate 120 students for now. The Dragon seems worried, though the lion tells her it'll be alright. It's not like she'll have to mind all of them. Eve supposes they're right... Estmi reminds her that many of her old teachers will be there too, and says that if she gets overwhelmed, she can talk to them.
She thanks the lion, and thusly rests. Estmi then leaves the room and stands in the hall, where they take a deep breath, thinking about that college. As they do, they hear someone ask them how they're doing. The lion turns, and sees Gorithima. They say that they're doing as best they can at the moment. The rat asks if they're thinking about the university, to which the lion nervously rubs the back of their head. They say that the Dragon is about to be exposed to a lot more people... Gorithima assures that she'll be fine: she'll have lots of capable soldiers standing guard. Estmi says that they're not worried about her physical safety, they just hope that she can handle being around all these people.
The rat admits that there's a good chance she's going to flounder, at least at first. But he reminds the lion that it's not like they haven't had their fair share of mistakes back before they took their title. The lion points out that he loves to remind them... Gorithima chuckles, and swears that his ribbing has a point now. Mistakes will be a part of the growing process, and he thinks that when those times come, she needs them to teach her that things will be ok after they happen. He asks if they can be, to which Estmi can answer "I'll be her shield" or "I'll be her comfort". Either way, the science teacher says that she's going to need the lot of them soon, and he wishes him luck in this. Estmi asks what they should do if they end up messing up, to which he says all they can do is learn from their mistake. With that, the two proceed down separate halls to rest, the lion contemplating on those words.
;Abris 26th - Mei 1st
With this, players have free time, through which they're able to raise support points, perform sidequests, or grind. It's also at this point where players can bring Eve out to missions in order to have her gain experience in the field of battle. It's also at this point where players learn about raising social links, during which Estmi can have Eve and Estmi hang out with party members in order to learn more about them on a personal level and to potentially unlock special bonuses through them.
;Mei 2nd
Eve wakes and meets with Estmi for breakfast. They say that their classes will start today, the Dragon saying she knows. The lion tells her to remember what they talked about already, how she'll be ok. They swear she will, and to make sure to talk to one of the familiar teachers if she gets uncomfortable. She asks what they're going to do, to which the lion says that Hoarg reported some strange beast sightings, and they're trying to cross reference whatever they're gathering with Helluam reports. Eve asks if things will be ok, to which they say that they'll make sure things will be.
They then say that she'll go through normal courses, but if she wishes, they can buy special classes for her. With this, players are taught about being able to spend money for special tutorship. These allow Eve the chance to spend one on one time with a specific teacher, which could give her some aid in certain stats, may even teach her new Skills, and will alter her social stats. The game also warns that depending on the tutor you spend money on, the associated party member as well as Eve won't be available for any post study period. Players can spend some money if they wish. Either way, it'll be time for Eve to head out. Faunt and Osloca will be asked to escort her, the two leading her out and through the streets, before soon making their way to that building shown off before, Rugan International University. Already people can be seen making their way past the tall pillars and into the building.
The Dragon was being led in, and as she was, several of the students would pause and look on, awed. A few of them muttered in surprise and confusion, several of them sure that she wouldn't have actually shown up, and even more surprised she's going through the same sort of door that people like them would go through. Several of the students would step aside to allow her to go through, and through she went. As she walked, if she'd raised support points with them students, she will be able to pick out Rebla, Dona, Ren, and Telle among the group. They similarly seem uncertain about her arriving in the first place. Either way, Eve gets led in, and towards one of the rooms in the University...
The group is led deeper and deeper into the building, before ending up in a courtyard set up in the middle, it with seats set around the perimeter descending in height leading into a well-tended garden. There stood Egilica beside a hawk nb, standing tall and muscular. The various students sit in the various seats provided as Eve can't help but take notice of the general architecture. She momentarily thinks back to the Draconic Gardens, though tries to shake the image away. As the students sit around and chatter, several about the Dragon, the hawk clears their throat, getting the students' attention.
The hawk welcomes the various students to the newly opened University. They introduce themselves as Principal Rotisho, here to make sure things run as smoothly as they can around here. They explain that this establishment was built in not just in celebration for the princess of this kingdom, but for further cooperation with the other kingdoms of this land. The hawk admires how they can see residents from Diluba, Enror, Helluam, And Hoarg here with Rugans. They also explain that though they appear small now, they know they'll see this student body grow more and more and more. And they hope that each of them will be ready to accept each other, the new students, and their princess. At that, they motion towards Eve, still flanked by Faunt and Osloca. If her Charm is high, she'll cautiously wave while the student body clamors with excitement. If her charm is low, she'll sink back as the various students seem confused at her reaction.
Either way, Rotisho tells them that they will be sure to look over the student body and make sure everyone behaves. After all, this is meant to be a place for all that enter the kingdom's borders. And with that, they now say it's time for the students to be dismissed and to their classes. With that, the students get up and begin making their way out of the courtyard. As they do, students can't help but hover near as Eve is led out. A particular pair, Rebla and Dona, get close and take notice of each other. 
The coyote remarks that he's surprised to see a House Higura folk around here. She remarks that her pedigree seems to reach far. Dona nods, saying that it was actually a branch of their business that helped with his own family's metalwork. He supposes that she might be here about the Dragon too. She admits that her family definitely wishes for her to get in her good graces. And, truth be told, she does hope to get close, but this is far from being purely business. She asks if it's the same for Dona, to which he says that he supposes you'd have to be mad to not want Eve's blessing. He just wonders how much room she'll have for others...
----
What follows is Eve approaching her first class, that being a magic class. In it, her among other students are in a class with several desks that rest on steps that lower in height. The room is arranged in a sort of half circle with a large chalkboard in the back with a muscular cougar woman before it. She greets the students, introducing herself as Morge. She says that she's from Helluam and hired to help teach the students of this school more about magic. Eve can take notice of Dona, who seems fairly interested in the cougar before them.
One of the students says that it looked like a bunch of the staff are already Rugan residents, so they wonder how she got hired. She says that she was personally recommended by Queen Olive herself. Apparently the ruler here sought the various leaders for a new teacher of magic, and here she is. She says that she plans to be as thorough as possible with what she teaches them, and she says that she expects the lot of them to keep up. She warns that learning how to handle the elements of reality could mean the difference between life and death, a statement which gets several of the students worried. Eve and Dona, meanwhile, are only more curious.
What follows are moments showing her writing up the elements present in their world as the students take note, the sequence going by in a quick montage. More montages are shown as the various students go to the other classes. They go to Faunt to learn about smithing, they go to Gorithima to leaern about science, they go to Osloca to learn about fencing, and they go to Egilica to learn about medicine. More and more they learn when the day winds down. The various students are getting ready to leave, though Eve can notice Ren hanging out with Egilica. Curious, she approaches, and the cow and fox both greet the Dragon.
She asks them what's up, to which Ren says that he felt like he should commune with this teacher about the field of medicine. He does tend to a fair bit of mixing plants and herbs and whatnot after all. If Eve's charm is low enough, she'll point out that it's the start of their studies, surely he has time to relax before he has to worry about that. To which, Ren would answer that if the studies here are anything like back home, he's sure he'll need anything he can safely stuff in his pipe. Better finding that out sooner than later. Either way, the cow explains that it's never too early to learn, smoke or not. If players paid for Eve to be taught by Egilica, she'll say that she supposes she'll be learning some more too, and say she's going to be here anyways. If players paid for another teacher, she supposes she'll learn that herself and is about to go to another teacher. If players didn't pay for a teacher, she says she may indulge in that sort of thing another day. Either way, the scene slowly fades.
----
Elsewhere in Ruga, Estmi can be seen in their office, looking over several documents. They ponder over the various reports received of a beast in Hoarg. Some regard it as being as swift as the rivers, others say it has a smile like rows of daggers... As they mull over this, one of their guards approach. They say that a diplomat from Diluba has arrived. The lion asks who and what their business is, to which the guard says that they say they wish financial aid. The lion looks over their notes, saying that they suppose they can continue on this later, and asks the guard to send them in. Thus, the guard leaves, before the door opens, revealing a pheasant woman with garments similar to what King Ferengi wore, though lacking the long flowing garments and with smaller amounts of detail.
Estmi regards her as Shol of the Diluban Nobles. They ask her what brings her here, to which she says that word has spread of the recent college opening, and seeing that, she wished to extend a helping wing. Opening these things is a very costly endeavor, and maintaining them and their staff equally so. As such, she'd wish to put in the funds. Estmi seems intrigued, though says that the Diluban Nobles rarely ever do this sort of thing without wanting something. They thusly ask what she's here for. She feigns offense, remarking that people like her totally can do that. Estmi raises a brow, to which Shol says that she is here for a mutually beneficial deal, but still, they shouldn't stereotype her like that.
Estmi asks what this deal she wishes is, to which the representative explains that they've recently been preparing a marvelous attraction of their own. She knows a few members in her district that've been deciding to dip into the field of art. She's looked over many of these, and have grown very interested. As such, she'd hope to open up a structure meant to display the works of these people. The idea then grew more, and she pondered if they could store pieces from other communities there to permanently display them. Estmi, however, admits that they're confused. She wishes to give them money for their college, but wishes for them to help her open this up?
Shol explains that it's an investment. Once the Nobles receive the money to build this facility, it'll collect a ton of gold, and they can then give back to Ruga to make sure their college is looking nice and spiffy. Estmi is allowed to ask two questions: "How can we be sure you'll pay us" and "Are you sure you'll have enough money to support us"? To the former, she'll wave off the concern, and say that it'll be political suicide to betray the holy kingdom like that, she swears that they'll pay back. To the latter, she says that she's seen the art they've made: people from all over will be rolling in to see their work, not to mention that of other societies.
Estmi strokes their chin, deep in concentration. Shol says that the numbers relating to the college have leaked. They have very few students to pay for it, and they appear to be expecting plenty more courses in the future. Eve can definitely attract a few investors, but a few civilians suggest that the star power she could bring might run out. She tells Estmi that they ought to feel more secure in their project here, and she can make sure they do. The lion seems uncertain at first, though mulls over the Dragon herself. They take a deep breath, before asking her about the details of this project.
----
Eventually, Eve makes her way out of the college, sighing as she brushes the sweat from her brow. Depending on if/what classes players paid for, she may walk out with either Faunt or Osloca beside her. Either way, the two guards meet up outside, the stallion asking her if her first day of academics was alright. She says that she's not sure how great it was yet... The skunk says that she understands: she remembers sort of being that way when she first moved into Ruga. She says that the longer you spend with it, the more used to it you'll get.
The two begin to lead Eve back, Osloca about to ask her about what went on, though Faunt points out that Estmi will probably be asking that stuff already, and they shouldn't burn her out on questions until they convene. The skunk seems annoyed, but still follows his orders. They walk more and more, until they make it to the castle. And there, Estmi greets them, before asking Eve about how the first day of college was. She says that she still needs to settle into it. The lion asks if she made any friends, to which she supposes that there are a few students that stood out to her. The lion says that they must discuss about them over dinner. For now, though, they wish to speak with Faunt and Osloca about things.
Eve thus heads to her room to set her various books down, while the two warriors ask the ruler what's going on. They say that they received an offer to help buff up their college. However, they need to first provide money to the Diluban Nobles. That causes Osloca to scoff, at which Faunt has to admit he agrees with her. Those Nobles tend to be fairly self-serving, to which Estmi says that their diplomat has revealed that they're here for personal growth. They wish for some money from them to open up a facility of their own, and then they'll provide. Estmi admits that they aren't entirely trustworthy of this deal, which is why they wish to have some form of assurance before they go forwards with the deal.
They explain that they're considering asking for more money from Hoarg for their request. The two guards seem stunned, with Faunt remarking that they've never done something like this. Estmi nods, knowing they don't, but they want to make sure they can match the request of the Nobles without doing too much damage to their coffers. Osloca remarks that Inola will likely not be happy, even if she hears the request. Estmi admits that they know... Maybe if they garner a reason for further compensation they can accomplish this...? The two warriors are only more concerned.
Estmi notices their expressions, and falters in their own idea. They shake their head and say that they don't plan on doing anything sneaky. Maybe if they investigate the creature on their lands more they can get a better idea of whatever it is and make a more appropriate request for earnings based on whatever they can garner from it. They rub their temples and say that they need to think on this more. They'll send investigators over and figure out whatever more they can. Faunt says that they should be thoughtful of whatever they wish to do in order to maintain Eve's education. Estmi ndos and says they know... They're sure they'll figure something out.
With that, the trio separate, Gorithima having gone unnoticed as, following listening in, they walk towards one of the other hallways. After that, a quick montage shows Estmi dining with Eve, the duo appearing to talk about whatever students Eve raised social points with. After that, night eventually comes, and the Dragon goes to her bedroom. She rests and Estmi goes into their own bedroom. And once inside, they appear to be deep in thought, before exhaling a breath they didn't realize they were holding. They tell themselves to be more considerate... be more considerate. And with that, they collapse into the bed, and begin to rest...
...
They open their eyes, where they see a suit of armor, the suit they wore when they fought the Monster during the prologue. They look over it while feeling immense pressure upon them. They hear a voice ask if they're doing alright. They turn and see Olive, wearing fresh bandages over her limp arm. Estmi says that they should be asking the same thing of her, to which she looks down on her arm in silene. She brings the conversation back to the ruler, saying that tomorrow will be the most important fight of their life...
Estmi says that they're going to rely on the rest of the rulers for support. Olive assures she'll do everything she can to beat that Monster. The ruler falters a little, and the royal raccoon asks what's going on. The lion says that they're not sure if they can do this. Their world could very well collapse on them. Olive gently clasps the lion's shoulder, and assures them that they've done everything they can. They've done everything they can... As she says that, time seems to stop as the lion hears a pair of voices ask "Did you?"
The lion turns, and can see the foliage, trimmed into the shape of the Draconian pair, looming outside the window of the room. Joume says that in the end, they couldn't stop it. Monan points out that if not for the two of them's loss, they would be dead. Their army would be dead. Their world would be dead. Estmi is silent, and the Joume foliage says that surely they could've done something. The Monan foliage growls as they say that they must've missed something. If they just did that one thing... The two scream that "Everything would be better!"
Estmi suddenly shoots up in their bed, in a nervous sweat and huffing and puffing. They look around their room, as if trying to make sure that they're actually in their room. They wipe their brow and hunch over, still panting. Estmi mutters to themselves "If I just did that one thing... But what was that one thing...?" They then mutter about what if another "that one thing" has shown itself now...
;Mei 3rd
The next day comes with players able to potentially pay for another after-college class. Eve makes her way to the college and goes through her various courses. Partway through the day, it's time for many of the students to eat. Eve is at a table with a bunch of guards at it, and as she sits there, several students can be seen looking on. Telle from one table, Ren from another. The seal woman can't help but fill a little bit of a kinship after that previous one on one with her. Ren, meanwhile, thinks about how helpful it might be to make good friends with her...
As they think on more, the two eventually decide to approach. As they do, the guards tell them to keep their distance. Eve looks over the two, before saying that she's fine with being with sitting with the two of them. The guards nod weary, though allow the two to pass. The Dragon asks if they're here to be friends, with Telle saying she'd love to, and Ren saying that he would love that. Telle says that it felt nice talking to her in the courtyard, while Ren says that he felt a sort of connection during the interview. The Dragon does say that Estmi would wish for her to make friends with more people.
Telle asks Ren who they are, him saying he's practicing with herbs and medicines. He's getting more and more into his botany studies, but he needs to get ready to get more knowledgeable in it. Telle says she understands: her parents want to make sure she's ready to go global. Eve asks what she means, to which the seal says that her parents want to make sure her dancing doesn't just stay restricted to this small province in Diluba. Speaking of, she asks Eve if they're planning on having a dance class in the near future, to which Eve says that their guardian hasn't really said, but she wouldn't be surprised.
Ren says he's seen a few dancers over in his province, and remembers how impressive they were. He says that if the time comes, he can probably help show her a few of them, to which she says that that sounds exciting. Eve says that she spent a fair bit learning about the kingdoms from afar, she wonders when Estmi will bring her to the lot of them. Ren remarks that he'd love if he could show off his personal shop to her, while Telle says that she's not sure if her own place will be significant enough for any of the royals to pay attention to.
At this point, the dancer realizes that they've sort of just been talking about her from afar so to say, and asks her how being raised by Estmi is like. Her overall tone may change depending on her present disposition, but it boils down to her kind of feeling like she's closer and closer to stepping into a world she's not sure if she's ready to handle yet. Telle remarks that that does sound like a fair bit of pressure. Ren says that if she'd like, he can probably whip up a mixture to help her calm down. The Dragon remarks that she'll think on that later. Eventually lunch wraps up, and she says that it was fun talking to them. Telle and Ren agree, and the seal and fox say that they hope to speak again sometime.
----
Eventually the day wraps up and the students make their way out, Eve flanked by Faunt and Osloca again. She can see those students from before making their way out, them starting to get surrounded by other students, apparently excited to hear about what they were doing with the Dragon. Eve feels a little worried, though follows the guards home still. Meanwhile, with the other students, they keep trying to wave off the swarming students. A certain pair, however, can't help but feel an opportunity has arisen. 
Rebla and Dona shove in, the otter saying that these two are now under the protection of House Higura, which causes the students to step back, spurred on moreso by the coyote as he quickly pivots between members to block them off. Fortunately, the pair is able to escort the other pair out of the main street and onto the more narrower spaces, at which Dona peeks around a corner and says that they appear to've lost them. Telle thanks them, and asks if she really is aligned with House Higura. Ren asks what that is, though the other party members don't really touch on that. Rebla thus explains who she is, which really causes the seal to stumble in shock, before she bows.
Rebla tells her that that isn't necessary, especially before someone talked to by the Dragon. The seal thus starts to stand, when Ren realizes that that's what this rescue was about. Dona shrugs and says that's what pretty much everyone is here for. The two of them have made first contact, and he asks them to say what got them in. Telle admits that they kind of just gave it a try at the same time and she accepted them. She's honestly surprised to've been noticed like that, and Ren says that after that they just sort of chatted. Whatever he proceeds to describe her as changes depending on whatever her disposition was.
The two hold their chins in contemplation, Dona wondering if she or those guards will let any more get close to her. Rebla suspects that if they don't get an in soon, they're likely to lose their chance of interacting with her. The two turn back to the other students, where the otter says that if the two of them can put a good word in for the two of them, then she'll make sure they'll be rewarded handsomely. Dona starts to say that he can probably find someone that knows a thing or two about herbs, though Telle shakes her head and says that they shouldn't go through that kind of trouble. This confuses the two.
Telle says that as intimidating as it was trying to talk to her, once she got down to it, it almost felt like talking to anyone else. Ren points out that trying to approach her like this was some sort of business is probably going to turn her away. Rebla asks if they're certain, this is divinity after all. Telle says that it's basically how they approached her, and it worked out. She does say they can probably tell her that the two of them want to talk. Ren does point out that they should make sure not to scare her off with this transactional approach they're attempting. He then says that he still got a bit of a headache from those students earlier and says he needs to turn in for a smoke. Telle says she should head home too, and thus they leave.
The two are left alone to contemplate on this. Rebla ponders if they're right, while Dona ponders if that's fool proof or if those two got lucky. The otter thinks more, before thinking "Of course we can't be transactional... money means nothing to divinity." She says that she'll have to learn about the various ways of friendly approach, with Dona remarking that this is where he can shine. He says that he can help have his charm rub off on her, the otter thanking him. He does, however, say that this will require a bit of coin, it being so short notice.
Eve eventually makes it back home and sleeps, players able to see whether or not they can pay for another extra lesson for the Dragon.
;Mei 4th
The next day comes, and Eve is back to college yet again. As the Dragon goes through some of the courses, Rebla and Dona can be seen meeting up in the halls between courses, them seeming to discuss about trying to appear friendly. More classes are had until it's lunch yet again, the students having their meal. And as they do, the four students are seen together, looking at the table with guards around it. The otter asks Ren and Telle if they're sure this'll work out, to which the fox says that they just need to be friendly, like the two of them were.
The two would nod, before making their way forwards. The guards see them, and Eve asks them to let them pass. Thus, the four approach and sit at the table. There, Eve looks over the other two, and asks Telle and Ren if they know them. Ren explains that these two wanted to get to know her, and Telle explains that the otter is a woman from a very successful business family. Dona shrugs and supposes he's nothing special. Eve then realizes that she did remember them during the interviews. She apologizes, she's just going through some big changes as of late.
Ren says he knows how that feels; he's been misplacing a fair few of his herbs as of late. Rebla then holds a hand in front of her face, before putting it down and saying asking Eve what she does for fun. The Dragon seems slightly weirded by the question, though answers that she kind of enjoys chatting with some of the people at the castle, like Estmi and the guards and such... She used to talk to a powerful mage, but he retired pretty much just as the college opened. Dona says that he actually read up about this kingdom's mage, before affirming if it was or wasn't Ponta. She nods.
Dona seems ready to talk more about him, though Rebla's brought her hand up again, before asking her what her favorite color. Eve raises a brow in confusion, and her favorite color will change depending on her disposition. Rebla peeks at her hand again, and says that she likes pink. There's a bit of a pause, before the otter looks towards her hand, and asks what her favorite food is. At this point the Dragon asks what she's doing, before reaching for her hand and turning it towards her. There, she sees a few ink writings on her palm with a few icebreaker questions. The rest of the students groan in embarrassment of the situation.
If Eve's kindness is high enough, she tells the otter that she doesn't need to study to get to know her. If her charm is low enough, instead she'll remark that this is probably a first time for her. Either way, Rebla rubs the back of her head, with Dona telling her, another tip, don't treat those icebreaker questions like they're the be all end all to natural conversations. The otter tells them to lighten up, she's pretty much just started. At that, Ren can't help but laugh, prompting Telle to try and hide her chuckle. Even Eve seems to lighten up at the display. She says that she's sure she'll get used to it. Rebla asks if that means she did something right, at which the table just shakes their head. Lunch begins to wrap up, and Eve says they should probably chat more later. Thus the various students begin to head out, with the otter remarking to herself that she probably did something right.
----
School eventually wraps up, and the five (plus guards) are outside. They can be seen chatting with each other, though the otter appears fairly awkward about what she could say. They can see the various other students coming out and starting to crowd around, and Eve says that it's going to be a little tricky to have proper conversations with the lot of them in public like this. Dona affirms, but isn't sure about what kind of alternative they could have to that. If she isn't in the castle, there'll always be eyes on her.
Eve offers to ask Estmi if they can do anything about this, to which the coyote says that that'd be mighty fine. Though, Telle asks if they'd really be ok with a bunch of strangers interacting with her like this. Osloca snickers and says that the four of them would hardly be far from the most threatening thing Estmi could perceive. Faunt also says that even still, there will likely still be guards wherever she goes. He then says that they can't keep chatting about this, to which Eve looks at the crowd of students and realizes he's right. She says that she'll see the four of them later, and they wave her goodbye.
Thus, the trio make their way back to the castle, the skunk admitting that she's impressed seeing her hang out with more people her age. Eve says that the four of them reached out to her, and she remembered them sticking out before interviews started. Faunt says that he's sure Estmi will be happy to hear about this. As the trio walks, the camera suddenly swaps over to the inside of the castle, showing Gorithima in Estmi's office. The lion asks if he's certain about this trip to Hoarg. The college hasn't even been opened a week, but the rat swears that if they could get to the rivers there, they could help demonstrate how different they are and how certain spaces in the kingdom were able to cultivate it.
Estmi asks if such a lesson could be described within his classroom, to which he explains that he'd fear a lesson like that coming across as maybe hearsay and artificial. The lion furrows their brow and leans back in their chair in thought. They say that a trip like this could be costly and dangerous, though the scientist reminds Estmi that they'll be under the careful eye of guys like him and Faunt and Osloca. Besides, it could also help other students feel more at home in environments beyond their own kingdom. Estmi lingers on the decision more, before saying that they'll contact Inola and see what they can do.
Gorithima thanks them, and thus makes their way out. Estmi rubs their temples, before they hear Osloca declare that they're home. The lion heads out, and sees the Dragon. Osloca excitedly tells the ruler that she has good news, to which she says that she's gotten to know a few people at the college, and she thinks she wants to hang out with them some more! That causes the ruler to perk up, and they say that that is great news! Eve, however, says that when she tries to hang out with them, there's usually a lot of other people that want to crowd around them. She wonders if there might be a place where they can hang out privately?
The lion mulls over this, and has a brief flashback to when they were a mere teen, looking up at a cabin set up in the trees. Alongside them is a young raccoon woman, a young polar bear woman, a young jaguar man, and a young cat man. There can also be seen a young lizard man and other people that may not be familiar to Estmi. The scene cuts back to normal, and the lion says that they might have a place. But first, they'll need to check it out, make sure that it's ok. Eve perks up and thanks them for that. The lion tells her that it's no problem, long as she gets to make friends. With that, evening quickly passes by with her having dinner and night falling.
;Mei 5th
The next day comes, players able to pick a tutorship for Eve for the day. She thusly heads out, and Estmi is left to their own devices. They think over Gorithima's request, before drawing up a letter for the polar bear ruler. They write down the request that rat scientist asked, before approaching a set of guards. They ask them to send the letter to the Hoarg queen, the guards nodding in affirmation. Off they go, and the lion heads over to their desk again. They search through it before bringing out a map and searching it.
They focus on a particular patch south of Ruga, alongside the river along the southern end of the kingdom. They decide to armor up on various equipment and begin heading southwards while following the map they collected. Further and further they walk, having gone this way without any guards. Deeper in, the leaves are more colorful than that of the forest just outside Ruga, and the land seems to lower more the closer they get south. They walk more and more, when they hear the sound of growling. They sigh and begin to reach for their weapon while taking a cautious stance.
Suddenly, a group of feral coyote try to rush the lion from behind, though they're able to pivot around and swing their greatsword to drive them off. With the foes on their backfoot, Estmi takes up their weapon, before asking themselves if they still have it. With that, players are forced to go 1 v 3 against the Wild Coyotes. Fortunately, the enemies are fairly frail, with Estmi able to relatively easily shatter their poise easily, allowing players chances for One More if they're smart. With enough work, the coyotes are beaten and forced to flee, with the lion groaning as they put their weapon away. They remark to themselves that they're really paying for their period of doing nothing.
They walk more and more and more. Eventually, they get to a low slope, and can hear the sound of running water, the likes of which is immediately nostalgic to them. They look forwards, and can see the beginning of Diluba's cherry blossom trees. However, prior to that change of line is a patch of clearing with a very old, very decrepit house held up upon one of the trees' branches by only hopes and dreams. The lion comes closer and brushes the edge of it they can reach, ending up dragging a ton of dust on it. They look over their hand, before gazing up at the tree, supposing that the two of them have seen better days.
They look around the clearing again, and think on this some. They look down to the ground, as if trying to see signs of their old time in this area. They don't see any, and but they do remark that this place is still pretty big. They're sure that it'd be a nice place for Eve to hang with her friends, but it needs a lot of cleaning up. They could probably prepare a fire pit around here, but they'd probably have to wait to prepare an actual hangout house over here... They first decide that they should head back, Eve's probably wrapping up classes around now.
----
Indeed, the Dragon is making her way out, still chatting with those three students. Their time is interrupted as more students start to crowd around, forcing the Dragon to part ways. They thusly begin to head out, soon joined by the other guards. As they do, Gorithima can be seen meeting with Egilica, him asking her about a particular province on Hoarg, Pecual. Egilica nods and says that that province harbors a lot of one of the great rivers and as such has some rich farmland about it. The royal state puts a lot of investment in it, and they've uncovered more and more underground rivers in order to keep on expanding land for farming.
Gorithima thanks her for the info, and the cow asks what brought on the question. The rat says that he's considering heading out over there sometime. The medic gets more confused, and points out that there's word of a monster attack. The scientist says that he's not dumb enough to get in the path of that. He's going to limit the range he observes. She supposes that's fair. Still, she does find it a bit random. Gorithima supposes that he got spurred on after this college opened. It might be nice to get more in tune with the rest of the world. Plus he's always been interested in that area. As he speaks with her, he notices the students Eve was talking to are traveling together, but also takes notice of some strangers near them.
Curious, he follows from a distance. Telle, Dona, Ren, and Rebla continue walking deeper in the residential district. Dona teases Rebla by remarking that she almost came across like a natural that time. The otter points out that he taught her, Ren agreeing. Dona shrugs and keeps on walking, though he can feel his fur standing on end. He tells the four of them that his instincts are acting up, which causes the rest of the three students to pause. Curious they look around, when they take notice of the strange adults following them. One of them looks over the squad, a bear man with a fancy necklace around his neck. The bear says that word's spread that they've been seen with the Dragon.
Telle asks what it matters to them, to which a bobcat woman with rings over her fingers says that they don't understand what the lot of them are doing with that girl. They paid good money to get their kids in her presence, and she's avoided everyone but them. A fox woman says that they want the four of them to leave her alone and give their own a chance to actually get her favor. Ren asks if the lot of them are serious, to which Rebla tells him to be careful. These are high class folk, they want things their way just because they have a lot of money. The bear points out that they didn't let their kids in to be taught be less than a dozen teachers, and they're not going to let some nobodies like them take their money's worth!
Dona tells them that they better leave them alone, he doesn't want to hurt any of them. The bobcat laughs and says that if they wanted, they could buy them and erase them. This is a mere courtesy, and if they threaten them, they'll be more than happy to turn them into the authorities. The coyote narrows his gaze, before taking notice of a familiar rat behind them. Said scientist hangs back, before giving him a thumbsup. Spying that, the coyote grins, before facing the three of them and saying that he's calling their bluff. Rebla asks if he's serious, but by now, the bear's already taken a swing at the coyote, him weaving away. The gunner reaches for his sheath, and tells the rest of them to defend themselves.
With that, players are forced to battle the Big Spenders, and are thusly taught how Telle, Dona, Ren, and Rebla battle. Telle is a highly agile character, having evasion-based skills and smash damage, though not being able to take many hits. Dona is very damage-oriented, while also being agile, able deal arguably the highest damage of the four. Ren is very support-based, being able to heal allies while also being able to inflict ailments on some of the enemies. And Rebla is part support, part damage, able to raise allies' stats and dealing decent damage with her fists. It's a fairly easy battle, and the four will be able to take those three out.
The Spenders are dirtied up from combat and huffing and puffing. The four stand tall, and Dona tells them that they still have a chance to run off. The three glare at the lot of them, before standing. The bear says that they better be ready to regret ever being born! The three run off, leaving the four to sheathe their weapons. Rebla remarks that they're in trouble now. They then hear Gorithima's voice remark that they won't be in any legal trouble. The lot of them turn, and now see the rat. He says that he'll be more than able to provide an eye witness testimony, and the ruler will make sure that any legal complaints those three have will be squashed at once. The coyote thanks him for helping out there, to which the scientist says that he'd hate to have anything happen to people that make that princess happy.
He then offers to walk them to their residing spots, to which Telle says that she'd really feel nicer about that. He thusly leads them deeper into the district. He does, however, muse that this doesn't mean that he'll be easy on them in their studies. Telle, Dona, and Rebla groan a little at this joke, though are ultimately grateful they have someone looking over them. Meanwhile, Eve makes it home to sleep.
;Mei 6th - Mei 10th
With this, players have some free time with their various characters. They're free to perform more side quests, to hang out with party members (including the students now), to grind, and do some shopping. On the 8th, during the science class, Gorithima will tell the class that after some discussion with Principle Rotisho and the ruler, they've been given permission to take a trip over to the Pecual province of Hoarg to personally learn about the rivers in the area. Several of the students seem confused, though the rat presses on despite this, and explains that he'll make sure to provide cooling and food, and that the trip will take them all day, so he tells them all to prepare for such a trip.
After the announcement, the rest of the week goes as normal, though on two days, Egilica and Morge will each have a question that Eve will respond to, though whether she accomplishes the question or not will depend on her dispositions. Getting a question right will grant her some exp. Egilica will ask her what is extracted from various plants to allow them to cure the effects of poison, to which, if the Dragon has the proper Knowledge, she'll answer "Antibodies". Morge says that she knows that the class knows the ability to manifest the elements comes from the practice of manipulating and converging certain elemental particles via will or other forms of mediums. However, she wishes to ask the class what leads people towards certain elemental particles over the other. If Eve's Proficiency is high enough, she'll answer "Different areass have greater exposure to certain particles".
Soon, the 10th comes, and Eve can be seen preparing her stuff for the trip. Estmi tells her that the usual guards are going to make sure that she's going to be safe, with the Dragon thanking them for this. The lion says she should still make sure she doesn't wander away from any of their sights, to which she promises she'll be safe. With that, the lion leaves her to her packing, before looking over some paperwork, including one indicating that some people will get to work on cleaning the area at that one forest. They suppose that'll make for a nice surprise for when she comes back.
;Mei 11th
On this day, Eve makes her way out to college, where Gorithima has set up a bunch of carriages that are loading students into them. Several guards are seen directing students, and Osloca and Faunt are personally leading Eve towards the very front carriage. The rat can be seen going around the carriages and telling the various students that the trip will take a while with no stops, so they better go to the bathroom before they all leave. Some time passes as characters begin to load into the various ones, with Eve entering the foremost one.
The carriages then drive off, heading eastwards. The various students are trying to relax in their respective carriages, Ren seen seating with a fair few, including a shady-looking sidewinder woman. Ren looks over her regalia, and notices that she's from Hoarg. He asks if she's from the region they're going to, to which she shakes her head. She then says that he should probably not talk to her. The fox seems surprised by the reaction, and shrinks back. One of the students say that he is better off not upsetting her. Ren seems confused, though is still ultimately quiet.
The carriages progress further and further, out into the field, further and further eastwards. They soon begin to cross the border, with the grass changing color from a soft green to more yellowy, and soon more sand can be seen peeking between the blades. The trail they follow is still solid enough, though the sands of the desert can be seen in greater quantity further and further from the trail. The carriages continue along this trail further and further, until they get to a river with a bridge across it. At around here, the students begin to unload, each taking notice of the rougher whether, save for those that were native to the kingdom.
Once here, Gorithima welcomes the group to just one of many rivers that run across Hoarg. He points out that, if the group knows their history, this area once consisted of settlements on patches of nutrient land with this giant, deathly desert between them. However, as travelers went eastwards, they'd eventually come across a river with greenery alongside the borders of it. Travelers would camp around these areas and spread word about these, soon leading to people unhappy with the already established settlements to migrate around the river. And as more people made their way here, more people would travel onwards to find more. And even more curious people of Hoarg would dig into the desert and find more rivers with more life-giving properties.
As people claimed control of the desert, others would begin to cultivate it by establishing what'd become known as Medicinal States, but he says that that there is a part of different lesson. For now, they are focusing on the water. He asks the students if they may have an idea as to why the rivers are like this, to which Ren would explain that the rivers carried larger quantities of Earth and Restorative magics. The rat tells him that he's correct, that combination of elements were able to practically birth farmland. Another student points out that there has to be a source to that kind of magic, and asks if they'd be able to find it if they travel upstream. Gorithima points out that once Hoarg rose to power, they made sure to establish heavy protections at the source of the rivers.
He then remarks "That reminds me" and turns towards the distance. The students can see a guard outpost, with Gorithima telling the students to wave "Hi" to the local protectors. Gorithima then says that for this demonstration he's gotten permission to collect a sample of the river water to help show to the students that didn't understand the explanation the magics present in it. With that, he and Egilica make their way to the bank, though as they do, the rat can be seen looking off in the distance, seeming to be judging something. Still, the cow is able to help him get a small beaker of the water. At this, he tells the gather around as Egilica help show off the chemical makeup. The cow nods and begins getting to work on the vial while the rat seems to break away from the curious group.
The various students look over the sample that Egilica is showing off. They can see the glow of dark green and light brown in the rich water. A fair few of the students seem interested, with Eve's own interest varying depending on her disposition. As they look over this, Gorithima eventually returns, appearing fairly nonchalant. He soon returns to the demonstration and takes up the flask. He thanks Egilica for showing off, and then decides to muse that some people have tried selling river water. While it truly does feel different in its normal form, water does need to be purified before being sold, so it'll lack anything that makes it unique once put to market. He tells the students to keep that in mind in case they visit the market.
As the students muse on this, Gorithima keeps an eye towards the guard outpost. Eventually, he notices them stir to action, one taking up a large bow while the other begins blowing on a horn. This manages to get the other students confused as they face the outpost. Gorithima tries to calm the group down, telling them that there are either bandits or some feral over there. He says that if they stay where they are, they should be safe. However, he gets interrupted as some noises can be heard coming near the bridge. Several more turn to face it.
They keep watching... until a large, aqueous form seems to flow through the ground and towards the bridge. It shimmers like the river and is shaped like a crocodile. The various students are terrified and begin to flee, prompting several of the guards to step forwards. The large croc lands upon the bridge and stamps forwards. Faunt, Osloca, and Egilica stand firm, soon joined by Gorithima. The rat tells the students to stand back, they'll keep this thing back. Faunt asks the rat if he's sure he can handle this, to which he says that it's been a while since he's had to do any fighting, but his mind is still sharp.
With that, the group is forced to battle Huhu. The foe features fairly powerful physical attacks, and seems capable of some Summon magic to deal minor Water damage in addition to whatever move it uses. Its physical defense is hard to pierce though it has a fair few resistances. Fortuantely, players learn about Gorithima's style, with him having access to a decent few magical damage types. He also has access to Water Break and Fire Break to allow the party to deal normal Water or Fire damage to the foe. Eventually they'll deal a decent amount of damage to the foe, causing a cutscene to play.
It shows the monster stamping towards the party and slashing at them, Faunt rushing in to block the blow. Osloca would attempt to rush under its claw, where she'd slice at its wrist and manage to drive it off. Gorithima can be seen launching bolts of magic at the foe while the cow uses restorative magic to keep the various guards' health up. They fight on and on, before the foe's able to bodily charge the group, able to drive them all back. The foe marches forwards on the bridge, before being interrupted by a magical blast unlike the rest of them, a quick bolt of Pure magic. It's blown from the bridge to the soil on the other side, taking notice of the Dragon.
Seeming intimidated, it begins to rush off, but the guards now stand. Osloca asks what that thing was, with Egilica saying that there've been sightings of some strange crocodile in Hoarg. However, it was supposed to be contained more north from here. Faunt says that whatever the case is, they need to retreat, now. The rat agrees. He turns to the party and tells them to return to their carriages, it isn't safe over here. The various students seem to agree and make their way to their seats. As they do, Gorithima searches his pockets, spying the meat he'd taken with him inside. He nods to himself a bit congratulatorily, before going to the lead carriage. With that, they all make their way out of Hoarg.
----
The carriages soon return and the various students are dismissed, allowed to return home. Meanwhile, the guards escort Eve back, with Faunt saying that that could've gone terribly. The skunk agrees, saying that if Eve hadn't stepped in when she did, that thing could've torn the student body up. Eve can't help but feel a worried at that idea. Osloca then remarks that she didn't know she had that sort of power in her, she'd always heard stories about a Dragon's breath, but actually seeing even a brief glimpse of it... she swears she could've felt the tips of her fur burn. Eve says that she felt scared for them, and tried to reach into herself to see if she could actually scare that thing.
Eventually the group makes it to the castle, Estmi able to greet them. However, Faunt and Osloca are able to tell them about what happened during their trip. The lion's eyes widen, them horrified at the news. They say that Eve, that nobody on that trip should've been in danger. They ask if they're sure they stayed in the appropriate locations, to which Faunt assures that everyone was within their limits. The ruler says that they'll need to contact someone at Hoarg about this, pronto. However, before they can continue the thought, more guards appear. These ones tell the ruler that a representative from Hoarg has arrived. Estmi says to let them in, and hangs back while the representative is let in, a short caracal man in a thoub.
He bows before the ruler, apologizing for the short notice. Estmi allows him to raise, addressing him as Suruga. The caracal says that guards have spoken about the monster they've been seeing appearing in a region none of them had accounted for. Estmi says that it sounds like the creature came dangerously close to threatening many students, including the future ruler of Ruga. If Eve's Guts are high or Kindness is low, she'll place her hands on her hips and glare at the representative. Suruga apologizes and says that he doesn't know what caused that thing to go over there. But he's sure the kingdom will be more than happy to compensate for the scare.
Estmi asks what he means, to which he says that the kingdom will be willing to offer tons of gold. The lion asks if they really expect to put a price on the lives of their people, to which Suruga says that they can only offer so much for such a grievous offense. They will make sure that they receive it soon. And, hearing that, Estmi seems ready to argue, but then thinks over the offer from Diluba. They mull it over, before saying that they are willing to receive it. The caracal thanks them, and says they will organize the compensation as soon as possible. With this, the representative leaves.
And now, there's an awkward pause in the castle, before Estmi tells the guards that the deadline for the nobles' offer is coming up soon. They say that they want the group to get ready to move out, get ready to garner whatever they can from this exchange. The two seem surprised by the response, with Osloca asking if they're sure about this. The lion says that they were going to fell the creature anyways... Now it just means they're spurred on even moreso to get rid of it, seeing as its movements are apparently unpredictable now. With that, the lion walks off, and Eve is left feeling somewhat disturbed by the air that'd come from this lion.
;Mei 12th - 19th
Players now have a task: locate Huhu, and exterminate it. Estmi already has it in the cards to receive a fair bit of gold, but they still want to take care of this thing. Maybe they seek money, maybe they seek safety, or maybe they want to make it pay for threatening their citizens, especially Eve. Either way, that thing needs to go down. However, after school on Mei 12th, the lion wants to show off a spot to Eve. Here is where she is escorted to the forest southwards, saying they wished to show this to her yesterday, but tensions got too high.
She's shown the scenery: A large portion of the strewn about branches and dust has been cleared away, and now stands a wooden platform. The treehouse is still standing, cleaned up, but looks kind of small for the Dragon. Estmi says that back in the day, they used to hang out with people way back here. It always felt nice being here, almost like stuff like politics or homework didn't exist. Here, they could just be in each other's presence. They'd used to hang out in that tree house, but they figure that it won't quite be up to snuff for her. Eve looks over it, and thanks the lion. She's not sure if that treehouse will be up for her, but all of this here? She's sure she and the others could enjoy their time here! Estmi grins and hugs her, the Dragon hugging back. They say that they'll leave her be.
----
After that, players now have the chance to gather at the Hangout Spot, which'll prompt Eve to gather up the other students to bring them here. Other than that, players can do other daily activities, sans explore the Pecual Province. That option becomes unlocked after gathering at the Hangout Spot.
When the player does choose this, Eve gathers up all of the party, and they meet at the wooden platform. Eve thanks them all for coming, and Telle says that it's nice to have a spot to talk that isn't in the cafeteria. The seal thanks her for arranging this, though the princess admits that Estmi had more to do with this. She then says that, after everything that's happened, she'd ask how everyone's doing, given the... thing on the trip. Rebla admits that that was frightening. Seeing that thing rush at them, a part of her thought that they just might die. Dona says that he doesn't wanna talk improperly about the people that defend Eve, but seeing them struggle with that thing made him sure things would only turn south.
Eve supposes she wanted to talk about that. Those people helped her grow up, she's looked up to them for a while. She says that Estmi still wants to take that thing down, and she's kind of worried for them. Telle says that she can understand wanting to fight that guy, but surely they know how threatening that is. Dona points out that the hero of the last war probably views creatures like that as less threatening then they really are. If Eve's knowledge is high enough, she'll comment that she read some text, and hasn't seen much concrete about that war. Dona supposes that a lot of people were scared of it and wanted to move on. He just wonders what happened during that...
Either way, there's a bit of a silence, and Eve says that she'd like to try and help take down that thing. The party seems surprised, Telle asking if that's smart. However, Ren now decides to speak up. He says that his family lives near the threat range, and he'd personally be more at ease if they were safe. Rebla looks at her palm and points out that friends help each other. She brings her hand down, and says that she thinks they should give it a go. Dona looks over the table and recognizes that it's 3 to 2 for now. But he still says that this is suicide. Telle also points out that they still have their studies to worry about. But, she supposes that if the Dragon really needs the help, she'd be happy to do so. And so, players can now go out into the Pecual Province.
----
Players can make their way to the Pecual Province, where they are likely to find guards (consisting of Faunt, Osloca, Egilica, and Gorithima). Depending on if players chose to buy a class for Eve or not, one guard may not be present, and Eve herself will be missing. The guards will see the student, and Faunt/Gorithima will ask what the lot of them are doing over here. Eve/Ren will explain that they're here to help take care of that crocodile. Osloca/Faunt will tell them that the creature is absurdly dangerous, and they can't dare to let them anywhere near it. However, Eve will say that she doesn't want to leave them alone with that thing; she cares about them, and she won't let a monster like that potentially destroy them. If Eve is studying, then Rebla will explain that the Dragon is really concerned for them, and that she wants to make sure that all of them could survive a run in with that foe.
The guards seem still worried, but do sense that the lot of them are sincere about the Dragon's worry. Eventually, they sigh, and Egilica/Osloca will say that if Eve wants it, then so be it. But she recommends that they hang back, make sure that the lot of them are safe. The students are grateful enough, and decide to follow along. Dona will ask how they plan to track down the beast, to which Faunt/Osloca will explain that the guards were supposed to have it quarantined northwards, up near the Regual Province. Messages tell them that the reptile was spotted passing into the province, so they should be able to close in on it if they act fast.
Thus, the party is tasked with moving across Hoarg, needing to head out into the desert that borders the Pecual Province. They head out, making their way into the warm landscape. They make their way more and more, being able to see some villages and towns and guard outposts along the way. They progress more and more, soon crossing the province border into Regual. As they do, Ren looks off to the distance, where he sees a decently sized town along one of the rivers off in the distance. Said village has high walls and lots of overhead hangs and foliage for blocking out the sun. The fox remarks that that's his hometown. Dona remarks that it seems like a fine enough place, probably keeps out all the sun and wind. The fox nods in affirmation, saying that he's really lucky to've grown up in a Medicinal State.
If Eve is in the party, she'll remark that she heard about that, but she doesn't know what that means. To which, Ren will explain that back when Hoarg was gaining its feet, they'd have communities set up towns around key parts of rivers. These towns would be provided resources to keep themselves defended, and would grow medicinal supplies. They'd be able to use those for bargaining chips for larger powers, managing to get themselves, and Hoarg as a whole, a lot of independent power. Eve will remark that that's pretty interesting. Either way, Faunt/Gorithima will remark that it'll keep itself defended for a while, but that creature could still prove trouble for them if they don't manage to take it down soon. So, they decide to continue on.
Inside the Regual Province, Egilica/Faunt will explain that the gator should still be somewhere around here, but there's still a lot of ground to cover. So, players are tasked with searching the area for potential tracks. And as they do, when players come to a certain part of the map, Dona will speak up and say that he thinks he sees some tracks. The group comes closer to investigate, where, upon closer inspection of the ground, they do notice odd indentations in it. They notice several more in a line from it, with Faunt/Gorithima complementing his observation. Dona says that he's had to do his fair share of hunting out here, but he does admit the sand makes it kinda harder to track this thing down.
The player is thus prompted to follow the trail. They make their way onwards more and more, though there are gaps in the trail that'll require players to estimate the trajectory of the beast. Eventually they get to the end of the trail, which leads to a river. Once there, the coyote tries to look across, and says that it doesn't look like the trail goes past here. Eve/Rebla will ask if the creature could've taken the river. Ren looks northwards, and remarks that the guards towards the north aren't giving off any signal that they were attacked, so it couldn't have come upstream. Faunt/Gorithima suppose that means they need to go downstream.
The party thus makes their way down, soon finding the river leading into a cave that leads into the ground. Osloca/Egilica will point out that this cave leads southwards. It won't lead them directly out of this province, but it will be a bit close. Dona suggests that if the creature was coming this way, then it may still be going towards the other side. If they try to follow it into here, they'll just be on its tail. Thus, the party maneuvers their way around, soon ending up on the other side of the cave. Dona reports that he doesn't see any tracks. The party thus realizes that the creature must still be in there. Osloca/Faunt tells the group to be ready for anything once they go down there.
----
The party advances down the cave, weary. Ren can be seen holding up a ball of flame for light while the rest of the party followed behind. As they make their way down, they can find various coins scattered around the floor. Rebla asks what this is all about, to which Ren wonders whether they'd stumbled on a bandit's den. Further and further down they go, and the coinage seems more and more plentiful. Soon, they reach the bottom, where they can find an underground chamber with bunches upon bunches of coins lining it. The various members present can't help but be enthralled, with Dona and Telle even feeling tempted to take some for themselves, though a quick glance at the guards convince them otherwise.
As they search more and more, they may notice some old pottery with imagery of some crocodile on it. Egilica/Ren look over it curious, paying careful attention to the age and shape of the crocodile depicted. They wonder if this might be meant to depict King Huhu. Eve/Rebla will ask who that is, to which Egilica/Ren will explain that once upon a time, Huhu ruled Hoarg and had amassed a lot of wealth. He'd love to receive ferals as gifts, and they were assumed to reside within the main castle's personal garden. However, rogue investigators had begun to uncover that the king was harvesting material from the ferals and selling them in secret for exuberant goods. A lot of elephants were slain for the purpose of ivory...
Information spread far and wide, but before he could answer for his crimes, he disappeared, as did a significant portion of the kingdom's personal riches. Eve/Rebla will ask if he might still be around, but Egilica/Ren will say that's happened a couple hundred years ago... Still, they wonder why the creature they'd been hunting appears to be hanging out here. As they do, Dona sniffs the air, before the coyote bears his teeth and supposes that they just may be able to ask them. The party turns to wherever he's looking, and they see a figure in the darkness. The rest of the party draws their weaponry, and faces the foe.
Indeed, that crocodile, seeming to emanate water, is marching forwards, several coins resting upon its hide. Faunt/Egilica will say that they can't let that thing get away this time, and that they have to finish this. With that, players go into battle with Huhu. The crocodile starts out similarly to the first fight with it, high physical ability and Summon magic. After dealing a fair amount of damage to it, it'll now increase its Strength, before utilizing a new move, Crunch. Said move is able to deal a ton of damage to a party member's poise, making it easier for the enemy to potentially get a One More. Especially if it has one of its Summons up. Players will have to be mindful of their health and the amount of damage it can potentially do. With enough work, and especially with strategies to defy its resistances, players should be able to defeat it.
The creature hisses in pain and collapses into a pile of coins. The party takes a breath after the attack and looms over it weary. The creature huffs and puffs as it seems to try and bunch the coins around itself. The various party members are still confused, but they watch as its life seems to fade, sure that this thing is finished. Eve/Ren will seem relieved that it's done for, and ask what'll happen now. Faunt/Osloca will say that once they report the creature felled and this site, the queen is probably going to have this place investigated. There's still a lot their confused on with this case, but ultimately they've done all they really can. So, the mission is wrapped up, and players are now left with free time.
;Mei 20th
On this day, morning comes on Ruga. The streets soon become aware of a very ornate carriage being led through, this one featuring emblems of the Hoarg kingdom. It travels through the streets until it eventually arrives at the castle gates, which opens up to allow them to enter. And then, from them comes that caracal that visited Estmi a while ago. He leaves the carriage with more people, these ones carrying chests. They make their way up the stairs to the castle in question, where guards allow them to pass. The Hoarg Diplomat enters, Estmi approaching while flanked by other guards. Suruga bows, greeting the esteemed ruler.
He says that Queen Inola expresses great gratitude for their services, and humility for their doing this despite the previous snafu. The lion says that they'd previously offered to help her with the monster problem, they couldn't leave their civilians to suffer the creature. Suruga thanks them, saying that their charity knows no bound. The queen hereby offers them reward for their work here. And thus, the various guards that'd followed the caracal open up their chests, revealing tons upon tons of gold. The guards with Estmi light up at the sight of it, and the lion looks over it and tries to look stoic. The lion tells the diplomat to tell Inola that they will be forever grateful for the gifts. The feline and fellow guards bow, before they make their way back to their carriage.
Estmi, meanwhile, looks over the lot of the gold, and lets out a breath and almost seems to collapse. The various guards around them are surprised and ask them what's wrong. The lion explains that they just felt a wave of stress pass. They ask the guards to organize this gold into their coffers and record what they've got. They also ask someone to contact their messengers and get them to their desk. The lion thus returns to deeper into the castle, and the guards are already mobilizing. Eve can be seen looking on at all the money the castle is receiving, and can't help but be confused at her guardian's weird reaction.
She decides to walk up to one of the guards, Faunt, and asks him if he knows what's going on with Estmi. The stallion asks if she's wondering about that spell of tiredness. He thinks over what he's about to say, and says that, ever since the college opened, a lot of people are asking for money to be moved around. Eve seems concerned, and asks if she brought that stress on, but the knight tells her to never think that way. If anything, she's made things worlds better for the ruler already, to which the Dragon asks why. Faunt takes pause and looks around, before deciding to lead her to one of the halls.
He asks her if she knows anything about the war, to which she says all she knows is that her parents were felled in it. Faunt explains that Estmi there was at the front lines, battling their heart out. But, things didn't go all that well... a lot of people were lost on it, Estmi endured pain most mortals would never be able to suffer... Ever since the war wound down, Estmi had secluded themselves, dropped into a deep depression and left the kingdom under military rule. But, ever since the Dragon showed up, they've been coming more and more out into the world. Eve does seem to warm up upon hearing that, and thanks Faunt for that explanation. He tells her not to doubt herself, Estmi wouldn't be half the person they are today if not for her.
He thus turns back towards the gold and starts to leave. However, the Dragon clears her throat to get his attention. She says that she always wondered: the Dragons back home were vague about the war. They never said explicitly what it was her parents fought against. Plus, a lot of the friends she's tried to talk to seemed to not know what exactly the war was over. So, she asks him what it was Estmi fought. The knight is paused, a terrified expression on his face. He slowly says that it's better she never knows what it was. Thus, he leaves, and Eve is left with more questions than answers.
==Chapter 3: The Land of Poise ==
Wol, meanwhile, silentlyEve makes her way to her bedroom, still thinking about what Faunt was talking about. She makes it to her bedroom, and tries to mull over just what could've happened. Either way, she ultimately decides that she'll have to look into this later. Either way, she sleeps.
Mei 21st, 1432
Another year passes, and players are allowed a moment to look over the kingdom. The camera focuses more on the college itself, which appears to've grown even bigger and with more color to it. It has a whole second level and a better paintjob along the first level. It's seen with some of the lower half of the second level with paint along its brick, but the incompleteness is fairly visible. Other than that, the camera pulls back and reveals more civilians that've resorted to being residing in the streets. Meanwhile, a carriage bearing the flowery emblem of Diluba can be seen making its way through the main street, before soon arriving near the castle of Ruga.
Out comes the pheasant woman, Shol, who's accompanied by a pair of civilians, a fox and a rabbit, that're both handling something square wrapped up in cloth. The pheasant approaches the guards, before saying that she's bringing a commissioned piece to the staff. The guards seem to want to question her, but Faunt is soon on the scene and says he's here to pick up. As he does, he's passed by Eve, the latter of whom is carrying her usual college supplies. Shol takes notice of her, and bows, as do her two servants. Eve asks what the occasion is, to which the stallion says that he'd hoped for this to be a surprise. He planned to spruce up his own office with an art piece. Shol says she's more than happy to support the college of her holiness.
Eve says that she's grateful for the gesture. Shol bows again, and tells her that Diluba, that even the noble district, is open for her, and she hopes that she can grace them sometime. Eve says that that'll probably have to be cleared with the staff and Estmi. The pheasant sighs in disappointment, and supposes she understands. She just comments that she's gotten far too used to the Rugan royalty remaining couped up in the castle. Faunt swears that they're doing better, though Shol shrugs and says that it could be better. Either way, she has to go. So, she makes her way into the carriage once the fox and rabbit make the exchange, giving the painting and receiving the gold.
With the exchange done, Faunt and Osloca begin to escort Eve, this time accompanied by Egilica, and Faunt seems to have Osloca by his side helping him to walk. Gorithima will make his way to the college shortly after those four leave. Eventually, the group makes it to the front doors of the college, with Eve's escorts making their way in after they pass the Dragon off to other guards. Once there, the Dragon takes notice of a familiar group. Telle, Dona, Rebla, and Ren come over and heartily greet the Dragon. Eve asks them how their weekend has been, to which the four of them admit that they wish it could've been better. Telle says that she's having a bit of trouble following all of Morge's notes, Dona admits that he's struggling to get a handle of any weapon other than this revolver, Ren says that he's beginning to realize his view of alchemy has been more limited than he'd realized, and Rebla says that she's been up to her eyeballs in books.
Telle gasps in horror and realizes that she forgot about the English assignments. Ren's eyes widen, and he bemoans that he could really use a smoke right now. Rebla and Dona look on them sympathetically, before turning to Eve with the latter asking how she's been handling. Eve's response will change depending on her overall disposition. If her social stats are middling, she strokes her head and says that she couldn't totally keep up with her work. If her social stats are high, she'll say that she got a hand of them, and says that she could probably lend them some of her notes. If her social stats are low, she'll bow her head and admit that she was kind of hoping she could mooch off of them. Middling raises her bond with the students midway, high raises her bond with the students a lot, and low raises her bond with the students a small bit.
Either way, Rebla looks towards her palm, and says that she thinks they should probably hang out and see if they could get better at understanding the lessons. Ren says that that could certainly be a boon, and supposes that they should probably organize meetings at that hangout spot. The group walks, and they suddenly get stopped by a group of students (a bobcat guy, a sheep woman, and a poodle woman) that asks Rebla if it's true that one of her family members is replacing Faunt as the smithing teacher. Eve raises a brow and asks what they're talking about, with the otter saying that they're just going to be a guest for a little bit to share some techniques. The bobcat that's with the group says that it sounds like it could be a chance for the staff to see if they could get a better professor. Eve asks what exactly they mean, and the sheep with them says that Rebla's house is, like, super fancy and super learned, and Faunt is super old at this point.
If Eve's Guts is low, she'll step forwards and tell them that they should be a little nicer to that guy, prompting the trio to step back and run away. The students approach weary and pat Eve's back, saying that they should probably press on, try to ignore their comments. If Eve's Guts is high, she'll try to stomach the comments, with Dona saying that he's still fairly capable for his age. He thinks that they should probably wait to make those kinds of comments for after the staff say anything official. The trio shrug, and thus walk off. Either way, (Eve apologizes if she blew up), and Telle remarks that they were being a little tasteless. Ren says that word is Faunt's been serving for over 50 years, he does wonder how he does it. Eve admits that it hasn't been super easy for him. He had a fall a few weeks ago and he's had to visit the infirmary. The students shudder at the mention, before Rebla says that that's just the sort of thing that happens. This earns some looks from the other students, before Dona supposes that they should go to their classes about now, get their minds off of this...
---
With that, players get to see a brand new day of class, and during it, they get brief glimpses of a couple brand new professors. First is a slender raven man with a veil Hoarg. Players learn that this is Liplo, the university's English teacher. Here, he says that he hopes they all have been keeping up with their reading assignments. There are uncertain grumbles throughout the room, netting a sigh from Liplo. He says that they really shouldn't be passing up on this tale. Desidee Ralex was a prominent survivor of the workers revolution of the southeast province of Enror in 1345, and her experiences with that helped form The Town Soul Corroded. He says that if you read into that story, you can ascertain some of the feelings and imagery from that revolution. There are grumbles around the class as several students can be caught trying to read ahead in their texts.
Next is a more decorated class with various art pieces about and mannequins that artists use for reference. At the far end is a genderfluid otter person, them being slender. They're also seen wearing a longcoat with colors seemingly randomly splattered over it, though a look at the back of it reveals that the several splatters of color seem to form the individual petals of the Diluba emblem. The professor, indicated to be referred to as Quoval, is looking over the many students as they appear to be jotting down notes about general anatomy. Quoval reminds the class that in one week, Koyomaya will be visiting, and they expect the students to take very detailed notes when he arrives. That man is pioneering a style that a lot of people suspect will take Diluba by storm, immortalizing the landscape about them in ways no other artist will be able to replicate.
After that, the students are soon brought to Faunt's class, where the smithing class now boasts a painting upon the wall at the far end of the room. Said painting depicts a younger version of the stallion in question seeming to sculpt fire itself into a shiny sword. The fire itself appears to be sent forwards by a group of Dragons, and a younger version of Estmi can be seen awaiting to receive this blade. Faunt greets the various students, and says that he's not sure if they'd seen, but he was lucky enough to get an art piece from Loxico in Diluba. He says that several of the nobles in Diluba seem to believe that that woman is going to be a big shot in the artworld, and wouldn't it be cool if he were to own a piece before she rose to fame?
Another student asks what this is depicting, to which Faunt says that after he was enlisted into Estmi's guard, a group of Helluam rogues were threatening several Medicinal States in Hoarg in hopes of obtaining special medicines and poisons that the kingdom wished to keep to themselves. Estmi knew that those warriors would be exceptionally powerful, so they wished to buff themselves up for the oncoming fight. Faunt explains that this is where he was able to use some of his Enror knowledge to construct a blade that became synonymous with the lion's prowess at the time, a weapon Estmi decided to deam Heraclem. The stallion clarifies that there weren't actually Dragons involved in the creation of that weapon, but he felt as if he was calling upon their very might in order to construct the tool to fell the Helluam warriors.
Another student asks if they'll be able to forge like that, to which Faunt explains that if they keep their noses to the grindstone and make sure they're up on their studies, then they'll soon feel as if the Dragons themselves are guiding their craft and stoking their flames. Speaking of, he feels he's talked about himself for too long. He tells everyone that they're going to go back into work on their forging studies. Thus, time passes through the class. Eventually, time is up, and Faunt tells them that they are dismissed. As everyone is making their way out, he shouts to remind them that next week Maize Higura will be visiting to provide them some lessons. Rebla seems to shudder a little at that name, something that Eve and Telle take notice of.
---
The group makes it out of college and meets up on the streets outside. Telle remarks that she's kind of surprised at how many other nations have been getting involved with the college, with Dona saying that it makes too much sense. Ever since it got money from Diluba, it's begun to look bigger and bigger. And now that it's making a name for itself, the people around are just begging to attach their names to it. Rebla says that it's no surprise... Telle asks if she's feeling alright, she seemed a little upset during the end of Enror's class. She says that Maize is purely appearance: He makes himself look nice and presentable before everyone, but if he decides whoever he's interacting with will be no use to him, he'll be rid of them.
Ren remarks that he certainly sounds like a character. Dona supposes that he's going to be just a guest her, so they probably won't have to deal with him longer than they have to. Rebla hopes so too. As they talk, the familiar sidewinder woman crosses past them, before taking notice of Eve among the group. The sidewinder pauses, and Telle, curious, asks if they can help her. She seems like she'd like to talk, though quiets down again, and slithers off. Eve seems contemplative for a bit, before asking if she wanted to talk with them sometime. The sidewinder pauses again, before saying that she'll think on it. And then, she heads off, leaving the group of students confused. Eve asks if any of them know about that woman, to which Ren says that he's seen her from time to time, but she almost never makes herself known.
Eve thinks a bit, before supposing she knows what it's like to want to remain hidden like that. Telle says that it'd be nice to have another member to their group, but if she isn't willing to come out to hang with them, they can't make her do much of anything with them. Eve supposes they're right. With that, Ren supposes that they should probably catch up with their homework real quick, before they have to get another earful from Liplo. Dona smacks his head and remarks that he plum forgot about that, and Rebla offers to help him with the reading there. The coyote asks how far she got, prompting the otter to say she's actually read that book in the past. She heard about the author, and grew interested in the subject. Eve asks her why she didn't bring that up when they were freaking out earlier in the day, prompting her to pause, before saying, albeit a little uncertain, that they hadn't asked.
Either way, the party can't help but find the situation a little funny. Either way, they all decide to make their way to their hangout, spending the rest of the day studying.
Mei 22nd - Mei 25th
On the morning of the 22nd, Estmi can be seen sorting through some paperwork. Eve will stop by and ask what they're working on, to which they say they're dealing with Eve's usual schedule stuff as well as making sure those guests have their proper accommodations whenever they arrive. Eve is able to ask how the lion feels about the two of them, and players are able to choose an answer for Estmi. They can answer "I'm indifferent to them", "They both seem like important people", or "I like Tokoyama, Maize is..." The responses influence Eve's disposition, and the Dragon nods in understanding. She thus makes her way out, and the lion rubs their temples as they work on their papers.
This is a period of free time for the characters where Estmi and Eve can hang out with her friends or the staff to improve their social stats. Players can also work on a few sidequests, or otherwise grind up their levels. Players can also use the Hangout in order to somewhat influence the Dragon's disposition this way or that way, though not nearly as much as extra classes can. In addition, players do have to worry about one more class question on Mei 24th.
It's during a class with Osloca, the skunk seen going up against Dona, the latter of which is seen two handing a longsword. The skunk is seen keeping one hand at the handle of her right blade while leaving the other sheathed. She asks Dona, if he sees an opponent like this, what should he do? The coyote holds his weapon carefully, before rushing towards her. However, once he gets too close, she suddenly flashes her blade out and manages to strike Dona's blade hard enough to knock it out of his hands and clattering to the ground. She says that while she admires the ambition, he can't underestimate any enemy. She looks towards the crowd, and asks if anyone can name that technique she just pulled. If Eve's Proficiency is high enough, she'll provide the answer, otherwise Osloca will see that no one knows, and answer that that technique is called Iaijutsu. She says that back in the 800s when Diluba was split up under the rule of multiple generals, it was more common for assassins to be lying in wait for high ranking soldiers. So, some would learn to intercept an attack in the same motion they drew their weapon from. She does warn that this sort of technique is preferable for swords of shorter lengths so as to increase the speed of the draw.
Come Mei 25th, Estmi continues working through some paperwork. As they do, Gorithima approaches, and asks if they're busy. The lion answers that they've just come to a good stopping point, and asks the rat what they wish to talk about. Gorithima says that a messenger from Diluba showed up, and wanted a letter sent straight to them. Estmi tells him to just set it on their desk before rubbing their brows. The scientist does so, before heading out. The ruler glances down at it, and sees the wax seal. It's the emblem of Diluba certainly, but this one also bears, on top of the blue wax forming the symbol, gold accents along the petals. Estmi furrows their brow, wondering out loud "This is straight from King Ferengi's office...?" They take the message and crack the seal, and begin to read the contents.
Mei 26th
The next day comes, although this day, being the weekend, the students don't have to go to school. Several have gone into the facility for bonus classes, and, when Dona, Telle, and Ren meet up, they realize that that included Rebla. As the trio waits for a moment, Telle asks if they're excited for Monday. They're gonna get some pretty big names in their classes, though Dona says that based on what Rebla says, that Maize guy seems like they could be a real two-face. He admits that he hasn't been as big of an art guy as others, though Ren says that Koyomaya oughta make him a fan. His depictions of the landscape are unlike anything any man can pen to paper, though the coyote states that if he were really interested in seeing the land, he'd go on a road trip.
As they mull over this, they soon hear that familiar trio of guards. They turn, and see Eve alongside Faunt and Osloca, Egilica not present and presumably helping the otter with her studies. Eve greets the three of them, before seeming disappointed that Rebla is again busy. Telle supposes that one day they might have a proper weekend with them, but for now, the day is young and theirs! She then says that they opened up a donut place earlier this week, and suggests they should try it out. Dona remarks that he's only heard tales of this treat and can't wait to actually try it out. The seal then says that he's been missing out big time, they are some of the best things ever. Ren says that they are a rare treat in Hoarg, so just imagining being able to buy some here... This kingdom truly is divine.
Osloca can't help but chuckle lightly at their excitement. The group makes their way through the streets, before soon making their way towards the market district of the kingdom, where they can see a building on the corner of a street with a sign with a donut upon it. And before they go in, they can notice that familiar sidewinder making her way in. Eve points her out, Telle remarking that she's hardly ever seen her out and about like this. Ren can only suspect that she too is after the fabled dessert. The Dragon supposes that now's a good time to try and talk to her, though Dona asks if she's terribly sure. Eve says that she wouldn't feel right about just leaving her to isolate herself all the time. Ren also remarks that he has been curious about that woman. Thus, the group makes their way in, intent on speaking to this stranger.
The group makes their way in, where they can see a bear man at the counter and his stallion husband behind, working some dough in pot nearby while the sidewinder could be seen ordering some of their food. The two behind the counter would take pause as they noticed the group entering: specifically at the Dragon that'd entered. This prompts the sidewinder to turn, and she takes pause. There is palpable silence among those in the restaurant. The sidewinder shuffles in place, before she says that she has to go. The bear at the counter shakes out of his daze before saying that she didn't get her food. Eve tells the sidewinder that they didn't mean to intrude, they just wanted to try out the new place.
Dona says that they can take that table over there, give her a wide berth and all that. The serpent pauses, before supposing that that sounds good. She turns back to the counter, where the bear gives her a plate with a pair of jelly filled donuts. She slithers over to a table set on the opposite half of the restaurant to the table the group agreed to take, and they are allowed up to the counter. The bear welcomes them, and takes the lot of their orders. The stallion makes the ones ordered were already prepared, so they are quickly sent over, and the bear tries to move them along. Eve says that they haven't paid yet, but the bear insists that they don't need to do that for someone of her status. However, Eve tells them that Estmi valued giving the workers their due, regardless of their own status. Thus, they all provide the necessary gold, before heading over to the table.
The group takes their seat and begin eating. Telle looks over a pair of powdered donuts set in a to-go basket and hopes that Rebla will like that kind. Ren remarks that those are the best kind, though the seal shakes her head and says jelly filled's much better. They can hear the sidewinder mutter something and turn curious. Dona asks if she said something, though the serpent shakes her head and tries to continue eating. They all had hoped that she'd talk with them some more, but go back to eating. Dona has a platter of different kind, and tells them that if they give him a moment he can say what's best. Ren faces Eve and asks her if she has any preference, though the Dragon says that she hasn't had any yet. She just went with chocolate because she always enjoyed chocolate desserts. The group eats, and the sidewinder continues to eat, though does occasionally glance at the other table.
Eventually the group finishes their lot, with the gunner remarking that he might've made a mistake ordering that many desserts in one sitting. If Eve's Kindness is high enough, she can offer to walk him the rest of the way around town, though he swears he can power through it while improving their social link slightly. Telle remarks that this place would make for a fantastic hangout whenever they clear their big projects. Dona was secretly hoping that she wouldn't mention that stuff. Nothing's happened yet but Morge's and Faunt's big assignments last year already got him scared more than a hunter stearing down a boulder-sized bear. Ren points out that that was before the college got a bigger budget, imagine how much more they could dump on them now. Dona groans and says that this kinda stress isn't good for his stomach now. They then swear they hear a light chuckle from the other table, and turn to see the sidewinder still keeping to herself. Though by now, she appears to've finished her own plate.
Either way, Dona says that all this talking and sitting isn't doing him any favors. He says that they should go on a walk somewhere and work off these carbs. Telle agrees that she might've overindulged in her meal, she really should treat her figure better. Ren says that he's considering getting a second serving and that he'll catch up with them later. Eve says that they're probably going to head to their hangout later and offers to meet him there. He nods in affirmation, and thus the group begins to head out. They begin to leave, Telle being at the very rear. And as she does, she hears the sidewinder say that she likes jelly donuts the most too. The seal stops and turns to the serpent, who is back to trying to keep to herself. Telle says that they should probably try some more together later, with the latter seeming scared about actually being noticed. Either way, the seal follows the others out.
---
Meanwhile, back at the castle, Estmi can be seen having gathered up Gorithima and, of all people, Ponta. The lion holds the letter they held from yesterday, and appears very stressed. Ponta asks if that letter is being serious, bringing Prince Finnegan over here. The rat says that he doesn't really see the problem: this gets to be the kingdom's official first meeting with the upcoming sovereign of DIluba. Estmi says that King Ferengi has always been a notorious perfectionist. They fear that if a single blade of grass is misplaced on his pathway, that cat will hear and their standing will go lower. Ponta says that while he understands the concern, he does feel the need to remind him that this kingdom is blessed by the Dragons, it'd be hard for them to realistically lose standing.
Estmi says that after staying couped up for so long, they'd still wish to impress on their own merits rather than relying on their status. They say that they need ideas about how to make sure the Prince's arrival will be as well received as possible. Gorithima points out that the lion should probably know more about King Ferengi than any of them in this room, but the lion explains that that cat isn't the one escorting the prince. His majesty has to remain in his palace, so he's apparently sending the Prince with his Queen. They never met her, and Gorithima admits that he's fairly unfamiliar with the Queen as well. Apparently he and her wed 15 years ago, though the Prince was birthed before they officially became a couple. Estmi supposes that more investigation is needed for her... They rub their face and apologize for bringing them all here, they suppose that they should've waited for more of the staff to be available before they started this meeting.
Ponta asks if there's something else they're concerned about, though the lion is quiet. They say, in a fairly quiet tone, that they neered to take some time to collect themselves. It'd just been a long time since they'd been in contact with his majesty, it's sort of just hitting them how much of his life they'd missed. They look over other pictures on their desk, seeing some frames of themselves with the various royals when they were teens, before sighing. The two elders seem uncomfortable at this turn, before Gorithima decides to change the subject. He notes that it seems like a rather odd time to bring the Prince to them. What did the letter say the reason was? To view the Dragon and the college molding her? He points out that he's had well over a year to do that.
Estmi says that King Ferengi's son was still rather young, even when they first showed off Eve to the rest of the kingdoms. Maybe his majesty thought he needed to go through some more training before being presented to their own kingdom. Ponta supposes that's a sufficient explanation. Still, it is a bit of odd timing. Estmi says that regardless of the timing, they do have to prepare for the fox's arrival. They tell the two of them that they are dismissed, and they apologize for wasting the lizard's time. The wizard says that he doesn't mind having the chance to speak with them from time to time. The lion does smile and nod. With that, the two elders leave, and Estmi sighs as they lean back in their chair. They curse themselves for letting themselves hole up for so long...
---
The scene cuts back to the forest, revealing the hangout spot. The treehouse set up doesn't appear to've had much work done on it, but there's far more wear along the forest ground, clearly the sign of people walking about it. There's also a wooden circle set around a fire pit with benches stationed about it at even spaces. There's also a table set up away from it where Telle and Dona can be seen working on some homework. Eve, meanwhile, is seen testing some weaponry with Osloca while Faunt is over at the border, watching on in case something were to happen. As they stand around, they take notice of some more people making their way over. They turn, and see Ren coming in from one direction, and Rebla and Egilica coming in from the other.
The rest of the crew waves them over as they make it to the hangout, Dona lightly teasing Rebla that she missed the first donuts in Ruga. The otter remarks that treats can be garnered anytime. She and Ren sits at the table, with Telle asking Ren if anything happened while they were away. The fox is quiet for a bit, before admitting that he might have to ask them for money for a little while. The party sighs in slight disappointment and humor. Either way, the party gathers around to try and study. And as they do, the three guards look over them, and Faunt wonders if they may be unprofessional following these ones around above other students. Egilica admits that she does feel kind of weird about it, though Osloca says that they're free to do what they want until the boss hires their replacements.
Egilica says that she supposes it's nice seeing the youth taking their studies seriously. The skunk just hopes that they know when to take their noses out of those books. She was stuck in academics all her childhood, and she wishes deeply she could go back and tell off her parents sooner. Faunt supposes that there is the necessity of balance. He then thinks about Eve; she's been up in the Gardens for many years and has only really started socializing a year ago. He wonders if she's going to turn out well. The cow says that they can't really be sure of that right now, but as long as she hangs out with those other students, she should probably be doing better. 
Either way, Eve and the others wrap up their studies, and decide to go home. It is getting late after all. So, everyone makes their way out of the hangout.
Mei 27th
Players have yet another free day to enjoy. Players may find students hanging around the city talking about the incoming visitors, some more excited than the other. Talking to some guards will reveal that Koyomaya's servant got sick and it sounds like their arrival will be delayed. Other than that, there's not much to do for the day, and players are free to do their various usual things. Eventually, it's time to rest, though as players begin to rest, the camera takes notice of a strange white wolf man in the streets. He's dressed in commoner clothes from Diluba. He's making his way towards the border of the kingdom, where a carriage can be seen coming in from the road towards Enror.
Said carriage is very decorated, featuring the image of a plume of flame on it, the kingdom's symbol. A bunch of guards come forwards, the doors opening to reveal another set of guards coming it, them in suits that appear more machine-like than other kingdom armors. And they're followed by a black bear man with a crescent-shaped white mark under his neck, while he's dressed in a thick, bejeweled coat and in big, burgundy pants. The guards greet the new visitor as Maize Higura, the Rugan guards hoping that his trip over was calm enough. The bear says that the lower density of bandits here was about as noticeable as the change from the snowcaps to the plains. He tells the guards that the other kingdoms could learn a thing or two from them.
The combination of guards lead Maize past the castle town walls, the white wolf hanging back in the shadows and watching as they travel. The wolf nods in affirmation to himself, and sneaks behind them. He follows them more and more, until the guards have escorted them to an apartment near the college. The bear is led in, and the wolf nods in affirmation to himself. He then heads off back through the streets while taking up a sheet of paper and writing down the address of the apartment. 
Mei 28th
The next day comes, and people are coming back to college for another day. They go through the usual lessons, are briefly told during art that their artist won't be here so soon. They go through more classes, until they get to Faunt's room, where they see the bear players saw the other night. Rebla's already looking upset, though goes over to her desk. Eve also follows suit and positions herself at her own desk. Once everyone sets themselves in, the stallion welcomes everyone. He says that the Rugan International University is happy to have Maize Higura among them. The bear would nod and step forwards, stating that he is grateful to be here, especially in the presence of the divine one.
Depending on Eve's disposition, she may either smile and nod at the display, act indifferent, or roll her eyes. Either way, Maize says that his house is responsible for many innovations featured not just in Enror, but in other parts of the continent. He's sure that Faunt's work here has its charm, prompting a slight look from the stallion. The bear says that he'd been reviewing their course material, and as useful as learning to forge weapons or sheets of metal or whatnot sounds, he's used to working with a lot of complex designs, the likes of which would require very specific designs in his own forgeries and to even combine certain material before its cooled. He fortunately won't start with anything overly complicated, but he still expects them to pay close attention.
Meanwhile, the camera cuts to outside, revealing a pair of civilians going up to the college, among which includes that wolf from the other night, the other being a sparrow nb, both in Diluban commoner clothes. They come close to the front doors, a pair of guards stopping them and asking their business. They remain silent, the camera focusing on the wolf's side to reveal a machete hidden in his pants. The camera cuts back into the classroom with the bear having set up schematics for what looks like the casing of some sort of gauntlet. The various students appear worried as they jot down their notes and Faunt himself appears to be having some regrets. The moment is interrupted as they hear the doors open and several students turn, seeing the wolf and sparrow approach. Maize asks who the two of them are, and Faunt says that they weren't expecting any visitors.
The wolf says that the two of them just wished to pay their... respect... to House Higura. He says that years ago, he had family, many Dilubans had family. The sparrow adds that they were stationed out on the western border between Enror and Diluba, but their camp was struck by an artillery shell from a machine. And that machine's design was birthed from House Higura. There are uncomfortable mutters from the students, several spreading away as the duo steps forwards more and more as Maize shudders, but still tries to look tough. He says that his are merely designs, it's not his fault if they're used for conflict. Faunt begins to walk forwards and tells the two of them that Ruga's already made sure to reprimand that division of Enror military. He begins to tell them that he's sorry about their loss, but the sparrow gives a wave of their wing, conjuring a strange tv static-like substance in the air. Just seeing it causes the stallion to pause, before, from the substance, a tendril shoots outwards.
It slams right into the stallion's chest and hurls him into a rack of weapons, shattering it. Many of the students and Maize are horrified by the sudden attack, and thus begin to flee. The two attackers, fortunately enough, seem to ignore the students as they flee and they focus on the bear. However, when Rebla and Dona try to escort Eve out, the sparrow zips in their way. They suddenly draw a bow and declare that the Dragon needs to stay with them. Rebla and Dona step forwards, with the otter declaring that they won't let them hurt her. The sparrow says that if she won't come quietly, then they'll just take her. And at this moment, players are quickly forced into battle against the Diluban Assassins.
The player is limited to Eve, Rebla, Dona, and Faunt. Though there isn't a dedicated healer (unless Eve has been built that way), it is a decent enough tanky force. The duo, meanwhile, do have some nasty tricks, including the ability to Poison and Confuse, the former of which is annoying and the latter of which could be pretty debilitating if it isn't dealt with soon enough. When players get either to half health, or wipe out one of them, they now bring to bear a new kind of magic. Seeing it, Faunt will again wonder how they could possibly know that kind of magic... Players are warned about Void magic, a type of magic that all characters resist. However, it is deceptively powerful for a resisted spell, able to deal tons of damage. Players should be careful as they take on the two, but with enough work, they can defeat the two.
The party takes some breaths after the fight while the two assassins are dropped to their hands and knees, only barely able to support themselves. As they're huffing and puffing, more guards race in and see them weakened. Upon their entry, Faunt orders them to take the two of them to the dungeon and to prepare them for questioning. The guards all nod and rush the assassins, now too weak to defend themselves. They're picked up and dragged off out of the room as those remaining in the room are trying to collect themselves. Maize asks how this happened, how did assassins get this close to them. Faunt stutters for a bit, before facing the students still in here. He asks what they're still doing here, and says that they're dismissed.
Eve, Dona, and Rebla thus makes their way out and into the hall. Rebla asks the two of them if they're alright, to which Eve says that she's about as well as she can be. Dona responds similarly, though says that he never saw magic like that before. It didn't match any of the elements or the combinations Morge went over in her lessons. Rebla also wonders what someone that wishes a member of her house dead would want the Dragon. The coyote suspects that there are many criminals that'd want the Dragon. As they mull this over, Ren and that sidewinder can be seen racing down the hall to meet them. The two seem relieved, and Ren says that a bunch of students raced by and said there was an attacker in their class. He asks if that's true, to which Eve says that there were a couple of guys here out to get Maize Higura and herself.
Ren's happy to see that they're safe. Dona turns towards the sidewinder, and asks what she's doing here. She look away but admits that she knows they're Telle's friends, and she wanted to make sure they were ok. Dona says he didn't take the two of them to be friends, though the sidewinder says that she thought she seemed nice. Rebla says that they should have room at the hangout for her, The sidewinder, still not looking at them, says that she'll consider it. There's an awkward pause, before Eve points out that that was their last class for the day. Ren supposes that there is still a lot they need to look into, but for now, they should probably turn in for the day. Rebla agrees, saying that she's had enough excitement for the day.
With that, the day wraps up as the various groups go to their dorms. There's a quick shot of Maize's apartment, the latter seeming exceptionally annoyed as a bunch of guards are seen investigating the general area. The scene also cuts to Estmi in their office, being informed by Faunt about the events of the day and being exceptionally unsettled. Time passes, and Eve is soon in her bed. Before she rests, the lion comes in, and asks if she's absolutely sure she's ok. The Dragon nods. There's a brief silence, before Estmi says that they have reason to believe these were more than mere attackers, that their men are going to be investigating Diluba. They say that they're not sure yet how this is going to impact the prince's and queen's arrival, but to keep her wits about just in case. She says she will. There's another pause, before Estmi says that they're really happy she's safe, and they're sorry she got so close to danger. Eve says that they couldn't have predicted something like that would happen. 
Estmi is quiet again, and says that they want to make sure she won't ever have to be afraid of stuff like that in the future. Eve says that she's intended to get strong, and this should be proof that she's gotten strong. The lion is quiet again, and Eve asks if there was something about those two that scares them. The ruler remarks that anyone would be scared about hearing their child in danger. Eve says that she's been getting better at fighting ever since the college's been made, these guys were just more enemies. She asks if there's something else they're scared of, to which Estmi, with a slight stutter, says that there's nothing. They wish her night, and leave. Eve is still curious, but goes to bed herself.
Mei 29th - Jusis 2nd
During this period, players are allowed a bit of free time. After the previous attack, the college staff are giving the students a break so that they can review their security. Thus, Eve, Estmi, and other friends are allowed to do their own thing during this period. On the morning of Mei 29th, Gorithima will tell Eve that Ponta that he'd been informed of the attack, but also that she's safe. He suggests that she should go visit him and make sure he knows everything is ok. Thus, players have the option to go into one of the parts of the residential district where that lizard is resting. Players don't have to visit, but doing so will unlock the following mechanic.
If players visit, the lizard will open the door, and take notice of the Dragon. He seems excited to see her again and asks if she's hurt. Eve will assure him that she's ok. Ponta will remark that he'd shudder to imagine what the kingdom would do if anything were to happen to her. He was sure that she'd be safe over there, but there are clearly still some threatening forces in this world it seems. There's a pause, before he asks the Dragon how the new magic teacher is treating them. Eve says that she's alright, very by the books. He strokes his chin, before saying that he'd hate for her to be in danger... So, he tells her that he wishes to give her the chance to learn some spells. The Dragon is surprised, and asks if he's sure. He says that he won't just hand out each of the spells, he'd like to make sure she's properly prepared for them first and foremost. But if she feels the need, she's more than welcome to come here and be tutored by him.
With that, players have unlocked Ponta's Compendium. This allows players to visit his living space and check out his book to see a variety of magical skills they can learn. This allows players to teach Eve Skills that she cannot learn normally, which includes varying elements, certain support options, certain elements, and, later in the game, Skills that eliminate enemy resistances. In order to obtain these spells, however, players will need to have certain stat values in order to learn them. Later Skills will also require players to be familiar with certain Weaker skills (for example, players can't learn Gwyn without learning Gwy first). More Skills will become available as the game progresses, so players are encouraged to visit Ponta's frequently.
Other than that, players have their usual free time, interspersed with Estmi spending a couple nights drafting a letter. On the night of Jusis 2nd, the camera cuts over to Diluba, a kingdom with stone roads, tall walls, and buildings of red wood with segmented roofs. And among them is a massive building towards the center of the land, stationed upon a platform set in the middle of an artificial pond. A single bridge with samurai positioned along it leads the way to its front gate, the Diluban flower emblem positioned on gate-like posts positioned along the length of the bridge. The camera then turns up towards the uppermost floor of the building, before leading into one of its windows.
Within, that familiar cat can be seen in a room that seems to be 80% bed. 9 people, men women and nb of varying heights and various states of undress, can be seen resting on it while Ferengi can be seen dressing up from his underwear to his regalia. He makes his way to the doors leading out of the bedroom and opens them, before turning to the 9 and telling them that they are dismissed. The 9 of them get up and begin to make their way out, the door leading into another bedroom, this one much larger and with a fox woman in a similar regalia to Ferengi, that young prince beside her. Also in the bedroom are painted scrolls depicting the Gardens and the Dragons above the plains Ruga inhabit. The two vulpines watch as they make their way out, before the queen faces the king.
She asks him if that was really necessary, to which the cat says that she's free to indulge as well. He imagined she must be stressed after that letter arrived as well. The queen admits that it is a frightening state of affairs, assassins from their borders targeting the Dragon... He says that they received this note too late in the night, he just hopes they aren't expecting a response too soon. The fox woman says that the ruler is his friend, surely they'll be lenient. Ferengi supposes that is true... Still, he really needs to respond to this news. He'll have to have some of his men sweep the area for signs of where those assassins could've come from... In the meantime...
He addresses the two of them: Queen Rofok, Prince Finnegan, and asks if they remember when he asked the ruler to have the two of them visit. Finnegan nods, and Rofok asks if he's sure he wants to go through with that. Ferengi then says that going through with this would be perfect. The two of them could be used to establish some trust between their kingdoms. "I don't support them, I mean look, I'm allowing my wife and my flesh and blood to into your walls despite this incident. The two of us have no quarrel," he reasons. Rofok and Finnegan both seem unsettled by his description here. Ferengi tells the two of them not to worry: there's no way Estmi would harm either of them. He's willing to bet that they'd do everything in their power to make their arrival as lavish as possible. He says that he's going to pen a letter immediately and tells the two of them to rest. This should take them, at most, a week to set up. Thus, he makes his way through the door and down the stairs.
Rofok sighs, and Finnegan asks her if things are going to be ok. The older fox assures him that things are going to work out, now is just not a good time for a lot of people. The young prince asks if they'll be safe in Ruga, to which she says that, his unflattering descriptions aside, the king is correct. Estmi is a fair ruler, they wouldn't hurt the two of them. Even if those assassins were associated with the kingdom, Estmi isn't the type to hurt someone close to the offender. The young fox nods in understanding. She then tells him that they should rest right now. Finnegan nods and wishes her night, before going to an adjacent room (not the one Ferengi and the concubines left). Rofok sighs again and rubs her head, before she begins to rest herself.
Jusis 3rd
It's been nearly a week since the incident, and the staff has made sure to spread news that they will be continuing classes tomorrow again. In bad news, after talk of the attack, Koyomaya has announced that he will not be comfortable arriving for the moment, so they'll have to hope they can see him in the future at some point. Eve and the rest of her friends are trying to relax at their hangout, though Telle appears to've not arrived yet. Fortunately, the seal does arrive soon, and she's accompanied by that sidewinder. The group greets her, and Dona asks if the sidewinder finally decided to take their offer. The shy woman is quiet for a moment, before saying that Telle seems to trust the lot of them.
Eve says that she's grateful to have more friends around here. Rebla brings up her palm and reads it, before saying that she thinks this is the part where they introduce each other. The various party members go through a short introduction of themselves, before soon ending on the sidewinder. She's quiet for a moment, before saying that her name is Wol. She's been getting into medicine work and has been trying to branch out into various herbs and whatnot. Hearing that, Ren perks up and says that maybe they could exchange notes: he's actually from a Medicinal State and has knowledge on some special herbs. Wol seems to sigh in relief, and says that she might like to chat about that sometime.
Other than that, Dona asks if Eve knows about what's going on with the Rugan forces and those Diluban attackers. The Dragon says that Estmi got a response from Ferengi saying that they will try and search out their territory for signs of the attackers. In the meantime, they do intend to still present their queen and prince to the kingdom both to fulfil their original aim in sending them there, and to show good faith between their two kingdoms. Telle remarks that she's surprised that Ferengi would still send such high ranking people so soon after the attack, though Rebla says that it seems like a classic pr stunt, very pragmatic sort of things. Still, if they're going to be visited by them, could be a good time for Eve to make an impression. Telle could only imagine that the two could use some good showings whereas Ren says that things are probably stressful to them as well. He suggests that Eve should try and do something to make him laugh.
Telle asks when they're expecting them to arrive, to which Eve says that Estmi is expecting them on the 7th. Other than that, Dona says that there is the matter of the assassins to worry about now... Wol asks what he means, to which he says that one of those bad guys were after the Dragon. And clearly something about those guys scared Faunt too. He thinks that maybe they should pry into this issue, which causes some unease among the friends. Rebla asks if it's really wise for them to go after someone that got Faunt concerned, though the coyote points out that the lot of them have a few tricks that those older folk don't have. Besides, they decided to make it personal by threatening their friend. Ren says that he regrets not being there to defend her in the first place, and that he'd love to give the people responsible for this attack what for. However, Telle asks if bringing the Dragon closer to them wouldn't just put her in danger? If Eve's Guts are low, she'll admit that she is intimidated by the prospect of getting closer to those guys, earning social link points with Telle and Wol. If Eve's Guts are high, she'll say that they only put her in danger because they had surprise, earning social link points with Dona, Rebla, and Ren.
Either way, Rebla will bring up that those guys did catch Faunt flatfooted. If they leave it to him and his other guards, there's a good chance that they could surprise them as well. That does seem to frighten the Dragon a little, and she says that she'd like to at least be there to help keep them safe. Dona supposes it's settled: they go out there, and teach those assassin guys a lesson they won't soon forget. Eve calms him down and says that they have to wait for Ferengi to actually locate any signs of these bad guys. The coyote sighs and supposes he was getting ahead of himself. Wol remarks that this is a bit of an unordinary conversation, though Telle says that the lot of them put their lives on the line often. They just need to be careful, and to be ready to protect each other. The sidewinder guesses that makes sense, and then the lot of them continue to chat.
---
After that, time passes in reverse. The player is shown a shot of the Enror mountains, specifically towards one in particular. Said mountain looks as if it'd been flattened down, much of the peak of it having been cast to the ground below and the various dust and soil able to settle over it. And at the center of this mountain is what can be charitably described as a sword. It has a handle that looks longer than an ulna, and it's attached to a super thick guard. Said guard is attached to a slab of metal that appears to be as thick as the average person's shoulder span, and nearly as tall as one too. There stand several Enror guards with armors that has various pistons and steam pumps in them.
One rhino guard stands before the sword and grips the handle carefully. He tries to lift it up, grunting and groaning as he tries. As he does, the armor seems to flare to life, pistons pumping in the back and steam pumping out as he keeps trying to lift the weapon embedded in the flattened mountain. However, a piston suddenly springs out, and the rhino heaves with exhaustion as he collapses against the massive weapon. The camera then shows, in the distance, Estmi and Ocka can be seen looking on, the tiger wrapped up in a thick red cloak covering his armor. The tiger remarks that that's one less warrior cut out for it. Another guard goes up to bat, and attempts to lift it, her armor also chugging as she tries to lift it. Estmi says that Draconian strength can't be achieved artificially like this, though Ocka says that these armors helped give them the strength to conquer bandits and bastions, so why not be able to match the Dragon Tail?
The guard's armor loses another important piece, and she collapses against it as well. Ocka then continues that Olive didn't the might to hold that Saber, and if her or her subjects don't have that might, they need to be creative with their muscle. The lion gets uncomfortable when he mentions Olive, and admits that they know... They then ask why Ocka hasn't gone to try and lift it, to which the Enror king answers that he does need to maintain his own armor for when they get the strength to hold that Saber. Another guard goes up and tries to lift the Dragon Tail, and again it chugs. The tiger seems to want to go forwards, but stops himself. The armor breaks yet again, and this guard collapses against it.
Ocka turns towards Estmi and says that they should try giving it a lift. Estmi says that they're not sure if they should, though the tiger says that Olive did always speak highly of them. Everyone did for that matter. Surely they should try for her sake. The lion's eyes go down, and the tiger asks if they're ok. Estmi says that it's nothing... The next guard fails, and the lion then begins to walk forwards. At that, Ocka declares to the other guards that the King of Ruga is going to give it a try. The guards step back, and Estmi stands up before it, the weapon seeming tall even for them. They take a deep breath, and bring up their hands. They wrap around the handle tightly, as if letting go of it would leave them to fall to their death. They brace their feet, and begin to lift.
The guards look on, disbelieving of their efforts in this. The lion groans and huffs as they keep trying to lift it... and eventually, they can feel the ground shake. The lion groans more and more as they try and lift it, and Ocka notices the blade lift slightly. And then, Estmi stops and lets it go down again. The king apologizes for wasting their time and goes to walk, but Ocka raises a hand, spreading his cloak slightly. He tells them to try again. Estmi is confused and flustered, and says that they can't. However, Ocka simply tells them to humor the rest of them. The lion gives pause, before returning to his position. They grip the handle again and braces themselves, and try to lift again. The ground shakes again, and Ocka sees the blade slowly lift out of the divot in the ground. Estmi groans more and more, clearl yfeeling conflicted about lifting this thing, but they managing to pry the tip out of the ground.
They hold the blade up, and the guards are stunned. Estmi is clearly working up a sweat and looking on distressed, before bringing the blade back down in the divot, causing the flattened mountain to shake and a few guards to topple over while Ocka braces himself. There's another silence over the crowd, before Ocka brings his hands out from his cloak, and begins clapping. This is followed by more applause from the guards around, surrounding Estmi and clearly elated, though the king seems distressed with themselves. The guards cheer and Ocka steps forwards, telling the lion that he knew they had it in them. That strength will be what brings the Monster to heel! The lion is still quiet.
Then, the applause seems to drown out as Ocka stands over the lion. He asks them what's wrong... They have the strength to take on the Saber that will make that Monster mortal... Are they thinking about how they could've used that strength in the first place? Estmi looks up at him, unable to form a word. Ocka continues, saying that if they'd taken that Saber up in the first place, Olive wouldn't have been injured in the first place, would they? Estmi shakes their head, and tells him to stop. The tiger continues, saying that that strength just seems to come in too late, doesn't it? The damage is already done, and the people they care about are worse off. They couldn't protect Olive, they couldn't protect Joume and Monan... they weren't even there for Eve when she was attacked in what should have been a safe place. How can she expect to feel safe at this rate?
Suddenly, the lion wakes from their bed, snapping up into a sitting position and breathing heavily. They look around, as if trying to ascertain whether they're on that flattened mountain or in their bedroom. Eventually their breathing calms more and more, and they begin to settle in place. They take the sheets off and step out into their room, cradling their face as they walk around the room. They stroke their hands to the back of their head as they struggle to calm down, before letting out a sigh. They go over to the letter Ferengi provided them a couple days ago, before scowling and sweeping it away. They then take a sheet of paper, and smack it onto their desk, before they begin to write down a letter of their own in the middle of the night.
Jusis 4th
On this day, the various people in Ruga begin to wake up. Eve is sleeping, when she can hear the sound of some guards moving around. Curious, she gets up and approaches the door. She can see the various guards making their way through the halls. She gets confused and begins following them. As she does, she hears some members of the guards discuss among themselves. One asks if they heard right, to which the other says that the guards are saying they want them to march onto Diluban soil, but they can't believe that that's right. They're supposed to get word from Ferengi before they cross the border, aren't they? Eve gets more confused, but eventually they're all marched towards the front of the castle, Faunt taking his position in front of all of them while the many other guards fill out in front, forming lines before the stallion while Eve stands beside him, still confused about what all's going on.
The stallion at front bellows for them all to calm down. The various guards quiet down, and the stallion says that he apologizes for all of the confusion. He's sure they all heard various odd statements and aren't sure about everything that's going on and are otherwise confused. He thus says that he's before them to clear out just what their ruler orders of them. Earlier, a pair of assassins infiltrated their home and threatened a high ranking noble of another kingdom, and the Dragon. For reasons presently unknown to them, despite establishing contact with the king of Diluba, they've chosen to make their way out to search out for signs of the enemies. There's mutters of worry among the various guards. Faunt says that their majesty sent another letter to try and calm things down, but the lot of them must be prepared to move as quickly as they can and trim the assassin problem before any incident.
Though there are other guards that are ready to move out, other guards are definitely uncertain about the news. Eve turns to Faunt and asks if this is real, to which the stallion nods. He says that he doesn't understand that lion's actions here, it's really risky if they don't wrap this up soon enough. Eve asks what he means, to which he says that if their soldiers are spotted moving onto their soil for a personal mission, this could lead to conflict between their two nations. He can only hope that they can get the assassins cleared out and somewhat justify their movements. Eve gets worried about that, and asks if they can tell Estmi not to go through with this. Faunt says that he tried, but the lion seemed adamant. The Dragon gets worried more, and thus makes her way out into the city.
---
Eve's made it to the hangout and is waiting in worry. Soon, the rest of the students arrive with Telle saying that Dona got the word out. She asks what's going on, to which Eve says that Estmi's going crazy. They were supposed to wait for Ferengi to locate the assassins and give them permission to move out, but she woke to their forces mobilizing to march onto Diluba and search for them themselves. That causes the students to gasp, with Telle remarking that that's suicide for relations. Wol remarks that even the Holy Kingdom would look bad from a move like that. Eve says that she knows, Faunt says that he tried to talk them out of this but they seemed adamant. They don't know why they're doing this, but the soldiers are already heading out.
The many students are worried, Ren wondering what they're supposed to do about this. There's a pause, before Rebla supposes that at this point, the friends are supposed to help friends. Dona asks what she means, to which the otter explains that these guys are going to go on the assault in search of those assassins from a couple weeks ago. She supposes if they can locate them, then they can stop this out of nowhere march, and prevent as much conflict as possible. Telle asks how they're going to do that, to which Rebla sheepishly admits she doesn't know. Ren does admit that it seems like their best plan at the moment. Wol supposes that if they going to do this, they should probably ask around there and find their hideout and report to the kingdom.
Eve says that if that's what it takes, then they should do that as soon as possible. Telle says that they won't have a lot of time to get this issue squared away, and unfortunately the Prince's and Queen's visit on the 7th will complicate things more. They probably won't even be able to head out on that day. Dona says that that means they'll have to make the most of the time they have. Ren says that if he knows a thing or two about relations, they'll probably have at most 14 days before Ferengi gets antsy. The group nods in agreement, simultaneously deciding to search out this hideout. Wol, meanwhile, silently ponders how often students get wrapped up in something like this...
Jusis 4th - Jusis 17th
Players have until the end of the 17th to hone in on the assassin's location. Along the way, players have other sidequests they can do, social links, the ability to learn Skills from Ponta, and other such things. They will be unable to do anything during the day of the 7th, so players will have to prepare for that one less day. Other than that, there's a few questions Eve will encounter during college hours. 
In one, Quoval will remark that it's unfortunate Koyomaya isn't visiting, but he can't say he's surprised. He actually answers that this event, a kingdom receiving attackers from Diluba, has happened before. He asks the student if they know who Diluba had engaged before, and, depending on Eve's social stats, she can answer "Helluam". Either way, Quoval will respond that it is indeed Helluam. He brings up another painting, showing a Diluban temple has been torn down with a squad of samurai leaving it. Quoval will continue to explain that artist Resiblo Heniza depicted the Dismantling of the Diluban Hierarchy of 849. The ruler of those lands claimed Helluam slighted them by taking a powerful weapon of theirs, though it's yet to be unearthed to this day. The king waged war against them, trying to silently move forces around Ruga. But when they were discovered and Ruga turned its blades towards Diluba, several generals decided to show they didn't support the actions of their lord, and broke up into several Shogun States to rule independently while the king was forced to respond to both Ruga and Helluam with a significantly weakened force. Of course, a few generations later, a royalty would be reestablished to unite Diluba under one ruler, with the Shogun States now standing as relics of an older age, albeit relics with a big military presence.
In one, Egilica says that she's heard many students express fear over the kingdoms coming to blows with each other. She wants to assure the students that such a conclusion is, fortunately, far off. She explains that the various kingdoms do specialize in certain fields: Enror with craftsmanship, Helluam with prowess, Hoarg with agriculture, Diluba with artistry, and Ruga has served as a mediator between all of them. However, this specialization has also encouraged healthy communication between the kingdoms, for other kingdoms have resources that others cannot wholly manage themselves. She then wishes to demonstrate, and asks the students if they know what Enror required around the late 1340s. If Eve's social stats are high enough, she can answer "Hoarg herbs". Egilica will answer that indeed, they needed some of Hoarg's crops. Enror suffered an influx of injured civilians, several of the wounds being too much for many of the soldiers. So, they'd need to reach out to Hoarg for some of their medicinal prowess to pick their citizens back up on their feet.
In another, Gorithima will say that he's given the lot of them their extensions on their coursework, but now that the matters are out of the hands of the citizens, he says that he hopes that they'll all be catching up. He says that if they have been, then they should be able to answer the following question: He asks everyone if they know what led to the ores of elemental magics. If Eve's social stats are correct, she'll be able to answer "Elemental particles condensed". The rat can agree, and says that elemental particles are already filling the atmosphere, ready for mortals to interact with. Just like these particles can influence the chemical makeup of people or ferals born in certain areas, sometimes there'll be thicker clusters of particles. Just like clouds can form from water vapor clumping together, stones form from these elemental particles clumping together. He does say that the process definitely takes longer than it takes to form a cloud, and it will require these particles to have certain combinations of electrons in order for them to link together. He also warns that some combination of particles have been said to generate enough radiation to cause certain mutations to mortals near the source, but as long as they aren't condensed in open air, that should have a low chance of happening. He also notes that typically ores won't be able to give off this radiation one they've completely condensed unless the ore is broken and the energy within is released.
---
Other than that, the main party is tasked with going southwards to Diluba to hopefully gather information. Thus, Eve and others make their way to the southern edge of the continent. When they cross the border, Estmi will tell the party that they haven't received a response to their letter yet. The members present will change depending on if you selected special tutorships for Eve. Osloca/Gorithima will respond if they're talking about the letter basically saying "I do what I want", to which Estmi says that that isn't exactly what they said, but give or take a few details, yes. Either way, the lion tells them all that they should stay away from soldiers in the general area. Dona will ask if that'll be hard, though Telle will say that, unless they were trained in the towns/villages they guard, there isn't a lot of guards around this kingdom unless they're near one of those old Shogun States.
Estmi still suggests that they should all keep their eyes peeled for signs of miltary presence. They also heard that bandits tend to be an issue around here, and suspects their best bet is to look out for nearby villages and see if they happen to know about anything. Faunt/Egilica are in agreement, and tell the students present to progress safely. Thus, players now have an objective: search for villages near a corner of the border in order to gather info on the assassin group. From their current position, Wol will notice a fairly big village nearby, its buildings made of colorful stones with the Diluba flower emblem on its walls. The sidewinder asks if they should start there, though Telle will point out that that over there is a Shogun State, probably filled with Ferengi's men.
The group thus progresses onwards, players prompted to travel through the foliage. They go along and into the fairly lavish woods, occasionally having to tend to the bandits and wildlife along the way. As they go through the woods, Rebla will remark that some of the foliage around here seems more well-tended than the stuff they saw when entering. Telle says that a lot of Diluba is about appearance. They even have some guards hired to keep the forestry on the border and main roads look good. A lot of stuff deeper in and away from the main roads, however... those tend to be neglected. Dona asks what she means, though Telle leads them deeper in more. And once they get deeper through the woods, they take notice of one of the villages.
It's fairly ratty, comprised of only a few buildings meant to hold people. Said buildings seem like they were cobbled together from wood only recently, were it not for the age on the wood comprising them. And there stood three people around the fairly small village, them equipped with spears and fairly basic armor. Players have come upon the village Rijo. Rebla asks if it's still under construction, though the seal says that many of them are in this state. A lot of people can't afford to live in the healthier communities so they basically fend for themselves and build villages like this. Faunt/Egilica will point out that the nobles were able to just sling money about, though Osloca/Gorithima will remark that it's way too easy for the higher ups to overlook these kinds of people. And even if they did, it's not so easy for them to just give up money.
Either way, Estmi says that this is a matter to discuss later. For now, they need to ask around if any of them saw anything suspicious. Thus, players are tasked with asking the villagers present. Thus, the various party members spread out. Players need to ask around, though the various people in the village definitely seem worried about seeing Rugan military in their borders, some begging them not to hurt them. Telle can be found talking to a red panda guard, Wol hovering behind her. Telle says that she knows that these guys look scary, but she promises that the lot of them are here just to clear away a criminal group. The red panda says that no one said anything about the military showing up. The seal says that no one here aside from the ruler think that this is a good idea, and they're just hoping to get this over and done with as soon as possible.
The red panda is still shaky, but says that there was a conglomerate of bandits further in. At least they think they're bandits. Several soldiers and traders have definitely been stricken by mortal-made weapons, but the attackers are reported to be nearly undetectable. The seal perks up, and asks where these signs of attacks have been coming from. The red panda points southeast, saying that they were at the patch of woods close to the edge of the beach. He says that one of the Generals has put out a public warning to stay away from that part of the kingdom until they can get a handle on the situation. The seal thanks them, and thus the party regroups. Hearing this news, Faunt/Egilica will point out that there are probably a lot of guards in that area. Estmi nods, but says that they need to make their way there, at least to investigate. They think that their group should be small enough to slip past them. The ruler thus makes their way off, while the veterans and students are uncomfortable about every part of this.
The group thus makes their way south, needing to be careful about their progress forwards, while tending to other bandits and ferals. Along the way, they see more of the unkempt foliage, other extremely worn down villages, and can definitely see the contrast whenever they come across one of the main roads. While the other roads they came across were worn trails, the main roads were set by stones. The villages along the way are generally larger and use more firm material in their construction. There's also definitely more of a guard presence, which limits how much the group can move. As they get further through the woods, the students can't help but worry about the stuff they've seen. Rebla remarks that she knows about families putting on a face for those around, but for a whole kingdom to be like that. Telle says that the kingdom had faced a lot of structuring issues when the kingdom split up and the generals split up into their own regions, but several of them have gone about distributing their resources to the more busy regions. It's left a lot of other people underequipped. Dona says that the king must be doing something about this, though the seal gets quiet.
They progress further in, and they eventually make their way closer to the forest in question. And when they get there, Ren will note that he feels a disturbing air towards this thing. He says that they should only progress when they're ready, thus giving players a chance to prepare before they advance. At the player's discretion, they make their way to the woods. Deeper in they go, with Estmi, the students, and the guards available standing weary. As they do, one of the lion's ears twitch, and they pause before reaching to their greatsword. The rest of the party pauses and looks towards them. There's silence through the woods, before Estmi clutches their blade tightly. Then, they'd swing it to the side, the sound of a blade scraping against it as they managed to defend against a blow. Then, with a shove of their sword, they're able to disorient the assassin, them stumbling but circling around, revealing to be a slender raccoon woman with clothing that blends in slightly with the foliage around her.
The other students draw their weapons, Dona demanding she drops her weapon. However, as he says that, a pair of blades manage to slash across his shoulder, causing him to grunt and turn. The party sees a leopard nb in similar camo. Ren gets weary and begins to take a drag on his pipe. His perception seems to heighten for a little bit, and he's able to sidestep an arrow, before hurling a fireball towards the source of the attack, causing the bowman, a flying squirrel man, to leap up to avoid the blow. The party bunches up as more of the assassins start to crop up from the bushes. Faunt/Osloca will remark that the enemy's already starting to surround them. Wol remarks that they're real in it deep, though Telle says that if they work together they can break through this crowd. The party thus draws their weaponry (Wol bringing out a pair of throwing needles), and get ready for battle as the foes try to surround them.
Thus, players are forced to do battle with the Assassin Group. The group consists of various types of bandits, bearing a wide array of skills and even passives that players will have to respond to. And it unfortunately seems to be a bit of a problem, as whenever one assassin is taken out, another seems to take their place at the start of the next round. Players may be recommended to leave certain enemies alive, relying on status ailments to keep them subdued while improving their own longevity. Wol is quite helpful for this, as she gains access to a fair few ailments, including Sleep and Stun, either of which are good at stopping enemies in their track. Either way, players need to either wipe out 10 enemies, or last 7 rounds.
Either way, the various party members try to stave off the enemies. However, despite the heroes' work, the assassins only seem to be gaining ground. Though Dona would manage to nail one in the shoulder, they'd manage to hurl their knife at him, knocking his gun away. Ren would keep trying to avoid blows, but a wind strike towards him would knock him over. Telle would be left dancing around blows while Wol keeps trying to weave around attacks before hurling a poison-laced needle at whatever assassin attacked them. They are slowly taking blow after blow, getting pinned against several of the trees. Estmi thus presses forwards and holds their greatsword, telling them all to stay behind them. Dozens of assassins creep in and the lion takes a deep breath. They hold it up and exhale, silently apologizing for what the rest of the party is about to witness.
However, they are interrupted by the sound of clopping hooves. The group turns towards the source, as do the assassins. Thus, they see a bunch of soldiers on horseback charging forwards, them led by a muscular ox man in samurai armor wielding a naginata. The many soldiers prepare a ranged attack and fire, driving off the many assassins. A few still stand close, and attempt to strike at the ruler of Ruga. However, the ox leaps from the horse, and is able to swing their naginata to hurl them back. The ox touches down, as do the various assassins. They try to lunge at him, though he's able to quickly maneuver his polearm to block the blades, before swinging in a wide arc to knock them away. Then, they conjure a spear of electricity in his other hand, and are able to use the twin polearms to blitz through the remaining assassins. The party is saved!
The lot of them sheath their weapons and Estmi approaches the ox. A few of the soldiers even use restorative magic to patch them up, and the lion thanks the ox, saying that they might've been done for. They ask him his name. The ox introduces himself as General Roijo. He says he's duty bound to fight those foes off of travelers. Besides... he does need to pull the lot of them in for questioning. The various party members pause at those words. Faunt/Egilica ask what he means, to which General Roijo says that there's been word around parts of the kingdom that Rugan soldiers were spotted on their soil without permission. He remarks that several villagers have expressed worry over whether relations were sour or not, especially seeing as the beast of battle, the ruler of Ruga themselves, was in their presence.
The many party members grow worried, Telle begging them not to take them in. She says that she can't have this pop up on her record. Dona says that if he were arrested in another country, his guild might take his weapon away. General Roijo says that laws are laws, though Estmi shakes their head and brings up their hands. The ruler says that these people were just following their orders. If anyone should be locked up, it should be them. Faunt/Egilica tell the lion to reconsider, but they are quick to wave their hand, silencing them. The various soldiers take the lion's word into account. If Eve is present, she'll beg him not to do this, though the lion says Ferengi is not a violent man, at worst they'll be imprisoned for a few days. The ox clearly seems uncertain about taking the ruler of Ruga in, though he takes a deep breath. He orders a portion of his soldiers to escort the party out while the rest is with him. Thus, the squad of soldiers split up. 
The party definitely seems uncomfortable about this, seeing the ruler surrounded by Diluban soldiers and being led away. But they can't exactly argue right now. Thus, the two groups of soldiers split up and lead Estmi to the kingdom's castle, and the rest of the party are led northwards. There's an uncomfortable silence among them as they're eventually brought to the border, where they now have to spend the night in uncertainty about what's going to happen to Estmi. Eve herself is in her room, head pointed down and feet twirling. As she does, Osloca approaches and asks her how she's doing. Eve asks if Estmi is going to be ok, and the skunk nods her head. She assures her that whatever happens to Estmi, it's nothing they won't bounce back from. The Dragon still seems uncertain, though the skunk says that they are a ruler of great rapport. Odds are that if anything does happen to them, even if the nature of their crime is revealed, there's probably going to be a lot of anger in support of them. That kind of privilege kind of sucks, but if anything, Estmi is probably not going anywhere without having blades pointed at their attacker. She tells her that if they don't come back soon, then she'll cut off her own tail. The Dragon feels a little better, but is still weary. She thanks her, and thus goes to rest.
---
The next day comes, and the various characters go about their usual morning and noon routine. Eventually, Eve can be seen at the hangout spot with her other friends, clearly worried about Estmi. They try to comfort her but clearly don't know exactly what to say themselves, but as they worry, they eventually see a familiar figure come from Diluba's direction. Indeed, Estmi has made their way back out of the kingdom and back into Ruga. Seeing them, Eve rushes towards them and hugs them, the lion returning the gesture. As the two do, Rebla can't help but ask what exactly happened. The lion said that after they were taken into holding, Ferengi was apparently organizing a list of things to talk about whenever they were brought before him. Eve asks what they talked about, and the lion pauses for a moment.
The scene then cuts to inside the Diluba castle, specifically the throne room. There stands a large ornate throne with blue padding and an artificial garden set inside, allowing various large flowers to decorate the inside. Several guards in thick armor stand around while the calico sits on the throne, a stern look on his face and his royal ensemble donned. Once the lion is before him, he lifts a hand, and waves. At that, the various guards seem weary, but make their way out. Some go through the doors behind Estmi, while others go through the doors that are behind the throne. Once everyone's gone, Ferengi places his palms together, and clears his throat, before speaking. "Oh holy ruler, oh esteemed hero, oh dear, dear friend... What the fu-?!" The scene quickly cuts back to Estmi standing in the group hangout, where they explain that King Ferengi berated them for two hours straight.
The students stand around awkwardly, before Telle tries to apologize. However, Estmi tells her not to; in retrospect, they did deserve it. They really should've waited for him to speak to them in the first place. They had brought worry to his people without him being able to brace them. They ended up causing fear among his people and even among members of his military. Dona asks if that was the end of it then, he brought them in for a stern talking to. However, the lion admits that there was some additional conversation. Ferengi had admitted that he had hoped to earn some favor with their kingdom by taking out the those assassins on his own, but became aware that he was underestimating them. He made it clear that he doesn't approve of their own methods in shoving into the country like that, but he is moving to some proper cooperation between the two of them. The various students perk up, and Eve asks what this means.
The lion says that on the 18th, they and Ferengi are going to meet. Once they do, they will organize their armies, and overwhelm the assassins keeping them from investigating that patch of woods. And then once they're clear, they're going to bring the fight to the perpetrators of that previous attack. The various students seem to be in varying states of excitement, and Estmi nods. They say that they are going to inform the rest of their guard about this, and move to prepare to move many of their men. In the meantime, Ferengi is going to spread word to make sure the populace is ready for their arrival now. The lion thus presses forwards, though Eve makes sure to follow them. She tells them that she's really glad that they're safe. Estmi smiles and reminds her that they were friends with the royals. And with that, Estmi will spread his word, and players are allowed free time. It should be noted that if this morning falls on the 7th, players will go through that shortly after Estmi's arrival.
Jusis 7th
On this day, Estmi has various soldiers setting up for the arrival of Queen Rofok and Prince Finnegan. They're setting up banners and preparing to douse them in petals whenever they come, and Estmi and Eve are positioned at the castle's front gates. Many civilians can be seen crowding around the streets in anticipation of the duo's arrival, with the lion checking over a list of their own. They recite that they've had the halls cleaned and dusted, set up Diluban flowers here and there, made sure all of the paintings are straight, they've got their various guards on lookout for any potential threats... Eve asks if all of this is wholly necessary, to which they answer that they need to make sure everything is orderly, especially for Diluban royalty.
Eventually, they here the clamor of the crowd. Their attention is drawn to the streets, where they see horse-riding soldiers sandwiched around a heavily armored carriage, it bearing a gold-tiled roof with the Diluban flower emblem on its side. They ride closer and closer until they come to a stop beside the castle, various Rugan soldiers greeting them with a shower of petals. And once the carriage is stopped, the soldiers come off their horses and around to the side. They open it up, and everyone is graced by the appearance of the fox queen, Rofok, her in a flowing blue dress with a crown on top of her head resembling sun rays. She is soon followed by her son, Finnegan, a short fox boy with a blue dress similar to King Ferengi.
The soldiers lead the duo forwards, some carrying the ends of their dresses as they are escorted up to the gate. And once they come in the presence of Estmi and Eve, they pause. Estmi bows to the two of them, graciously greeting them and thanking them for their arrival. The Queen says that she is grateful for the opportunity, she only wishes that the circumstances behind their arrival would be better. Eve can't help but pick up on the strange vibe the woman gives off, almost as if she's immediately judging the people around her. She also takes notice of Finnegan, who looks like he's struggling to keep up a good appearance but is clearly a little uncomfortable. Eventually, the Queen apologizes and says she forgot to introduce the two of them. She extends a hand towards Estmi, introducing herself as Queen Rofok. Estmi takes it and introduces themselves as well.
She then extends a hand towards Eve, saying that she's heard plenty of her. Eve goes to shake her hand. If Eve's Charm is low enough, once Rofok pulls her hand, she farts as if on command, prompting the older fox to recoil and Estmi to blanch in horror. Finnegan, meanwhile, tries desperately to hold back a chuckle, it coming out as a snort, some support points raising with him. Rofok would shoot him a glance real quick, before turning back towards the royal duo. She clears her throat and tries to move on, though is clearly flustered. If Eve's Charm is higher than the threshold, she'll simply shake hands with the older fox, simply saying that she's Eve, and she's also happy to see them. Either way, by the end of the exchange, she'll tell Finnegan to introduce himself, and he'll shake hands with the two of them while introducing himself as Prince Finnegan.
Once they are introduced, Estmi says that they were ready to accept her into the castle, maybe treat her to some of their personal items. Rofok does say she'd be interested in seeing just what the holy kingdom held in its halls. Thus, they're led into the castle, where a brief montage plays. The Diluban duo is shown the courtyard and its well tended foliage, including those in the shape of the past Dragons. They are then shown the vast library, full of tomes that Rofok shows clear interest in, though Finnegan seems fairly bored. They are then shown to a portion of the armory, showcasing a select few weapons, including some of Estmi's older greatswords, which the young prince shows a fair bit of interest in. Time passes, and the sun is starting to set.
During this time, the royals decide to hang out in the courtyard. Estmi and Rofok are seen simply chatting at one part while Eve and Finnegan are elsewhere in the courtyard. Eve remarks that Rofok has a very strange aura to her. The prince nods in agreement, saying that she and dad are really obsessed about appearance in the public. The Dragon raises a brow, and Finnegan shuffles his feet before saying that he'd rather not talk about it. The Dragon apologizes, but the fox says it's fine. He admits that actually coming out here helped out a bit. Ever since that attack at the college, things have gotten really tense back in the temple. If players triggered the previous event, Finnegan will remark that he's been so tense, even that occurrence at the gate nearly made him fall to pieces. Regardless, Eve says that she's been pretty scared too.
If Eve's Kindness is high enough, she'll say that she had fun hanging out with him, and she hopes that the two of them can meet under better circumstances. Finnegan's social points will raise as he nods and says that he'd really like that as well. Either way, Rofok will eventually return to the duo, and say that she's about ready to go. Finnegan nods and says that he's ready as well. Thus, the duo makes their way out, with the Rugan royals following suit to see them off. The older fox says that she appreciated the chance to visit. Estmi is also grateful to have had her over. He hopes that their kingdoms can keep up good relations, to which the queen answers that were it up to her, they'd always be in good graces. She'll be sure to give a good word to the king, getting a "thank you" from Estmi. Thus, the duo enter the carriage, and are led out. It's been a long day for everyone involved, and thus they're forced to sleep. At this, players are made to progress through the rest of the 4th - 17th period.
Jusis 18th
On this day, Eve can be seen at the hangout with the rest of her friends. Rebla supposes that today is the day that Ferengi is supposed to arrive. The Dragon nods, saying that they're supposed to come together and engage those attackers. Wol asks if they really have to do this, to which Dona points out that these guys really need all the help they can get. Besides, they threatened Eve. Telle also points out that they're causing plenty of trouble in Diluba to, and hearing that, the sidewinder supposes that that is a good reason to act. Ren looks off in the distance, and says that he can see the carriage. The party thus turns, and they can see the Diluban royal carriage being escorted through the roads and towards the Rugan castle.
Indeed, that calico comes out and he is led through the gates, one of the samurai guarding him keeping the tail of his dress off the ground. He's led in and he meets with Estmi. The lion apologizes again, and the cat supposes that he can't be too mad. Ultimately hey wwere acting because their adoptive daughter was threatened. He can see himself doing similar... Estmi says that they still should've been more reasonable, to which Ferengi nods in agreement. Either way, he says that the two of their armies should be ready to move out, and now, they need their rulers to direct them. The lion nods, and says that they have the War Room ready. And thus, the duo moves out.
A brief cutscene plays showing Estmi being led into a tent identified as the War Room. The camera pans around, showing a table with a map set upon it and Ferengi at one side of the table. There are also several plastic figures on the map. Estmi takes their seat at the other end of the table, and the two rulers lean over the table. Ferengi says that he knows it's been a while since they've actually done anything like this, and asks if they need some pointers. This allows players to identify whether they need a tutorial or not. Players are taught that this room is used to visualize battles between kingdom squads of soldiers and large groups of enemies. Some plastic figures are used to represent Rugan and Diluban squads, which have their own stats and Skills and Passives, while other plastic figures represent squads of the assassins that stand guard around the forest near the edge of the Diluban beach, also having their own stats.
Ferengi explains that apparently some charismatic sorts had organized a bunch of bandits here and have fought off several civilians that've wandered too near. They've been able to locate a few of the enemy squads, though they're convinced that there may be some reinforcements lying in wait somewhere. If players chose to hear the tutorial, he'll explain how some members of their squads can only move so far, take so much of a beating, and only do so much damage in combat. He recommends using the intel they have of both their own squads and the enemies to see where the best place would be to deploy their squads. When players choose to engage, Ferengi will explain about stuff like turn order being decided by Speed, Power interacting with Defense, and about how certain damage types will create an opening for Squads to use.
Thus, players are prompted to defeat all of the enemy Squads with their own. Among their Squads includes one led by General Roijo. As players take on the enemy squads, they'll see that, yes, more assassin groups will spawn from the forest. The squads slowly but surely grow in power, but with enough work and strategic position, players will be able to wear them down one by one. And with enough work, the remainder of the assassin groups will be felled. With the last one beaten, Ferengi will declare that this seems like a sound strategy. He says that as long as they follow this plan, they should be able to clear the way to the assassin's camp. Estmi nods and says that it's time to move out.
---
The squads have engaged the various assassin groups and had managed to clear the way to the forest at the beach. The party makes their way into Diluba, joined by Ferengi with a sheath at his side, though his coat has been left behind. They press onwards and make it at the edge. Ferengi says that he thinks they've gotten through the worst of it and tells the party to be ready for whatever. Players are allowed a moment to arrange their equipment and whatnot before being able to press in. They thus shove into the foliage, making their way to the Filbog Woods. They race forwards, the sound of combat around this part of Diluba still audible. As they race forwards, however, Ferengi's ear twitches.
He looks past Dona's shoulder, before reaching for his handle. And then, he swings his blade out, the segments of the blade extending out almost like a whip. The blade soars over the coyote's back, missing him, but managing to snipe an oncoming spear out of the air. The group looks towards the source of the pieces of metal clashing, and can see an assassin has failed to ambush one of them. Ferengi flicks his blade back and lets it settle back into a straightened form. Rebla realizes that they missed some and begin to reach for their weapons. However, Ferengi tells them that their strength is better served for the chief of this little establishment. Ferengi steps forwards and holds his weapon out. Estmi asks if he'll be ok, to which he says that he's seen worse during the war. Estmi seems to understand, and tells the rest of the group that they need to move. Thus, the lion and the rest of the veterans go on, while the students are unsure. A pair of assassins try to strike at the veterans, but the calico flicks his blade out, managing to stab at one before slashing the other one down. The students now seem to be convinced, and thus make their way forwards. Ferengi tells the lot of the assassins that if they're after a target, then they should probably strike down the one enforcing this kingdom's laws. He holds out his sword, ready to fight off the bandits here.
The party presses forwards, and once they make it deeper in, they can see a hole in the ground leading into the earth. Dona asks what this is, to which Telle explains that a group of Rugan soldiers did battle with one of the Shoguns in here and their fight made this. Turns out this part of the land has a cave system below. Wol supposes that these assassins camp out down here. They vast majority of them are probably preoccupied, however. Estmi thinks she's right, but says that they shouldn't underestimate their opponent. Thus, the party makes their way down the ramp and into the cave. And down there, they can find a small cave system with tents set about and torches erected. And at the far end is a strange looking person.
The party advances down, that figure being a crane in some lightweight armor, though some of her feathers appear to be shaven down somehow. She has a staff in one hand with a pair of curved prongs on the end, a sasumata, and is flanked by a pair of moon bear brutes. The crane sees the heroes approach, and remarks that the lot of them were more powerful than she expected. She'd thought none would be able to breach her army of bandits. Osloca looks over her armor and remarks that her armor isn't the kind people can just find off of normal bodies, and asks where she got them from. She says that it's an old heirloom, granted by her Shogun ancestor. She declares herself Womei.
Estmi asks if she is in fact responsible for those attackers on the college, to which she affirms as much. Those two had lost important people thanks to that man, and it just so happened the Dragon was in the same room as that man. The party grows weary, and Eve asks just why exactly they are after them. Womei is quiet for a bit, before saying that they need the power of a Dragon. Years ago, a force of absolution visited them, and the rulers of the world united... and felled it. The students grow more uncertain of what they're saying, while the veterans are now starting to get uneasy. Estmi steps forwards, repeating "A force of absolution?", before pondering if she really means... The crane says that the natural order of their world had been decided on that date, and the world defied it. And the world didn't celebrate, it didn't prosper, it just, continued, a shell of itself. Poverty is rising, bandits are taking up more of the realm, and half of the world rulers have been worse off. That's why they need the Dragon's power, to bring back... the Monster.
The many veterans blanch in worry, with Estmi's own eye widening in shock. Telle asks in confusion "Monster?" Eve tries to face Estmi to ask them what she's talking about. However, Estmi has already brought out their greatsword. They say that if that is her goal, then she will be spared no quarter! Thus, they leap up and towards Womei, attempting to slam the sword down on her. However, that static energy from the college attack manifests, and a tendril of odd energy launches forwards, forcing the lion to bring their weapon down to block it and be shoved backwards. Osloca remarks in shock about that energy... Gorithima cradles his chin inquisitively as he sees it, clearly in deep thought. Womei says that regardless of their feelings, the Monster is the future of this world, and to deny it would only lead their world to misery.
Estmi tells the rest of the party to take up arms. They tell them that this woman cannot get away with this! Thus, players engage Assassin Leader Womei. She is accompanied by two heavy hitting warriors who can take a fair bit of punishment, her able to cast spells on the two of them to increase their agility. On top of that, she can deal Stab damage with her weapon, and can deliver a blow that has a chance of lowering party members' agility. Top that off with wind magic, including multi target, and high agility, and she can prove to be fairly difficult depending on party composition. Players are encouraged to take down the brutes or otherwise incapacitate them, either by using status ailments or high enough damage on them. If players take down both of the bandits, or lower Womei's health to half, the fight moves onto its second half.
Womei asks Estmi if they truly feel accomplished in themselves now that the Monster is gone. The lion asks what she's talking about, to which she says that they lost their friends, those Dragons. They saw terror descend on their friends. And then, they've retreated to chambers for years. All Ruga has had is its status during their absence, and the two of them know that it won't be long until the rest of the world sees how weak they've become. The lion gives pause, and Womei tells them that life has only become harder for them after the Monster. She says that they can submit now, and let fate return to it. The lion is quiet some more, before Eve takes notice. She tells Womei to shut up. Sure, they've been away for a long time, but they're recovering! They are becoming stronger and healthier. She doesn't know waht this Monster is, but she knows that they wouldn't be happier with it. The lion is quiet for a moment, before nodding and saying she's right. They tell her the Monster is staying dead. Womei changes her stance, declaring that whether they choose to or not, they will submit!
With that, players engage the second half of the fight. Womei now has access to Void magic, meaning her damage output is even more powerful. On top of that, she now has acquired the Passive, Counter, meaning she now has a chance to deal physical damage to party members if they perform a physical attack. Players now have to be more weary about their health and stats. Some players might want to use Dona for his evasion and/or Telle to improve other allies' evasion. Group heals also prove to be exceptionally helpful for this fight. With enough work, players will be able to outpace Womei, and take down the last of her health.
After the fight, Womei can be seen stumbling back, needing to use her sasumata to keep herself up. The party members also seem worn down, though Gorithima can't help but be intrigued by the magics he just saw on display. Estmi, still worn down, advances towards the crane. They hold their greatsword up, tip pointed towards the assassin leader. Their hand tenses on their sword, as if getting ready to strike, but they stay their hand. The lion says that she's beaten. Their armies should be wearing down the rest of her forces, there is no one here to protect her. They order her to tell them what it was she planned to do to bring back the Monster. The crane huffs and puffs, before sighing.
She says that it doesn't matter anymore. The lion cocks a brow, and she continues. She explains that she was the only person that could've brought the Dragon before the creature of absolution. But now, they've rounded up the entirety of her gang. She says that she has no path forwards, not anymore. Estmi still keep their gaze and blade trained on the bird, and says that regardless of how she feels, she needs to answer to a lot of questions. They order her to throw down her weapon, before the lion is cut off. She suddenly lunges forwards, dropping her weapon to the ground, and plunges her chest right upon the tip of the sword. The lion grunts and the other party members gasp as she lays against the blade. She groans and stumbles forwards, putting much of her weight against the blade. She wheezes out "Praise to... the Alpha..." At that, she goes limp, her weapon clattering against the ground.
Estmi is clearly uncomfortable with this course of action, and sighs. They tilt their weapon down to drop her off of the sword. There's more silence among the party, clearly not feeling the victory they probably should. Estmi faces the various guards, and tells them that they need to round up the rest of the subordinates for interrogation, now. Thus, the veterans bow in agreement, before heading up. The lion seems ready to follow, though they take notice of the students. They apologize, saying that they shouldn't have seen something like that. The various students are still quiet, before Eve decides to try and speak up. She struggles to find her nerves, but she asks the lion what exactly the Monster is. The lion turns away, and says that it is something that none of them will ever deal with. Thus, he progresses upwards.
The students are still standing back, still unsettled. Eve asks if they did a good thing, to which Telle says that she's sure they came out victorious. Those guys threatened her, Rebla, Faunt, and Dona, now they no longer can. Wol supposes she's right, Womei did say that she was the only person that could've brought Eve to whatever that is. Ren, however, says that they probably shouldn't look at this at face value. Those adults new something about this thing, this Monster. Maybe it is something they don't have to worry about, but he admits, he's not sure if he can be comfortable if he doesn't know what's so scary about that thing. Rebla agrees. She says that right now they need to unwind, but at some point in the future, they should try to investigate into this issue. Dona remarks that Estmi seems unwilling to talk about it so they're probably better off talking to someone else. Eve agrees that they're right. She says that Rebla is also right and they really should make their way home.
Thus, they make their way up the ramp, unaware of the shadowy figures hiding down one of the caves in the chamber, before descending into the darkness. The party comes up into the Filbog Woods, where they can Estmi speaking with Ferengi, a bunch of bandits felled about. Dona can't help but ask if the calico did all of this on his own, getting the two leaders to notice them. The Diluba king tells them that he was just telling Estmi that their armies were going to wrap up things over here. Rebla asks if Ruga is going to take any prisoners, to which the lion says that this base was stationed in Diluban borders. These foes are under their jurisdiction. The calico says that he knows that Estmi is concerned in any info they could have, so he is going to update them on whatever they learn. Estmi thanks him. The rest of the party supposes that they've done about all they can do here then, and thus begins to make their way back to Ruga.
And of course, when they make it back, no one has any energy for the rest of the day, so time passes as everyone is allowed to rest.
Jusis 19th
The next day comes, with the various people waking and going around their various duties. Faunt in particular can be seen going through the halls before making it to Estmi's, where he notices that the door is open a crack. Curious, he opens it slightly, where he can see the lion standing, still in their clothes from yesterday. Said ruler faced their bed, a dark expression on their face. The stallion would step in and ask them if they're alright. The lion tells him that they were just on their way to bed, when the guard points out that it's morning. The lion is quiet, before Faunt asks if this is about what Womei was talking about. The lion shakes their head, insisting that there's nothing to worry about. She herself said that there was no way to bring it back... Faunt can clearly see that they're not entirely confident with themselves, but he doesn't really know how he's going to talk to them.
Meanwhile, the student half of the party has made their way out and to their hangout spot. The lot of them have gathered, with Dona greeting that none of that was sensical. Ren agrees, everyone was really cagey about that thing, that Monster. Rebla decides to point out that whatever it is, that woman, Womei, seemed to think it something to aid this world. And yet, Estmi seemed angered... scared... Telle points out that whatever she thought, she was trying to capture Eve, and they obviously can't take her word for gospel. Dona agrees, and says that if they're to assuage their fears, they need to figure out how they're going to get more information, but it certainly seems like Estmi won't give them answers. Wol notes that those other adults seemed to know something... Eve remarks that she's right. 
Telle wonders whether they should investigate into this issue or not; whatever it is, it seemed to terrify those guys. Eve says that it caused that attack at the college, it's involved them. She says that she can't feel comfortable if she doesn't figure out just what it is they're up against. Rebla says that she can't bear the idea of Eve getting in trouble again... Dona says that Womei acted like things were over, but all she did was leave them with more questions. He has this feeling in the pit of his stomach that things aren't over. Ren does admit that it'll probably be a while until he finds the proper herbs that'll put his mind at ease... Telle supposes they're all right... And says that she'd like to help out. Upon seeing the seal agree, the sidewinder also agrees to help out.
With that, the party has a new mission in mind, though Ren realizes something. He asks what day it is, and the group realizes that they're nearing their month of vacation. Rebla remarks that that'll mean that they have even more time to investigate. Though Wol remarks that she was sort of hoping to spend some time lounging for the month... Dona sighs and says that he was also looking forwards to some free time, but this is definitely more important. Anyways, he supposes that they should probably wrap up their studies soon and get ready to ask around...
---
Meanwhile, the scene briefly cuts to elsewhere in Diluba. There, a group of seemingly ordinary citizens can be seen camping out near one of the caves. As they do, a pair in white robes makes their way out of the caves. A raccoon nb asks them what happened, to which one of the robed people say that General Womei was slain, stricken herself upon the blade of the one with Draconian Strength. A fox man asks if she revealed anything, to which the other robed person says that she admitted she sought to raise the Monster, but she hadn't revealed any of them. She tried to frame it as if she was alone in the operation, but they doubt her effectiveness... The other robed figure says that they've suffered a loss here, but they should have a bit of pressure off of their shoulders. They say that they need to use this opening the best they can. They order the civilians to move out, and thus they begin to walk, this time making their way in the direction of Ruga...
== Chapter 4: Hunt in Helluam==
By the time the students finish their studies, the evening has fallen on the kingdom. Everyone agreed that they'll have to ask more about this Monster once their own tempers have cooled down, so they collectively decided that they should sleep this off. So, Eve makes her way to her own bed and begins to rest. She still seems a little weirded out by what Womei said, but she recognizes that she won't be able to figure out exactly what went down by just mulling over this. So, she tries to sleep. As she does, the player is treated to a view of Estmi, who still stands in their room, clearly still in deep thought about that excursion. They shake their head and decide to step out, looking around and not realizing that night has already come down.
The lion makes their way out for another walk, where they get to the walls on the castle. They look towards the Memoriam Tree once again, and sigh. As they do, Egilica approaches, and greets the ruler. She says that nobody's seen them all day. The lion looks over themselves, and sighs. They say that three years ago, they stood here once again, preferring to just remain in their bedroom for days on end. They remark that they've seen many of their staff, students in the kingdom, and the kingdom itself slowly change over these years, yet they're back where they started. Egilica tells them that growth isn't the same direction for everyone. Sometimes people need to take steps back before they go forwards.
Estmi thanks her, though keeps looking upon the Tree. They say that they'd hoped the past could remain behind all of them... They ask her if she thinks that Womei's words had any weight to them. Egilica assures them that the Monster is going nowhere, though the lion clarifies they're not just referring to that. They had been out of loop from the politics for a while now. The cow furrows her brow, and admits that there have been a few... issues cropping up as of late. Estmi takes a breath, before saying that they need to sit down and learn about all of these. They need to make sure that Womei and any potential subordinates have no reason to seek the Monster. Egilica says that they can certainly take the time to learn more about it. Might do good for the holy kingdom to reintegrate into global politics. But first, she says that they should rest now. She begins to walk them to their room.
Jusis 20th - Jusis 22nd
The next three days come, and on the 20th, Faunt will remind the students that on the 23rd, the college will close for a month to allow a period of relaxation for the various students. He also says that it sounds like over the break period they'll be receiving new staff, and maybe even get more additions to the college. He does, however, tell them that though they do have the month to themselves, that that doesn't mean they should treat it as a period to do nothing. He reminds them that a muscle that doesn't see action will weaken, and that applies to their academics too. However, the various students can already be heard talking about their own plans. Dona can't help but feel a little peeved, wishing that they could just worry about doing nothing...
On the 21st, Estmi can be seen speaking with Egilica in their office. The lion asks if this is right, that northern Helluam faced some sort of plague 15 years ago. The cow nods, noting that while Queen Olive was in recovery, she'd left decisions to some of her appointed council. A small fraction had scuffed investigation into a species of vermin and ended up allowing a then undiscovered bacteria to be spread around and led to a lot of people suffering. She'd made sure those council members would be imprisoned for such a criminally incompetent decision. In the meantime, they'd try to establish trades with Hoarg to get the necessary medicinal equipment for those afflicted. A few hundred would end up facing debilitating long-lasting effects while dozens ended up dead outright. Estmi can't believe Olive never brought this up before, to which the cow can only assume that she didn't want to bother them... Estmi asks how they're handling, to which she says that a lot of the afflicted were left without the ability to do their job and significant parts of their prey would've become inedible. The lion thus wonders how they should help out issues in northern Helluam...
Other than that, players have free time for this period, until the day of the 23rd. 
Jusis 23rd
There, Principal Rotisho can be seen at the front door of the college, waving off the various students as they make their way out. The Dragon herself is seen being escorted out, and as she does, the hawk greets her, and thanks the Dragon for attending yet again. He says that he doesn't imagine this estate would be as successful if it wasn't for her. She says that she's equally grateful to be here, she's learned a lot of things she wouldn't have normally. She's also grateful to've met some great people. The hawk smiles and bows, and says that there's always more to learn. He hopes to see her again, to which the Dragon is sure she will, before heading out.
The students make their way to their usual hangout, Telle remarking that she feels like she can finally relax her brain a little bit, earning an affirming nod from Wol. Rebla, however, reminds the group that they have been discussing about another issue. Dona sighs and knows what they're talking about: that Monster issue. Telle remarks that she almost forgot about that, though the coyote points out that she was the one that proposed the idea. Ren nods and says that they have plenty of free time now, and the fox supposes that they should try to ask some of the major guards around the castle town. Eve explains that Estmi seemed pretty adamant about not saying anything about this Monster. In fact, ever since that all cleared up, they've been locked up in their office working on business.
Dona explains that Faunt seems the most friendly to the lot of them, and suspects that they'll probably get the most ground covered if they try talking to him. Eve, however, seems a bit unsure. She says that his health hasn't been what it used to be, she wouldn't feel so great about putting that kind of pressure on him. Ren asks if they should reach out to Egilica, though the Dragon says that she's very by the book, if anyone's going to follow Estmi's example, it's her. That causes the princess to perk up, before she realizes that Osloca's practically the opposite. If anyone's going to squeal, it's got to be her. Rebla says that they can't be certain, for all of her odd work conduct, she is still a high ranking member of the guard. At this, the party seems to've come to a bit of a stalemate.
Ren takes a quick puff, before saying that as of now, they probably need some more information before they can pursue one of their friends for information. He asks how likely the lot of them are to get into contact with those guys, aside from Eve, of course. Telle supposes that she and Dona have a chance of getting a better read on Osloca, and Wol says that she'd like to help out. The otter and fox think that they might have a chance of getting through to Egilica, or at least getting to know what kind of topics they can pursue with her. The Dragon says that she should be more than able to speak comfortably with Faunt. However, here the sidewinder realizes that the princess would be the only one alone, and asks if she can change to hang with her. Eve says that that'd be a-ok, and the party now has a general game plan: reach out to those three, two at a time.
---
Players are able to walk around the castle town, and can even make contact with Ponta, just in case players felt like trying with him. He'll remark that the War with the Monster is something everyone's better off moving on from; he apologizes but he'd prefer to remain retired for this. Players are otherwise prompted to travel towards the residential district. Along the way, players will have the chance to talk one on one with Wol. She'll murmur a little bit, but some careful prodding from the Dragon will cause her to speak up and say that she expected Faunt to be in the barracks. This seems to dampen Eve's mood, but she admits to her that after his injury, Estmi decided that his workload should lessen. They thus helped him move into his family's place. The sidewinder says she doesn't know much about Faunt, but everyone speaks kindly of him. Eve will say that he's always been stern yet encouraging, and the snake woman says that she hopes things go ok for him.
Either way, players go down the residential district a little, where they come upon a small house set near some of the grassy fields of the public park. The two come near it, where Eve knocks softly. The door opens, and the two see the stallion himself. He greets the duo, remarking that he wasn't expecting visitors. He reminds Eve that college lessons are on break right now, though wonders if she was hoping for some more tutoring. The Dragon says that she was actually hoping to just chat. The stallion nods, offering to let the two of them come in, though first asks the sidewinder if she's going to be ok here. However, Wol murmurs that she sort of blends in either way, they probably wouldn't notice. Faunt skews his face in concern, though still lets them enter.
The two do so, and when they do, they see a bobcat girl no older than 10. She notices them and perks up at seeing the divine ruler. Wol murmurs that she didn't know he had a kid, to which Eve says that her name is Selk, and that he's married to a nice librarian woman. Faunt sadly admits that she's had to take another job working at one of the restaurants. She handles that first shift, then spends second shift at the library. The young bobcat asks the princess how princessing is going, to which she says that she's been doing just fine. If her charm/proficiency is high enough, she'll joke that she's been learning how to walk with 50 books on her head, earning a giggle from the young girl and raised social points with Faunt. If her knowledge is high enough, she'll talk about how she's learned a lot about Diluba's arts, which gets an "ooo" out of Selk and raises some social points with Wol.
Either way, Faunt brings the two ladies to a study room in the house, sits down with them, and asks if they just wished to visit him. Wol doesn't seem willing to speak up, so the Dragon decides to try and start the conversation. She asks him if he's feeling alright, after that stuff with Womei. The stallion does tense up for a moment, though he says that what's done is done, fortunately. The Dragon remarks that whatever she was talking about... it seemed to get Estmi shaken up, and she can't help but wonder if the rest of them feel that way. The veterans, she means. The shield-wielding warrior says that, as worrying as it all was, he just figures that she was just deranged. She's down, her assassins are done for, they have nothing to worry about.
The Dragon is quiet for a moment, clearly unsure of how they should press on. However, Wol will end up speaking out loud that he doesn't seem overly sure of that. The stallion seems flustered, and asks what she means. The sidewinder ends up freezing up. Eve assures that Wol is just nervous like anyone else. The snake nods her head, and though Faunt doesn't seem overly convinced, he ultimately decides to move on. He says that the two of them are still young, and they're only that way once. He says that the people over them, ie himself and Estmi and so on, should worry about the stuff. He apologizes that they got exposed to those sorts of things. Eve lets out a "But-", though the stallion shakes his head. He assures her that this period will pass. The Dragon seems to realize that they won't be able to progress like this, so she says that she understands.
Either way, it's time for the duo to head out, and when they do, the Dragon can't help but wonder just what Wol was thinking saying that. The snake says that it just ended up coming out. She's gotten trained in inspecting facial expressions, she knows when someone isn't being honest. Eve says that, be that as it may, they were guests there. Faunt probably ushered them out realizing that they were going to press them on this. Wol apologizes, she just sort of thought it'd help them. If the Dragon's Kindness is high enough, she'll apologize for getting so upset with her. Either way, she says that she doubts they'll get any further questioning him like this. The sidewinder realizes it's gotten really late, and suspects the others are probably on their way to bed around now. Eve says that she's right, and supposes they should meet up tomorrow. Thus, they make their way to their sleeping quarters.
Jusis 24th
The next day comes, and the party decides to group up at their hangout yet again. However, once everyone is met up, the various party members notice looks of defeat on each of them. There's another pause, before Telle decides to speak up with a "Soooooo..." Dona suggests that one of them go first. There's more silence, before, depending on Eve's disposition, she either prompts Wol to explain or explains herself that Faunt was pretty adamant about how they shouldn't be worrying about this Monster stuff. Ren admits that he and Rebla weren't able to get much headway into convincing Egilica. He tried to open her up with some conversating about Hoarg plants, but she did not respond to either his or the otter's prodding about anything Monster related. Telle says that Osloca seemed pretty open to chatting, even talked with her a little about some blade dancing stuff. But then the coyote says that they thought they had a chance to strike and asked about the Monster. She seemed hesitant at first, but some more interrogation led to her saying that she'd talk about it... but she instead tricked them into pulling her finger. That earns some winces from the other party members. 
Ren says that all of this merely makes him more curious. Whatever happened with this Monster, it spurred all of the Ruler's confidants into silence. Dona says that regardless of whatever happened in the past, can it really be so frightening that those guys still refuse to talk about it? Besides, there ain't no Monster in the world nowadays, not like it can hurt them. Rebla says that they can't be so sure; that woman seemed convinced there was a way to bring it back. And judging by that assassination attempt on Maize, it might involve Eve. The Dragon does seem shaken still, asking why those guys don't seem overly concerned about that. Telle remarks that it hardly seems in Estmi's nature to overlook something like that, based on the way the princess spoke of them... Wol can only imagine that those guys feel the most comfortable acting as if that thing is gone for good. Her general openness seems to surprise a few of the party members, though the sidewinder seems to retreat into herself to avoid further conversation.
Rebla suspects that she has a bit of truth to her statement. It's very easy to want to turn your back on the darkness, especially if it's hurt you. Eve wonders, then... This Monster business is really hurting Estmi still... so if they were able to get rid of it, then they could help them out of this funk. Ren remarks that as much as he'd love to, if this thing scared the Holy Ruler this bad, do any of them have a chance? However, Dona points out that they don't have to deal with this Monster fellow. They just have to deal with whoever's trying to bring it back. Telle says that she doesn't know about all of this, even if they could be confidant in their abilities, everyone around them is stonewalling their attempts at looking into this matter. Eve perks up, and realizes that there is one guy they haven't spoken to.
She mentions Gorithima, which gets mixed reactions. Dona says that that guy's a hard ass that, even as far as academics are concerned, would never be straight forwards with the students' questions to him. Ren jokes that he might understand the professor's explanations better if he reads his textbooks. Rebla brings up that that rat has always pushed for the student body to question things, even the decisions of the rulers. If anyone's going to not be under Estmi's thumb, it has to be that guy. Telle, however, says that she isn't sure. Gorithima is hardly the type to be entirely cooperative. If they approach him with this, there's a good chance he'll put them on some sort of goose chase for answers. Eve says that he's their only chance at learning more about this Monster business, unfortunately. She thus tells the students to follow her, and thus they make their way towards the castle.
---
The party makes their into the main threshold and along the pathways until they eventually make it towards one of the wings in the castle. Rebla, Dona, and Telle can be seen appearing more at attention than usual while Ren has his usual odd walk and Wol's hiding behind Eve. Rebla remarks that she can't believe they've actually been allowed in here, Dona remarking that these must be only some of the perks of being friends with the princess. Telle speaks up to Ren, telling him that he really should be taking this more seriously, though the fox says that if he were to he'd be cracking like an egg right now. She then tells Wol that she doesn't need to be scared, it's not like any of these guys are going to hurt them. The sidewinder can't really say anything, and merely stays in hiding.
Eventually, they make it to one of the wings of the castle, a research wing, where they approach one of the rooms. There, they can see a nameplate, Gorithima, pinned to the door. Eve steps forwards and knocks, getting an annoyed grunt from the man inside. She'd step back, before the door would soon open up. There, they'd see a familiar rat man, rubbing the sleep out of his eyes while asking if any of them knew what time it was. The coyote's about to answer that it's eleven, when he looks past and sees that he's in a research room with a bunch of notebooks and papers scattered around. Telle asks if this guy sleeps in his lab, to which Eve says that he's been hanging out in here ever since that fight with Womei.
The scientist is able to bring himself to lucidity enough to actually realize who has woken him up. He seems to warm up and greets the lot of them, asking what this bunch of troublemakers are doing over here. Eve says that they wanted to chat, though asks if now is a bad time. The rat says that now that he's woken up he may as well use this time he's been allotted. He motions them to join and to watch where they step; he's been trying his best to figure out just what was going on when that Diluban opponent was using that weird magic. The party steps in and do mind their steps, though Rebla does have to make sure the herbalist is a little moreso. Gorithima then sits on a stool nearby, and says that their classes are over for now. He asks if they just wanted a head start on next semester, though Telle says that that's not exactly what they're after...
Eve explains that they've been lost in thought about what that woman was talking about. Gorithima asks if it's about all of that Monster talk, to which the Dragon nods. The rat sighs, and says that it's better to just forget about that thing. Dona says they can't just forget about it, it's because of that thing that Eve ended up in danger. The rat shakes his head and says that the lot of them should've never been brought to that fight; he can respect that they wanted to help their friend, but now they feel involved and crap. Rebla seems ready to talk, though the older man is quick to cut them off. He says that he knows the younger folk keep being taught to look ahead, they've forgotten to look around them. They're only young and free once.
Eve pleads with him, saying that whatever the Monster is, it's weighing heavy on the people she looks up to. And Gorithima says that that is their burden to hold onto. He turns away, and says that you may not realize it, but the older you get, the more time you keep trying to lift up people who don't need it, the harder you make it to be happy. Estmi is the ruler of the most prodigious kingdom, and the rest of these codgers they worry themselves with are all residents of it. They are the people that should worry about complicated, international issues like with Womei, while the lot of them, the students, should take those periods of free time they can get and go buck wild. The various party members seem stunned by the scientist's explanation.
He finishes by telling them that it isn't everyone that has the freedom they all have. There are some in this world that will never know a moment's rest; they can't afford to just lose out on all of that. He says that if they're so scared, he can try to talk to these elder people, see if he can get them moving. The group is quiet, though they slowly back away. The various students make their way out, although Eve stays back. She apologizes to the rat for bothering him, though he shrugs. She then walks out, and the party makes their way towards the courtyard. And once there, the group's quiet again, until Ren finally decides to speak up. He supposes that that could've gone better. Rebla remarks that she wouldn't expect Gorithima of all people to react like that.
Eve figured he'd make it hard, but to talk like that... She remarks that he sounded almost like he was speaking from the heart there. Telle affirms that she felt some of that as well, and asks Eve if she knew anything about his old self. She says that Gorithima never really liked to talk about the past, he just generally enjoyed teasing and was strict. There's some more quiet around the group, before Dona wonders if they probably have been involved in stuff they shouldn't. Wol supposes that that is a bit of a possibility. There are few people who can really be prepared to see Womei gore herself like that... Telle sighs and supposes that they realistically should be taking a bit of a breather. The people that really should be worrying about this assassination and Monster business are going to, and they should just try to relax. It is the season after all.
The Dragon then supposes that leaves one question... what should they do? And thus the camera pans up as the group discusses potential vacation plans. The camera does stop to focus on Estmi's office as they've soon finished up some necessary reading, Faunt, Egilica, and Osloca in the room as well. They now know about the resources that've been transferred to Helluam in the past, and about how there are still people to this day that are suffering from the injuries brought on by that plague. On top of that, the resources needed to erase that plague was exceptionally costly, in terms of gold for Helluam and in terms of resources for Hoarg. He supposes that a necessary course of action would involve directing money and farming materials, though Faunt says that they can't just do that, they've spent a lot on the college here. Osloca suggests that they should probably review the other global issues and try tackling something easier than that. The lion pauses for a moment, before the skunk asks "You have reviewed other global issues, right?" Estmi remains quiet. Egilica sighs, and says that they have a lot more reading to do...
Jusis 25th, 1433
Another year passes, the party having gone through a month of relaxation and another year of college. Once this day comes around, it's the beginning of yet another month of vacation. At the same time, the college itself appears more built up, now looking more like a proper establishment with an even coat of paint about it and the images of qilin statues poised atop the roof of it almost like gargoyles. The rest of the castle town doesn't appear too overly worked on however, and it almost looks as if there are certain parts of the town that aren't as visited as others. The camera then focuses down towards one of the streets, where Ren, Telle, Wol, and Rebla can be seen walking. As they walk, they chat a little.
Ren remarks that he's glad he doesn't have to listen to that new smelting professor for a month now. Telle does admit that they certainly lack the gentility Faunt held... Rebla sighs, saying that Maize Higura's confidants have always been nearly as strict as he himself. Telle just hopes that Faunt can heal up in time for the next semester... Wol says that she'll miss the sociology teacher, even if her lessons were hard to wrap her head around. Ren agrees, he can't help but wonder if he has the proper academics for these courses anymore. Telle says that they shouldn't think like that: all of them were allowed into this college because they were chosen for their talents, right? Rebla agrees, though says that they aren't exactly here purely because they wanted the teaching. The other two are quiet, though the seal argues that they've gone past that. They're genuine friends with Eve after all. Ren's sure they are, they wouldn't hang out with Eve as much as they did or help out with her the way they did if they were just using her, right?
The four of them are quiet a little, until they eventually bump into Dona, who's seen showing some gun spinning tricks to a skinny ibis woman and a short marmot woman. He takes notice of the group and waves for them, which prompts the intrigued ladies to clear away. He remarks to the four of them that he's been waiting. Telle asks him if he's been biding his time just showing off, to which he shakes his head. He brings up a book, saying that he got the research material. One for locals in Hoarg, one for locals in Enror. Wol mutters that she's still not sure they'll have enough time to visit both kingdoms... Rebla says that if that's the case, then their best bet is to bring both of these to the hangout and decide what seems like the better place to hang out in. With that, he and the rest of the students make their way out to the woods.
---
At the same time, Estmi can be seen in their office, looking over numerous documents. As they do, Faunt (who now wears armor with distinct additional equipment added to the legs of his armor, similar to what was in some of the Enror armor) and Gorithima are with him in there, silently watching as they keep on looking over the various documents. They mutter, "Resource deficit in Hoarg, extreme wage disparities in Enror, fear from both Diluba and Helluam over Enror's devices, skyrocketing crime rates in Helluam and fairly high rates across the other kingdoms..." They ponder how things just seemed to stack up in the other kingdoms like this. Faunt remarks that after the Monster was taken care of, it only makes sense that the other rulers might've not been in the best mindset going forwards. They were likely worrying about their own families or immediate company or what have you.
They stroke their forehead and ponder how they're supposed to respond to this stuff when they have to keep a divine child up in good graces. Gorithima raises a brow, before asking how many of Ruga's issues were they made aware of. Estmi says that they remember to review those reports at least weekly and leaves it to some of their supervisors to make sure it's filed so they can properly respond to it. In the meantime, they need to make sure they can reintegrate into the continent-wide politics. They just don't know how they're going to work together to patch all of this up. Faunt reminds the ruler that problems such as these aren't an instant fix; they need to be prepared to tackle them one step at a time. Perhaps they should take a break from their reviews right now, and discuss who they should reach out to first to deal with their issues.
The lion supposes they're right. They rub their eyes and remark that they shouldn't be getting this tired. Gorithima supposes that that's their rulership muscle still needing to get into the swing of things. Estmi remarks that they don't have the strength to respond to that jab before rising to their feet. They make their way out of the room and dismiss the two older men. There's a quiet between the two, before the stallion asks the rat if things are really going to turn out well. The scientist looks up confused, and the knight clarifies that their kingdoms aren't in the best state right now... What is the next generation of rulers going to have to contend with? Gorithima shrugs and says that people of lower status like them can only do so much to respond to alleviate these issues. It's ultimately on the rulers to see any progress get made...
---
Meanwhile, at the hangout along the border to Diluba, the students have met up. Said hangout now has a wooden floor set at the bottom, and thin wooden poles set up around the exterior to set the foundations for a gazebo. Eve and the others are sitting at a table just outside it, not ready to set it in while the gazebo isn't finished. The duo has set down the books Dona collected and look over the bunch of the two items, pondering over what they should check out. Telle reads out about the Nuis Peninsula on the far end of Hoarg, the Royal Tombs set towards the middle of the kingdom, the Ictical Gardens... She decides to ask Ren and Wol if they have recommendations. Wol says she's spent her time around cities and says she can't really say. Ren says that he always wanted to check out the Ictical Gardens, he imagines getting to know some of the foliage there could help him to learn of what mixtures he could gather for his experiments. Dona sighs and remarks he wouldn't have thought the smoker to think about work during vacation.
Eve looks over the Enror locations, and reads about the Stone-Cut City of Drisga, the Prism Peaks at the northern edge of Enror, and of the Fallen Star stored in the museum of the City of Mism. She asks Rebla where she recommends, to which Rebla says that they should really consider their movements there carefully. The kingdom's faced rising crime rates as of late, not to mention that she'd risk bumping into Maize... Telle supposes that there is a bit of a point there, that the trip to Enror could be dangerous, before adding that she means as little offense as possible to Rebla. The otter shrugs and says she's a little familiar, giving a telltale flex of her fists. The two books are set down, and the various party members appear to be in contemplation.
Telle says that they don't have a lot of time to pick a place to tour; classes start up in Augua. Dona says that that still leaves all of Iuli to organize their trips. They just need to narrow down on wherever they should check out... Rebla asks if anyone has preferences at the moment, earning a bunch of silence from the students. She gets this sensation that they're not going to get far just discussing over this here. She thinks that their best bet is to research independently, pick out locations that stand out for each of them, and produce reasons to attend these locations. Ren remarks that that sounds like a swell idea, he'll just be prepared to produce an essay for his locations. Wol shrinks into her cloak and says she hoped she wouldn't have to write some sort of essay for a vacation...
If Eve's Guts are high enough, she says she'll be more than happy to accept Ren's challenge, earning some social points with him. If her kindness is high enough, she'll tell Wol she can help out if she wants, earning some social points with the sidewinder. However, Dona says that they're not going to turn this into some sort of competition, just a bit of a friendly discussion. He also wants to remind them that they are flexible for visiting a number of locations, though the number depends on how soon they can decide on this. He says that he bought the books, so if they want to come check out, they can either buy a pair themselves, or visit him to check them out for locations. The party decides this is a good idea, and thus begins to make their way out. As they do, the camera pans back to show a familiar ox man looking upon the hangout spot from afar, seeming curious about that princess's affair with the other students. Either way, night comes soon...
Jusis 26th - Jusis 30th
The players are granted another period of free time. More time to work on social links, to level up a little, to do various sidequests, so on and so forth. 
* Players can find Eve's students hanging around and looking over the books they'd gathered and trying to see just where they should take their vacation. 
* Players can also visit Faunt, and the stallion feels the need to apologize to Eve once again for not being able to host classes for the remainder of the last semester. He says he'll try harder to keep up his health and run the forge next time. Eve would assure him that she's not upset. She just hopes that he gets well, and she says that for her sake, he will.
* Players can also find Osloca and Faunt hanging out in the courtyard. Eve can ask the cow what she can say about Hoarg as a vacation spot, to which she says that she can't really speak much on that. She's always been more of a business woman, and she has to admit, she never really looked at her kingdom from a vacationer's perspective. The Dragon asks what she means, to which she says she just views her kingdom as a place she lived at, and she never really could view it as a place to just visit. The Dragon apologizes if she's being weird doing that, to which the cow shakes her head and says she doesn't necessarily expect them to just up and move in; they're seeing stuff that's interesting and they want to visit. Osloca can't help but wonder what's got the two of them interested in visiting specifically Hoarg and Enror of all kingdoms. Eve says that Ren and Wol seemed to speak highly of Hoarg during this season, she's yet to see Enror, and she's heard some of the teachers say that they might take a trip to Helluam next semester.
* Down near the cafe, players can find Quoval typically drinking. Eve greets the otter, them going by he/him on the 26th and 27th, and she/her on the 28th, 29th, and 30th. They'll greet the Dragon, the latter remarking that she's still surprised they opted to stay in Ruga instead of Diluba. They'll answer that they need to expand their mind somehow, and what better way is there than spending extended periods of time in other kingdoms. They'll say that they're sorry about how long it's taking to get Koyomaya over here, they were afraid that he'd quit all connections outright after that assassin scandal. But it sounds like he should make a visitation next year. Eve remarks that it's unfortunate that it'll take that long, though the stoat supposes she'll just have to keep on studying until then.
* Towards the edge of the castle town, there's a brand new guild hall. It appears to be run by the mercenary group Estmi aided during Chapter 1. Inside, a sparrow woman stands and takes notice of the royal. She's elated to welcome the princess, and the Dragon says that it's nice seeing her again, referring to her as Ocre. She says that she's been able to get all of her paperwork taken care of, and she's now established the Purple Blades House. Eve remarks that that's great to hear, and asks if she's getting business. The sparrow explains that now she's able to establish more connections with more merc groups. She says that she knows the kingdom is slowly getting more and more integrated into larger scale battles, prompting Eve to ask if she's referring to like when they stormed that assassin den in Diluba. Ocre nods, and she tells the Dragon to remind the crown that their services are available. She also says that if they find other groups, to tell them about the Purple Blades House, it couldn't hurt to get more help. And thus, players are taught about how they can find more Squads through side quests or exploring and whatnot to use for the War Room. They're also taught that, on top of being able to pay to train squads up to the highest leveled squad, that if they perform certain side quests, they'll be able to get a big upgrade for certain Squads.
Either way, players will pass the time until Iuli 1st.
Iuli 1st
The next day comes, and the students decide to meet up at the usual hangout spot. They group around the table near the unfinished gazebo and look over their books, a bit of silence among them. It is soon broken by Ren, who asks the group if they've made their decisions on where they want to visit. He answers that he himself is settled on the Ictical Gardens. Wol remarks that she has no opinion on that, and Telle says that she can't help but feel interested in that place. Now that she mentions it, she would be interested in seeing the prism Peaks at some point. Dona does remark that chilly mountain tops during summer is a bit of a hard sell, but it could be nice to see those peaks. Rebla nods, saying that book report that, before the birth of civilization, one of the Dragons fought the ravenous creatures that ruled the world and left magical radiation on these peaks that shine at certain times of day. She can't help but want to see that at some point.
Dona says that he'd for one love to see that Fallen Star, causing Telle to remark that she didn't really take him to be into that sort of thing. He says that he can appreciate the astro-mo-logical stuff every now and then. Besides, he'd love to see first-hand what a star is made of, though the otter shakes her head and says that the name is a little exaggerated. Even if it was, the guards won't let them anywhere near it. Ren says that, regardless, visiting the Star is definitely on his list, with even Wol nodding in agreement. As they discuss, Telle realizes that Eve hasn't talked too terribly much, and asks if she has any preferences. The Dragon remarks that she's pretty much relying on them over where they should visit. Ren remembers that she hasn't grown up on this world, before wondering how that could've slipped his mind.
Dona teases "Yeah I wonder..." before remarking that he does suppose it is a little strange, the lot of them just able to sit around with not just a princess, but divinity like this. The seal does suppose that it doesn't always register for her that this is a bit of an oddity here. Wol mutters that sometimes she feels like the heavens themselves might smite her if she moves wrong around Eve, and, if the Dragon's Charm is low enough, she'll tease that something like that is certainly possible, causing the sidewinder to shrink a little. Either way, Eve says that she never would've seen herself just hanging out with people like this years ago. It was a little unsettling stepping out of her house in the Gardens. The sidewinder nods in agreement, and Eve ultimately says that she is grateful they've all made her coming outside so comfortable. The coyote says that there's no way they'd tick off divinity like that, though the Dragon says she's not sure how she feels about that... A part of her does appreciate when they get to just do friend stuff that normal friends do. Rebla can't help but affirm that there is a certain isolation with status. Telle sighs and agrees, saying that it feels like forever since she's been able to see her home ever since her dance training's begun...
Eve supposes, thinking on it, she really doesn't know where she'd be if it wasn't for the lot of them and staff in the castle. Ren says that there's no trouble, it's just what friends are supposed to do. Dona then asks, speaking of, Estmi and several staff members have been couped up in the castle for a while... he asks if Eve knows about anything they're going through. The Dragon says that, as far as she knows, they're doing a lot of studying to try and be more involved with the other kingdoms. The fox says that the kingdoms have been feeling a bit behind ever since Ruga's shut off for a while. He just hopes that they're going to see a bright new era. Rebla says that that'll be for the people above them to decide, for now, they need to settle on their trip. She says that there don't appear to be disagreements over the locations decided so far, so she says that they should probably prepare reservations for those locations, judge how much time they have after the trips, and then settle on their other locations accordingly. The group is in agreement.
---
In the meantime, the Rugan ruler has drafted a letter. Estmi is in an office with Egilica, Osloca, and Gorithima, the lion saying that they have finally decided to draft a letter for Helluam. That kingdom's faced disaster thanks to that plague, and their people needs help recovering and responding to the bandit threat. The says that he's still not sure about this decision, though the skunk shakes her head. She says that Helluam's people are extraordinarily strong, getting them more friendly with them would definitely be a boon. Plus, Queen Olive seems the most friendly with Estmi. Gorithima asks if that's true as of recent, or as of before they'd retreated into their room. Egilica tells the rat that that's hardly a worthwhile question at this point. The lion tells the rat that the cow is right, this isn't about past relations.
Either way, Estmi says that they've been neglecting everyone, but they need to start somewhere, and this seems like the best place they can start. They hand the letter to Osloca and ask her to get it sent, prompting a nonchalant nod from the skunk before she makes her way out. Estmi will then tell the other two that they are dismissed, though they stay for a moment. Egilica asks if this is all completely just about starting to step back into the greater world. Estmi asks what she means, to which the rat answers that most people will see plainly that there are certain motives to this decision. The lion begins to turn away from them, before saying that they don't know what they're talking about. They begin to leave, though are stopped as the scientist asks "...Do you still blame yourself?"
The lion stops in place, a far off look on their face. There's another pause, before Egilica says that Estmi did the best they could. They were there where no one else could stand. Everyone hurt after what happened, but that pain wasn't caused by Estmi themselves. The lion is quiet some more, before they make their way out. The remaining two are left in the office in silence.
After this scene, players have an evening of free time, before they go to bed.
---
The scene cuts to the inside of a volcano. There stands a metal platform carefully fastened above a bed of magma, some of the hot material flowing through channels and towards a forge. Positioned around the forge are a lot of characters, including the five rulers (though Olive is without her cast). Beside Estmi is Faunt, beside Ferengi is General Roijo, beside Olive is a skinny red panda man in tights and a cloak with a boomerang in his belt, beside Ocka is a tiger nb wearing that piston-based armor and with a set of extendable blades at his wrists, and beside Inola is a gator woman in robes with a pair of vajra at his sides. In addition, there is an odd fox nb, never seen before, in thick, bluish-black robes with faint traces of cosmic entities visible on the inside. Everyone is watching as some Enror soldiers are working the channels, diverting the magma into the mold. The camera also shows bright sparkles flowing through the magma and into the mold, said sparkles having the same hue as the various elemental magic effects.
The magma enters the mold and begins to be cooled down before being beaten by the Enror workers' hammers. They beat and beat, though each hit causes sparks of multi-hued magic to jump out like lightning bolts. During the beating, one of the tendrils can be seen carving a scratch across one of the workers' pauldrons, though they keep on working. Eventually, the work comes to a stop, and the steam clears. The various rulers look on, and the forgery is revealed: a saber that almost looks as if it's comprised of various scales, though the rainbow hue of magic can be seen almost as if it's been sutured into the edge of the saber. Observant players will realize this is the same weapon Estmi had fought the Monster with during the prologue. The fox in the strange robes explains that they now see the culmination of the Elder Dragons' power... a weapon that can cleave apart reality itself.
The soldiers step away as the rulers approach, Estmi remarking that this is the thing that's supposed to stop the Monster. The fox explains that this thing will make the Monster vulnerable; stopping it will be their job after that fact. The fox explains that this weapon requires Draconian strength, and to present it with anything less would be to invite death on the wielder. The various rulers seem shaken, save for Olive. She approaches briskly and says that if anyone in this room should be known for their strength, it'd be the ruler of Helluam. The fox in the robes says "Wait-!" but Olive already brings her hand to the saber's handle. She grabs it, and the moment her fingers wrap around it, the blade shimmers oddly, and bolts of magic can be seen buzzing around the handle.
The fox tells everyone to get back, and though some of the rulers' companions do step back, the rulers and the red panda can't help but be a little worried and approach. Olive herself, however, is quickly starting to lose her brovado, and her expression goes from concern, to teeth-clenched horror. The bolts buzz more and more, before suddenly, it erupts into a bolt of Pure magic as thick as an oak's trunk, the beams raking across her arm and into her chest before hurling her off of the blade and back! She's shot across the platform like a cannonball, and ends up ramming into Ocka and the red panda, the two skidding backwards from the sheer force of the blow. Once the light from the attack clears from the various people's eyes and they look towards where Olive flew off to, horror crosses everyone.
In Ocka's and the red panda's arms is Olive, though the fur on her arm has been completely burned off, revealing a now heavily scarred, hairless limb. The clothing on her arm and the leftside of her torso has been completely destroyed, and blood is pouring down her in buckets. Ocka remains frozen in shock, though the red panda is able to regain his composure and examine her. His eyes widen, and he shouts out that his queen has no pulse! This shout causes panic among the people in the chamber, though Inola is able to get up and race over. Seeing her approach, the two that caught Olive gently lower her so that the polar bear can stand over her. The Hoarg ruler takes up her arms and begins to channel restoration magic in her claws. She lowers them, and causes the raccoon woman to jolt a little. She seems unresponsive, so Inola with a mixture of fear and fury on her face, gathers more restoration magic and pumps it into her again, now causing Olive to flutter her eyes and begin desperately gasping for air.
Seeing her breathing, some of the tension is lowered among those in the chamber and they begin to approach, though Inola tells everyone to give her some space. Olive asks what happens, and Inola says that she was on death's door. She says she has several broken bones in her abdomen. Despite this, Olive will climb up onto her feet, though her scarred arm is notably limp as she does so. Seeing this does cause worry to return to those in the chamber. Olive looks down over herself, seeing her regalia stained in blood and... her arm. She looks over it as if she doesn't recognize it, as if it's a surprise that it's even there. She tries to lift it... she tries to close her fingers... her breathing gets more worried as she reaches over with her other hand and feels it.
She mutters that she can't feel it... Ferengi tells her that she really needs to lie down, though she just repeats that she can't feel it. She frantically strokes it, her breathing getting faster and faster with worry. She even resorts to touching the fresh scars on her arms, though Estmi pleads for her to rest. She mutters in panic that she can't feel it, and tears begin to come down her cheeks as she even resorts to banging her fist against it. Soon, the red panda beside her resorts to casting a sleeping spell in hopes of pacifying her. She keeps repeating, mad with despair, that she can't feel her arm. And, with her mind already suffering, she's susceptible to the spell, and collapses into Inola. As this is happening, Ocka has gone over to the fox to grab them by the collar of their cloak.
He asks him what in the dragon's breath this was. This blade is supposed to protect them, but they nearly lost one of their friends. The fox says that they told them, anything less than Draconian strength would invite death. Ocka says that she was above the strongest in this continent! If anyone could've lifted it, it would've been her! They should've told them that she couldn't lift it! The fox says that they didn't expect them to try something like that! Did they really think themselves among the divine?! The tiger seems to want to shout something, but can't find the right thing to say. The fox says that they know they're worried about the Monster doing something to those Dragons, but unless they know someone among them could hold that thing, they can't just pick it up all willy nilly! Ferengi said that they told them it was possible for them to be able to wield it!
The fox says that just because it's possible, that doesn't mean they got it just because they're rulers! There's more quiet among the people in the chamber, before Estmi asks if Olive is going to be ok. The fox sighs and says they don't know. Any other time this has failed, they've seen the attempted wielder reduced to a red mist or with a solid hole in their abdomen. The fact that she's alive at all is a miracle... The group looks towards the saber now, and asks what they're supposed to do with it, to which the fox says the best thing they can do now is find someone who can hold that thing. They also say that they should be there for Olive, before leaving. The fox leaves, though as they do, everyone turns towards Estmi.
The lion is quiet, before Inola asks them when the last time they were there for Olive was. Estmi is stunned, but says that they were there. They visited her along with every other ruler- before Ferengi interrupts, remarking that they weren't there when Helluam was stricken with a plague. The lion tries to back away, and says they wanted to, they were in grieving- Though at that, Ocka tells them that everyone was in grieving. Ferengi chimes in that they aren't the only one with problems. There's more chatter, and Estmi shrinks more and more, before they suddenly wake up in the middle of the night. They huff and puff, cradling their face before climbing up to their feet and stumbling around their room. They stumble before leaning against one of the walls, and they start to sob.
Iuli 2nd - Iuli 4th
Players are allowed another period of free time where they can go through the usual time-passing things. During this period, players can meet some people from school that talk about how they heard Diluba offers some very scenic views for the summer season, and some students will argue that the waters in Hoarg and Helluam will feel even nicer during this period. Upon coming upon some of the party members, they'll mention that it sounds like Rebla got them a spot over in the Mism Museum for the 6th. Sounds like the guards will be keeping an eye on Eve when she's out, but that should give them enough time to have a resting place for when they arrive in the city.
Either way, come the 4th, the Dragon will start to pack up various items. And when she does, Eglicia stops by her room. The cow asks her if she's excited to be checking out the Mism Museum. The Dragon nods, remarking that she's always only seen stars from afar on those Gardens. The medic says that that Star is definitely a hotspot in that museum. She does want to remind Eve that she will need to be under constant watch once they make it out there, to which the Dragon understands. She does remark that her friends are pretty strong too, to which Egilica simply says that everyone would hate if something happened to her. The Dragon understands. 
Egilica begins to head out, though Eve asks how Estmi is doing. Egilica takes pause, and sighs. She says that their majesty is going through a bit of a personal crisis right now. The Dragon asks if they can do anything to aid, but the cow says that right now, she feels like they need to go through some of this by themselves. They feel like they haven't been involved as much as they should've, and now they're trying to cram and get back into the kingdom business. She says that Estmi is going to get out of this rut sometime. The Dragon supposes she understands, and goes back to packing up. The cow apologizes for the circumstances, but says that herself and the rest of the staff are here for her in the meantime. And thus, she heads out and Eve continues packing.
Iuli 5th
The next day comes, and a carriage is set up right outside of the gates of Ruga's castle. Eve and her fellow students approach, as well as several of the older party members, sans Estmi. Said carriage appears far more ornate than your usual vehicle, bears Ruga's purple colors, as well as the kingdom's signature draconian emblem. The group looks on it, and Dona asks Rebla if she's ever rode anything as fancy as this, to which the otter shakes her head. Telle remarks that she can't imagine she would've ever touched anything this expensive in her life. Wol does admit it's nice, but asks if it might be a bit too flashy. The otter does remark that this thing is sure to turn some heads, though Faunt says that they shouldn't be too much in danger. The kingdoms have a deep reverence of Ruga, especially since Eve has been gifted to it. Once Enror sees this noble vehicle in its borders, they'll know they need to keep it safe.
Rebla still says she has a bit of a weird feeling, though Ren shrugs and says that it's not everyday you get to ride in style. If Eve's Charm is low enough, she'll joke that they're probably happy they're friends with loyalty. Instead, if her kindness is high enough, she will comment that she can't help but feel the thing a little tacky... Either way, Egilica says that this thing might not fit Eve forever, so they may as well bring it out while they have the chance. Osloca claps in agreement and tells everyone that it's time to get on this thing! The various students pour into one part of the carriage while Egilica goes up to the reigns, Osloca and Faunt take another door, and Gorithima takes the rear to stand lookout over the carriage's surroundings. And then, the cow causes the horses attached to the carriage to begin marching out of Ruga.
And as it rides off, a group of cloaked people can be seen from afar, watching them head off, one figure appearing taller and bulkier and the other appearing shorter. The taller figure asks the smaller if he's really sure that they'd like to try and follow them. The younger one says that he missed his chance to hang with her during the semester, and it's not like they'd just let him approach her unannounced. The stronger-looking man says that he could probably send a request to Estmi, but the younger one says that his parents say they haven't been responding to letters as of late. The larger guy sighs and says that if they get discovered in foreign territory, there could be some big consequences. The younger says he'll be careful, and thus they follow.
---
The carriage travels more and more, soon crossing the western border where the plains turn into a more mountainous terrain. There's fortunately a series of trails that allows people to travel safely along it. But the farther up the sloped trails the carriage goes, one can see the surrounding terrain becoming more rigid and rocky. Eventually, the carriage makes it up a slope, and can now get a better look of the overall terrain. There stands a series of mountains with more trails set about, and the people can see small settlements positioned around certain trails, and cities either set atop certain peaks or between certain valleys. 
Meanwhile, to the far, northwest side of the country, one can see a mountain that stands taller than any other, it blocking off the ocean around the northwest border of the continent. And built against it stands a castle that appears taller than even Ruga's, though it seems built more narrowly. A large portion of the town built around the castle appears to be a base artificially built into the side of the mountain, while the castle itself branches off into some towers, a few with smokestacks extending from them. The party has officially entered the borders of Enror. Dona remarks that he's always seen this place from afar, but never really stepped deeper in. Faunt remarks that the passages of Enror are not for everyone. Ren says that he read about some of the conflict in these lands, and it sounds like the terrain has helped to isolate and/or slow down several soldiers. Wol mutters that it's also made it harder for some rebels to unify during previous worker revolutions, though it's unclear whether or not people heard her.
The carriage keeps on traveling, and takes some turns before appearing towards the north side of Enror, coming down into one of the valleys and towards a city with a series of buildings of varying sizes, though one on the far edge of it stands out. Egilica tells the crew that they're about to arrive in Mism. The carriage comes closer and closer, and there are a ton of people already looking on excitedly. Several guards come closer, these guards bearing mechanical devices on their armor including pistons positioned around the joints. Said armor also bears red highlights and the kingdom emblem, a fiery red symbol in the shape of a triangle to represent the mountains. The guards station themselves around the carriage as it's led deeper in, before soon ending up beside a building of a decent size. One of the guards say that they can rest in here.
Thus, the party begins to gather their goods and make their way in. Inside, they find a small lobby with a desk in front that has a penguin woman and a fox man behind it, directing people down certain halls. In front of the various students is a pair of sheep women, one with white wool and one with black wool, both in bellhop uniforms. They greet the group, and make sure especially to bow to Eve. Faunt tells them that they are free to raise up, and say that they are all honored to lead the group to their rooms. The one with black wool says that she is Emma, and she'll direct the boys. The one with white wool says that she is Remma, and she'll lead the girls. Remma says that that will include her highness.
With that, the two groups split up and make their way up a few floors. The scene focuses on the ladies, and they're brought to a room. However, before Eve can follow Rebla, Wol, and Telle in, Remma says that her majesty has another room. The girls are confused, with Eve asking what this is about. Remma says that the city mayor saw that she was coming, and wanted to make sure that she was given the best accommodations possible. Eve thought she'd be hanging with her friends, and the sheep says that she should be more than able to. This hotel offers the lobby, dining hall, and they can rest in the spa room. She then "subtly" advertises it, saying that this hotel was built upon a hot spring vein, and offers restorative qualities to those that reside within. Eve seems to want to talk more, but Rebla says that it's alright. It may not be what they planned, but they can adjust. So, while Eve wants to talk more, she sighs and decides to follow Remma.
Eve and the guards that joined her gets led up the stairs, where she ends up at the top of the hotel where she can see she's been given the penthouse. It is a room far bigger than any of the other rooms, allowing a corner where a king-sized bed sits. There's a window view over the city, with particular emphasis on the museum itself. Other than that, there stands a specially prepared large couch on the other corner, and special paintings around the walls. Remma tells Eve that they've gathered copies of the Enror greats for her viewing pleasure, from Mixle and his pre-industrial age landscape pieces, to Veagaugh and her pieces from the top of the highest peak of Enror. She hopes that she will enjoy these images, and says that the museum offers even more. With that, the sheep exits.
Eve looks around, Egilica remarking that they should've probably expected that the locals would try to butter her majesty up like this. The Dragon can't help but admit that this does seem like a nice place, but she imagines the common person doesn't get to hang out in these spots. Faunt sighs and nods. The Dragon looks around some more, and supposes that she may as well sleep in it, but she'd still like to hang out with the rest of her friends. With that, she's allowed to exit the room. She makes it down towards the lobby, where she can see the rest of her friends have grouped up. They each greet her, and the Dragon asks how their rooms are. Dona says that there's nothing real remarkable: he's just lucky he only has one roommate. Telle sighs and tells him not to remind her...
The seal decides to ask what her room is like, Ren remarking that they heard she was given her own room. The Dragon nods, saying that she got one of those penthouses. Rebla remarks that she is very fortunate, though Wol mutters that she might be more privileged. Eve says that they still have a day to enjoy things before they need to sleep, she supposes they may as well enjoy what Mism has to offer until the tour. The group nods in agreement, with Dona saying that there's got to be something worth checking out around here. Ren says that he'd love to have some time to check out the spa before the night is over. The rest of the group agrees, and they thus decide to spread out to check out the sights of Mism.
And down on the streets, the Dragon will get various looks. Players can find Ren near Dona, the latter of which can be seen showing off some gun tricks near an alley while the fox says that his friend said he was gonna look over him, but then decided to show off when he saw some pretty folk. Players can find Telle and Wol hanging near a couple of homeless people near a trash fire, and can find the dancer offering some gold pieces to them. Players can find Rebla standing before the grand museum, a muscular gator man is seen holding up the each pillar lining the entrance into the grand building, with the otter remarking that these statues are modeled after the founder of Mism, Tirector. Other than that, there stands a portion of town that the guards near it tell the Dragon that she needn't see, there stands... less pleasant services that she needn't bother herself with. Other than that, players can find a bookstore that they can buy some books from.
Once players wrap up their business, the party decides to group back up at their hotel, where the lot of them are already excited to go into the spring. Luckily, they got the last slot, and are each allowed in. The party is cordoned off into gendered locations. In either portion, there stands nice, stone-tiled floors with small, dug-out pits that contain bubbling water. Dona and Ren take their spots, enjoying the feeling of the water, with Dona telling Faunt that he should come on in; the stallion says that he should really stand guard, just in case. Meanwhile, Eve, Telle, and Wol can be seen in their hot spring section with Osloca sharing the water with them, though Egilica can be seen off to the side looking a little bit cross at the skunk. 
Telle remarks that she would've never imagined being able to relax in one of these before now. She's heard of some of the streams from Enror flowing into Diluba, but she's never been able to afford a trip to those hot springs. Eve is just grateful that she has the chance to relax in something like this: a warm bath is nice and all, but this is just the dream. Wol is quiet for a bit, though she meekly adds "The water is nice..." Meanwhile, Dona and Ren are hanging around, the coyote trying to just relax. Ren, meanwhile, seems to be a little on edge. The canine asks the vulpine if he's alright, to which the fox swears he'll be fine. Dona still can't help but notice that he seems a little nervous. He asks if he's feeling a withdrawal, to which the fox denies and says he's doing just fine. Dona contemplates on this situation, to which he asks if he'd like to step out. Ren sighs and says he would, before apologizing. Dona says it's fine, and says that it was getting a little boring just treading here anyways. And thus, the duo begins to make their way out.
Meanwhile, the ladies continue to relax, and Rebla can't help but notice the quiet. She can't help but remark out loud that it's been a while since just the ladies have been able to hang out, to which Telle supposes that's right. Wol asks if that's a problem or anything, to which the seal shakes her head. It's fine hanging out with the guys and all, but there's something about just hanging with the girls. Rebla supposes she knows what she means: it sort of feels like they can talk about things among themselves that they can't normally. She decides to ask the seal if she's been looking for anyone in particular, which causes the dancer to fluster a little before saying that she can't answer something like that. Wol quietly mutters that the reaction is a little suspicious...
Rebla swears her response was normal... before turning towards Eve. The otter decides to ask her if she's been interested in anyone. Eve admits that she hasn't had the chance to meet with any royalty, though Osloca clears her throat. The sword master says that technically, royalty doesn't need to wed royalty. The Dragon grows curious, and turns towards Egilica, asking if that's true. The cow can't help but feel a little awkward about the conversation turning this way, though she'll say that, while a Dragon wedding any mortal is unheard of as far as she knows, royals have wedded anyone of any make. Estmi themselves have actually come from a Rugan queen and a Hoarg noble. Eve asks if that really means she can be with anyone she chooses, to which Egilica is quiet, though Osloca tells her that that's exactly what that means. Meanwhile, outside, Ren and Dona are walking, though the coyote's sensitive ears pick up on the bit of conversation, and grows curious. He leans in close and places his ear on the door... The cow says she doesn't have to answer Rebla if she doesn't wish, though players have the chance to select her option.
Players will only be able to select student party members that they have at least a Rank 4 link with.
* Telle - Eve admits that she's not sure if she should say it out loud... Osloca tells her that everyone's friends here, she'll be safe admitting it. The Dragon is quiet for a bit more, though she says that the two of them have had moments together, and she has helped her get lighter on her feet. Telle starts to get a little suspicious, and Eve says that they even visited some parts of Diluba. The seal begins to get more anxious, and thus starts to sink, though the others don't seem to notice. Diluba can only say that they sound very lucky.
* Ren - Eve gives pause, wondering if it would really be alright to talk about something like that about somebody. Osloca says that there's no harm, nothing has to leave this room. The others are in agreement, before the Dragon decides to still be a little secretive. She says that the two of them have been hanging out a fair bit recently, and she's helped learn about a fair few flowers. Telle can't help but smmile a little, thinking about her receiving flowers from this stranger. Eve nods, and says they're a bit of a work in progress, but they are nice...
* Rebla - The Dragon is quiet for a bit, and admits that she feels weary about talking about it. Rebla remarks that after they went through exams and fought villains, surely this shouldn't be so hard. Eve is quiet, though says that she does feel nice towards somebody. She admits that they're really strong and really sturdy. Wol mutters that a partner like that certainly sounds like a good partner. Eve says that they've been rather sheltered, though they're really trying to work on themselves. Rebla seems oblivious as she says that she hopes they treat the princess well.
* Dona - Eve is quiet, before saying that she feels kind of dirty talking about something like this far away from them. Telle assures her that that sort of talk is normal in private. Eve is quiet for a bit, before saying that there is somebody that has charmed her a bit... They have this very confident air and they are rather handsome. Wol can't help but mutter that they seem like a good partner... Telle remarks that a good partner shouldn't be all show off all the time, though Eve says that they certainly aren't. She's begun learning about them, and she does want to learn more...
* Wol - The Dragon is quiet once more, and asks if they're sure she can admit it. Osloca assures her that her secret is safe with them. Eve mumbles over it... before saying that she has gotten to know this kind of cute person. Telle asks her to tell them more, to which Eve says that they don't talk a lot, but they do seem ultimately sincere. They've actually had some nice dessert dates, and that seems to catch the sidewinder's attention. Eve says that she does hope to make them more comfortable in their own skin, to which Osloca reminds her that relationships are more than just fixing one partner...
* No Answer - The Dragon is quiet for a bit, before saying she hasn't really thought about that kind of thing. Telle assures her that that's ok, there's plenty of time for her to make a decision, and it's perfectly fine if she doesn't feel like anybody.
Dona, meanwhile, is outside listening in, seeming to've heard about their chatter. Egilica says that their time is running out and they should probably get out. So, the coyote makes his way out. The rest of the party exits, and they thus begin to make their way up. The various party members get near their appropriate rooms, with Rebla reminding them that they are to visit the museum before noon. The party nods, and thus makes their way out. Eve makes it up to her penthouse, and looks around. She can't help but notice how lonely it seems up here, and sighs. She thus lies down, and begins to rest.
Iuli 6th
On this day, the party wakes up once more. They make their way to the museum, a crowd already forming. They take notice of the Dragon in question, and are of course very interested. However, the various guards keep them back. She and her friends are led in, and as they do, the cloaked figures finally make it into town, the smaller one shivering a storm. He asks how people can be comfortable with this temperature and these mountains... The larger one tells him that he kept saying this part of Eslio wasn't easy for travel. Either way, that princess should be in here, correct? The smaller figure nods, and then the two take notice of the crowd, spying the very prominent Dragon at the museum's front door. He declares that they're over there, and begins to rush towards them.
The party is led in, and the building is positively stunning. It is expansive on the inside and has various wings about with designated sections for sculptures, armor pieces, paintings, and artifacts. Dona can't help but give a wolf whistle as he looks over all of this, remarking that he can't imagine what it took to gather all of this in one place. Ren says that it's certainly convenient being able to look upon all of this. He supposes that they should spread out to really get a look at all of this stuff, and the fox says that he'll be sure to look for the star. Telle says she'll check out the paintings, with Wol saying that she'll check out the paintings too. Dona'll check out the armory stuff, and Rebla deciding she'll accompany Eve. With that, the party spreads out.
Eve decides to check out the artifacts to find that star. She's accompanied by Rebla, the otter seeming fairly noncommittal about being in this museum. They pass by several artifacts, during which some players can notice a few individuals looking over some urns and a band covered in gems. Eve travels more and more, until they soon come to a chamber that appears to be singularly dedicated to this one display. There stand a pair of guards in that piston-grafted armor beside a large rock that looks like it was once the size of a tent. Upon seeing it, it looks worn down... Almost half of it is missing, though the damage lost to it appears too clean, as though vaporized. One might be mistaken for thinking that it was burned off in the atmosphere or something, except damage like that would not explain the stone's current state, it defaced into a crude facsimile of a crescent.
Eve comes closer, when she notices Ren observing it. The Dragon asks if this is that Fallen Star, to which the fox nods. He says he's been reading the plaque beside the display case. Apparently, 19 years ago, it fell from the sky and struck one of the mountains with enough force to flatten it into a valley. When others investigated, they found it in this state. Rebla supposes that means that something caused this to lose its shape while it was beyond the reaches of their planet. She can't imagine any spell that could accomplish something like that. Ren says that there's a large space out there, there could be anything out there they haven't observed that sent this thing to their world. Maybe one of those Dragons decided to test their might on it. Eve can't help but be unsatisfied with the explanation, and holds her chin, curious...
As the group mulls over this, they suddenly hear some crashing noises from the display cases in the halls prior to this room. The guards are quickly brought to attention, and they begin racing down towards the halls. Eve and the others are worried, and thus follow. Once they get to the doorway, they can see some of those strangers from before (a genet woman, a canary man, and a porcupine nb) breaking the display cases containing the urns and the band of gems. The guards thus hold out their hands, a blade extending past their knuckles, before pointing at the trio. One of the guards ask what they think their doing, prompting the canary to tell them that these are Helluam relics! One of the guards marches forwards and declares that they're making a big mistake, before rising up his hand and going to stab at the genet.
However, she is able to redirect his fist to weave past her, before swinging her elbow down to break some of the pistons upon that gauntlet, causing the blade that came out to become loose. The other vandalizers begin to assail the guards, and the party seems interested in helping, though Ren seems to perk up. He tells them to split, causing the party to leap away form the doorway just in time to avoid a bolt of electricity. The party gets up and Eve realizes that was aimed towards her, and then the party turns. There, they see another group has broken in. A bear man with thick clothing covering up his features is seen working on the display case while a sheep lady and a secretarybird man stand in front, appearing to be responsible for the attack on her. Upon seeing the attackers, Ren and Rebla immediately get defensive while Eve stands uncertain, weary of the foes.
Rebla demands to know what they're doing here, to which the secretarybird says that they heard the Dragon was coming here. Hearing that, Eve immediately thinks back to those attackers, and immediately gets angered. She attempts to rush them, but by now, the bear was able to form cracks in the display case. From there, the secretarybird pools some very familiar, glitchy particles get pulled from the asteroid in the display case before gathering between his palms. And then, he sends a ball of that strange magic, striking Eve and managing to repel her. The sheep asks if they really thought it was a coincidence they struck when they made it into this chamber. Rebla is helping the Dragon up and Ren is immediately working to heal her, though she seems fairly badly beaten from that strike.
As the group confronts each other, up near window the villains came in through is that smaller cloaked individual. He complains to himself that those guys wouldn't let him through. He holds himself up on the window frame and looks down, where he can see the Dragon appearing... injured! He looks ahead of her, and can see the secretarybird and the sheep drawing in more energy from the asteroid. The cloaked figure is shocked, and quickly reaches into his cloak. He pulls up a pair of swords before clicking them together at the hilt, from where he leaps from the window and towards the secretarybird, telling him to back off. The attacker looks up, seeing the stranger attempting to stab him with that dual-sided glaive. His eyes widen, before he turns his attention upwards to send wave of that void energy towards him.
The strange aid is forced to adjust his weapon to block the brunt of the blow, though his cloak suffers a lot of the damage. He vaults off of it before touching down, now revealed to be Prince Finnegan. Eve gasps in surprise, before Ren asks what he's doing here. Finnegan admits that he was hoping to get close enough to Eve to chat, but then he saw them under attack. Eve says that she's grateful he showed up when he did, before the party faces the duo. He says he'll help them out, before the sheep declares the Dragon is the only one they need alive. The secretarybird affirms, saying that the rest of them are expendable! With that, the bird draws a set of throwing knives while the sheep brandishes a spear.
Thus, players are forced into battle with the two opponents. The secretarybird wields a skill that is really good at lowering Poise, making it possible for the duo to get One Mores, especially with the sheep there to strike with lightning or spear strikes. Fortunately, Finnegan, alongside his dual-sided glaive, has the power to support the party members, including being able to restore some of their Poise. Players should be mindful of their healing and reducing hits taken, especially whenever the secretarybird uses Void magic. For this fight, there is a hidden passive effect that increases the damage Void magic deals, which just means the party is taking more damage throughout. With enough work, however, the party should be able to take the two of them down.
With their work done, the foes are beaten. The party is huffing and puffing while the secretarybird and the sheep are collapsed. However, they soon find that the display case is broken. They find the bear that was breaking the case has lifted the partially broken asteroid. As he picks it up, the (now beaten up) guards soon make it back in from the hall, soon followed by the other party members, and they see the enemy has stolen the artifact. Dona grits his teeth and aims his gun before firing, though the bear casts a magical barrier that reflects the shot back towards him. The coyote dodges, and Wol follows up attempting to throw one of her needles, though he's able to leap up towards the window. Once there, the ursine shares a brief glance towards Eve, before hopping down. And once down, the guards quickly race out, shouting for the other people to move, shouting for civilians to stay calm and guards to mobilize.
---
The museum is soon evacuated, and the party stands outside, Finnegan accompanying them. Telle is quick to ask Eve if she's alright, the Dragon nodding. Rebla remarks that twice now Eve has been specifically targeted, and once more by those practitioners of that weird magic. Dona then decides to ask, on top of that, what the Diluban prince is doing here. Finnegan is sheepish, before admitting that he hoped to get in good graces with her majesty. He hoped that if he checked out some of the stuff she liked, he'd come to understand what it'd take to get better relations. He wasn't being allowed in through the front door, so he sought out another entrance, and saw those guys attacking her.
Telle asks why he didn't just try to talk to her, to which he says that he was afraid he'd mess up in front of her and his mistake would end up being told to his mom and dad. Dona supposes he can only imagine what it'd be like if King Ferengi and Queen Rofok found out he made any sort of misdemeanor before the divine princess. Eve assures him that a simple chat would've sufficed. Finnegan thanks her for the assurance, though feels the need to ask about what is going on. Ren says that a year ago Eve was targeted by some strangers that were associated with some sort of Monsters in an attack that also would've targeted an Enror Noble. Finnegan then realizes that just like then, the Dragon was targeted in an attack that also led to damage to Enror property. Rebla then points out that a portion of those attackers seemed to have motives tied to Helluam. The coyote supposes that that could mean that whoever orchestrated this attack is stationed over there, though the otter points out that there's still plenty of information they don't know. There's always the possibility that they could be falsely aligned, and if they go at this improperly, there's a chance that whoever is aligned with this "Monster" could slip away, just like with Womei.
As the party mulls over this, the guy in the larger cloak approaches, him spying Finnegan and calling out for him. The fox freezes up before turning. The party is able to get a better look at the man in the cloak, realizing that it's General Roijo. The ox says he's been hearing the guards talk about how he broke in, and the fox appears more anxious. The party sees him worry, before Eve says that "Actually, he was helping us". The ox gets confused for a bit, before Ren says they got cornered between the attackers. He was able to help them fend off the attackers. There's a pause, before General Roijo supposes that that's respectable. Either way, he says that the guards apparently haven't been able to locate the attackers. He suggests that the lot of them should probably stay in Mism overnight. Dona remarks that that sounds like a fine enough idea. Thus, the various characters decide to turn in for the night, all agreeing they need to cool down.
Iuli 7th
The next day comes and the party makes their way out. Eve is stopped outside of her penthouse, where one of the staff is there to apologize to her. It's a kiwi woman who apologizes, and tells her that this is not at all usual for Mism. She says that if she wishes, they can potentially arrange some form of discount, if not provide payment, for any future visits from her. The Dragon says that she'll consider it, and then presses past her. She meets up with the rest of the group outside, where a crowd has begun to gather around, them seeing Finnegan and Eve in the streets. The rest of the party are hanging around, and trying to resist the crowd from pushing in. General Roijo explains that the guards have swept from here to the road to Ruga, and have found no signs of further hostiles.
The party is grateful, though Dona asks if things are going to be ok after all of this. The ox admits that he doesn't know: it sounds like Helluam was brought up during the assault on that museum, so he can only hope issues will be sorted between them. The party is indeed uncertain about all of this, though Rebla supposes that they can only wait for discussions. For now, though, the party decides to get into the carriage, the various civilians looking on forced to part. Roijo escorts Finnegan to their horses, and then the group makes their way down the road, having to take the whole day to travel. The various party members are quiet for most of it, though Wol tries to speak up.
She mutters that it sounds like things are heating up around the continent. Dona remarks that it's just this weird cult rousing problems, though the sidewinder shakes her head. Rebla does suppose that for the problems these enemies are causing, there are some real issues brought up between the two of these incidents. There is a section of Diluba that has faced the wrath of Enror weapons in the past, and Helluam has lost many relics to various kingdoms. Eve remarks that things can't be that bad... though Rebla says that there's plenty parts of history that the leaders would prefer to whitewash over. Maybe they don't want to face their sins or the sins of their fathers, or maybe they don't think any wrong was done. Whatever the case, there's plenty parts of Esilo that have reason to be angry at other parts. And, now that they think about it, Womei and her subordinates are probably going to use the people hurt by it to make things harder around here.
There's another quiet, before Ren supposes if that could be something that could be done to stop them. Telle asks what he means, to which he says that they're probably using various kingdom problems to recruit attacks. So, maybe if they get to know more about the problems, they can predict potential attacks. Wol mutters that this feels like a lot of work for them, though Dona supposes that, like it or not, this is gonna keep being their problem. If they won't have the chance to relax, they need to be prepared to face it, provided they can't cut this cult out for good. Eve says that this is her problem, though Dona assures her that their her friends, and if she's going to get hurt, then it's their problem as well. The party is all in agreement. With this conversation, the carriage soon makes it to Ruga soil, where they make it to the castle. The various party members spread, ready to go to sleep.
Iuli 8th - Iuli 10th
Before players advance on this set of days, Estmi will approach Eve on the morning of the 8th. They'll tell her that they're sorry they didn't talk to her the other day, they were wrapped up with their business. They heard that she was attacked again, with the Dragon affirming as much. She says that she thinks it was the same group as back during Maize's attendance. The lion says that it certainly sounds that way from some of the witnesses... They apologize again, saying that this should've been dealt with a year ago. Eve supposes that they were all surprised... Estmi says that they wish they'd be able to take care of this, but they're sure they need to keep an ear out between Enror and Helluam after this. They still say they'll work towards her defense. Eve thanks them for it, and says that she'll try to protect herself too.
After that, players have free time between Iuli 8th to Iuli 10th. During it, players can find some of the residents talking about the attack in Mism, Enror, with many siding against Helluam for getting the Dragon in danger. In fact, as chatting with someone like Dona or Rebla will prove, it seems like the news grouped the people that went after the asteroid in with those guys coming for the Helluam artifacts. Other than that, players can find a burly wolf man in thick robes akin to what Maize Higura wore in front of a very ornate building. Eve seems fairly distrustful of him outright, referring to him as Finhoken. The wolf will remark that he heard she's been in Enror, and hopes that she's read up some of their forging techniques while she was over, promising that next semester won't be easy on them, this revealing to the player that he is the new Forging instructor. Eve will remark that she was busy protecting her life, with him saying he does suppose he heard about that. He remarks with a bit of a smirk that he can only imagine how this is going to reflect on that northern nation of muscleheads. 
On the night of the 10th, another carriage arrives in Ruga, this one bearing the green eye emblem of Helluam. Out of it comes a skinny leopard woman with the very familiar royal green cloak of the kingdom, its emblem upon either side of it. She is led in, and soon greets Estmi and some of their guards. The Rugan ruler greets her and asks her identity. She answers that she is Linico, one of Helluam's diplomats. She says that she wished she could approach on friendlier terms, but they are facing some problems right now. The lion asks what the problem is, to which she says that Enror has reached out awaiting some answers. Apparently nobles in Enror wished for Queen Olive to hand over the forces responsible for that attack, and though she has publicly decried their attack, she has no idea of the group that carried out the attack.
Estmi asks if that is a problem, to which Linico answers that the Enror nobles are pushing hard for action to be taken. Mism suffered major losses from the attack, and King Ocka is being pushed to show some sort of retribution. There are apparently rumors that some will press into Helluam themselves to seek out the group responsible for this, if not take back the Fallen Star themselves. Estmi remarks that he can't imagine what kind of turmoil would break out if Enror tech were seen in another kingdom's borders... Linico says that Queen Olive already has a few issues on her plate, and she promises to reimburse them if they're able to help find whoever was responsible for this. Estmi tries to think over this, and Egilica remarks that if they don't do this right, then they risk worsening relations with Enror.
Estmi thinks over it, before they have a flashback to Olive shortly after her arm was ruined by that one sword. They're brought back to the present, and regardless of the cow's recommendation, they tell Linico that they'll seek out this enemy. The guards seem surprised, even Osloca being stunned by their decision. Faunt asks if they're sure, to which Estmi says that these two kingdoms need their assistance. The leopard is thankful to them, and says that she'll inform Olive shortly. With that, she is escorted out, and the various guards ask the lion if they're sure this is a good idea. Estmi says that those enemies are Eve's enemies, they have a duty to this. They appear too stubborn to be reasoned with, and thus turn in for the night.
Iuli 11th
In the morning, the various students wake up once more, and after performing their morning duties, meet back up at the hangout spot. And once in their spot, there's an uncomfortable pause among them, before Telle says that she heard some of the soldiers were on the move. Eve says that Estmi was approached by a Helluam diplomat, and they quickly accepted her request at helping with finding the people responsible for that attack on Mism. The various students seem unsettled by that, with Rebla pondering how their majesty expects to find these terrorists so soon. Eve shakes her head, uncertain. Telle asks Dona if he might know a thing or two, to which he says that he can send word to the guild he's from, but he's not sure if he can get anywhere.
The party is quiet for a bit, though they hear some movement nearby. Curious they turn, where they can see a familiar ox and fox approaching. Ren asks if the rest of them see what he sees, before Eve asks what the two of them are doing here. General Roijo says that after that struggle in Mism, his majesty decided that he'd like to try and hang out with the lot of them. The fox seems mildly antsy, though nods in confirmation. He believes that he doesn't need to worry about hiding himself now that his introduction got messed up. If Eve's Charm is high enough, she'll assure him that he was welcome anytime, raising some support points with him. Either way, he approaches, and asks if everything is alright after that attack, though the party shakes their head.
The group quickly explains the situation, to which Finnegan remarks that it is unfortunately expected that something like that would happen. Still, to think that Estmi would rush into allying with Helluam like that... Dona says that unless one of them can sweet talk them out of this, there's not much they can do to prevent this. Finnegan strokes his chin, and remarks that it sounds like the best thing they can do right now is figure out how they can pin down the organizers... He says that it might be a long shot, but he himself has been trained in the art of diplomacy, causing General Roijo to glance towards him curious. The party turns curious, with Dona asking if he's suggesting what they think he is. Finnegan says that if he gets close enough to the proper areas, he can probably communicate some sort of compromise with some of the settlements in exchange for investigating the local areas.
The party mulls over this suggestion, before Wol supposes that someone of his status could probably get these people in motion faster than them. Rebla asks if he's certain about involving himself in this: Ruga's already risking their image siding with Helluam in this, this could have consequences on Diluba if they don't do this correctly. General Roijo mirrors the concern, though Finnegan says that, as frightening as the prospect is, it sounds like Ruga's risking themselves for this, and that's all the reason he needs to participate. The General is quiet for a moment, before saying that a punctual ruler like this is admirable, but courage can very easily corrupt into carelessness. He just asks that Finnegan try to be careful about his image here, to which the fox assures that he will.
With all of that being said, Ren supposes that it is all decided. They bring Finnegan with them to help try and narrow down where these attackers are. Rebla says that she wouldn't be surprised if Enror forces were to move out to try and monitor Helluam. She'd bet they have 10 days at most before any Enror forces mobilize. Eve supposes that they have that long to find their targets. And thus, the party is in agreement. They all know what they're looking for, and thus get ready to head out.
Iuli 11th - 20th
Thus, everyone knows what they are doing. The goal is to investigate Helluam for their target, and thus the parties group together and make their way to the kingdom to the north. They progress further and further, where players eventually cross the border. And once they make it in, they find that the land has patches of the mountain range to the northwest edge, and patches of desert to the northeast edge. Other than that, the land is covered in grass with large, rolling plains and fairly big plains. The feral population around here appears larger than typical of the lands so far, but players can also see guards here and there and wandering sellswords. Among the groups of sellswords, players can typically take notice of at least one Hoarg individual among them, probably to distribute medicine and to be protected by the warriors around them.
When past the border, Telle remarks that the roads look a bit livelier about now, to which Faunt can only imagine is the kingdom's people moving in response to the previous attack. Finnegan, presently dressed in a thick cloak, remarks that he's read a little about Helluam's past. He knows that the kingdom is renown for having among the most powerful soldiers and a proud history with some remarkable artifacts, but he doesn't know much else. Estmi explains that these lands were taken by a clan that wished to posture to the Dragons by showing their mastery of body and of the land. They've thus spent centuries working themselves into beings of grand agility, endurance, and strength. Egilica also remarks that these lands also tend to be crawling with larger clusters of bandit groups than any other. Frequently Hoarg groups would travel and get jumped for their medicine. She herself almost got stricken down by such a group.
Dona does remark that after Queen Olive went into recovery and the council made their mistakes, several soldiers ended up defecting in retaliation. Though several of the members were publicly punished, in the brief schism before that period, they'd publicly shame the soldiers that fled, and led to many of them being unable to get jobs. Wol mutters that that people like that becoming bandits could be a lot of trouble... Estmi remarks that there is still a lot that they need to respond to around here, but first, they need to hone in on their target. Gorithima posits that if the attackers targeted Enror, it only makes sense that their first place of investigation should be towards west side of the kingdom. Faunt agrees and urges the party to move there, the quicker they get this dealt with the better.
Thus, the party advances towards the west, having to maneuver around feral animals and some remarkably powerful bandits, with some being able to even Block multiple damage types. However, with enough work, the party should make it to a small village that's near the base of the mountain range. Finnegan remarks that this seems like a good place to start asking around, with much of the party agreeing. They thus approach, where they can find the village appears to've gathered some material from the mountains in some of their metalwork. Finnegan says that he'll head in to ask around if anyone saw anything, though before he can press on, Dona takes him by the shoulder and suggests that he should probably hang with them, just in case. The party is quickly tasked with checking out this metalworking village for anyone that saw the Fallen Star.
The village appears to be run by a group of Helluam's military, set there just in case Enror wished to try something. Speaking with a few of the guards reveals that they've noticed some machinery moving around along the mountain ridge and are already expecting the worst. However, asking more and more, they're eventually able to find a group of mercenaries near the north edge of the town. The group is led by a lithe dear man known as Modem. Finnegan will tell the man that they were looking for a group from around maybe Iuli 6th or 7th that traveled from Enror into these lands, to which Modem says that he did think he saw a group traveling north of here. He says that his gang were hunting for food in the area when they took notice of a group in Helluam clothes traveling north from this one particular part of the ridge. The group thanks him, and thus decides that they should begin to travel north in hopes of narrowing down on the group's location.
---
What follows is a series of traveling around the northwest corner of Helluam, traveling in cardinal direction depending on directions from npcs in the various locations. The path will lead them through the forest, which leads to some narrower paths and more likelihood to encounter feral enemies and bandits. Along the way, players will find that the further to the edge of the continent they get, the poorer the conditions of the villages appears to be, to the point where some don't even have members of the military looking over them and instead rely on mercenaries to keep their places safe. And by the time the party gets to the penultimate village, they come upon a village that's almost entirely abandoned.
The group comes upon it, and finds that several of the buildings have been hollowed out for their items while the civilians that remain squat in them. There are no signs of guards, and not even mercenaries available. Estmi can't help but personally feel worried about the status of this place, and decides to check out with one of the nearby villagers, a red panda woman. He asks what's gone on over here, why this place is in such poor quality. The villager is startled by the arrival of the ruler, though tries to adjust her clothes. She says that the governing body has kind of decided this place wasn't worth the extra eyes, she swears they're trying their best over here but they hardly get any travelers and business. The lion asks how they could overlook this place, to which she says that after a large part of the kingdom suffered from that plagued food, afflicted civilians were needed to be transported here for safety until they could get people from Hoarg to help out. After the outbreak was officially declared fixed, the afflicted were moved out, but this village had to hand over a lot of money to keep them housed. They still haven't recovered, and with how few people remained in this village, several of the guards decided they didn't need to remain here.
The red panda apologizes for the state of things, and parts with the royal. Estmi meets back up with the rest of the group, and can only ponder on how many other villages were put in this state. Dona can't say for sure; he was too young to really understand what was going on with the plague, he just knew that he couldn't go to certain parts of the kingdom for half a year. Egilica says that she heard squads of Hoarg travelers were jumped by some Helluam rogues for medicine during the plague, so that certainly didn't make things easier. She could only imagine how hard it would've been to transport material over to this part of the kingdom, assuming that they didn't take the long route through Ruga and around Enror. Faunt does agree it is a sad state of affairs, but they'll have to mull over all of this later. Estmi supposes he's right, they're close to those attackers on Mism.
The party is in agreement. Asking around more about the movements of the enemy, they are able to ascertain that the group they noticed moved past them and far north. So, the party advances, and when they do, they soon get to the edge of Eslio. There, they can see the sandy banks with the waves washing against it, and a small fort of wood set up. And once there, they can see several bandits standing guard around it. Finnegan remarks that this looks like the end of their trail... Faunt asks the fox if he recognizes anyone among the group outside, to which he shakes his head. Ren suspects that the group they encountered was a small division provided by this group of bandits. Odds are that it'd been sending attacks frequently. Dona remarks that it'd certainly explain all of the jerks they'd bumped into on their way over here. He asks what they should do now, to which Faunt says that they should pull back.
Estmi asks the stallion what he means, to which he answers that if this is anything like back in Diluba, odds are they'll face similar resistance upon trying to engage this one. They've located the enemy base, now is a good chance for them to alert some of the local enforcers and prepare an offensive. Eve does suppose that those guys were able to escape last time, they should probably try and figure out their potential escape routes to make sure they've successfully cornered their foe. Rebla agrees with the Dragon. At that, Osloca supposes it's time to prepare the War Room again? Estmi is quiet for a moment, before nodding. They suppose that their best course of action is to attempt cooperation with Queen Olive to prepare a proper counterattack on this station. They'll have some of the Queen's soldiers scout the place for enemies, and then move their troops in preparation. The group supposes that they've done all they can for now, and have to prepare another massive battle on the enemy.
---
Players will have to end the day before the War Room becomes available. They're warned that when they select it, they'll have to raid the fortress on the day of. No day before, no day after. When players select it, they'll be taken to the northwest edge of Helluam, made sure to be brought a decent distance away from the bandit fortress. There stands a tent where Estmi stands briefly. The lion is nervous, before they ask their close guards if the three of them would rather carry this out. Faunt says that their mind, especially in tandem with hers, would be best suited for clearing the way into this encampment. The Rugan ruler tries to argue, but they get interrupted when several guards declare the arrival of Queen Olive. That only seems to make the lion more antsy, and sure enough, the raccoon arrives, arm still limp and bandaged.
The guards all bow while Estmi stands nervous. The raccoon assures them "At ease" before facing their majesty. She remarks that she wishes they could've had another meeting under nicer circumstances, causing the lion to look down shamefully. Olive assures that she isn't angry, she just misses them. She admits that a lot of the rulers have been missing them. Estmi says that they've been trying to get back into everyone's lives, but they have a lot of history they need to catch up with. She understands... She remarks that she has some catching up to do as well. She supposes that the two of their kingdoms could try and help each other get back into the world. Might be a good excuse for their two princesses to meet up at least. Estmi is quiet for a moment, before saying that they'd certainly like to try. Olive supposes that they can talk more about this later, and thus, the two enter the tent.
Inside, there stands a map set up with squads of bandit forces around the beach shore, as well as a few hidden among the tree line near the shore. Olive warns that the enemy fort seems to've caught onto the fact that they're planning this attack and her scouts tell her that they're calling for squads to help out. Apparently bandits in the area are sympathetic to this crew, and that means they'll likely have to face reinforcements pincering them. Their goal is to get to the fortress and strike at it until they can't defend against a full offensive. Thus, players have their mission, to direct their squads to fight through the enemy squads until they can leave the fortress vulnerable. With enough work, the fortress is broken, and Olive declares that now they should be able to search that place for the Fallen Star.
---
The combined forces of Ruga's and Helluam's forces are able to force away the bandit forces and allow the main party to advance onto the northern shores and into the bandit fortress. They press in, though before they enter, several more enemies pour out, ready to intercept them. However, seven arrows are fired at once, staving off several of them. Estmi seems to recognize that shot and looks towards the source of the shot, seeing Queen Olive one-handing her composite bow. She's able to bite on another few arrows and load them, before pulling the string back with her teeth and firing again, scattering more of the squad of bandits. Several of the party members are awed, Finnegan remarking he's never seen someone able to handle a bow this easily.
She tells the group that she can provide them covering fire. She says that once they take down the commander, the rest of these bandits should lose morale. Several of the party members, convinced by her ability, are ready to press on. Estmi, however, still feels the need to hang back. They glance towards the fortress again, before shaking their head and rushing beside the raccoon. She asks what they're doing, before they declare that they're not going to fail her again. She seems confused, though the bandits around them begin to wrap around them, cutting the lion off from the fortress. Olive supposes that it's too late to debate this anymore, and orders them to prepare to break open a path forwards.
The party has made it inside the fortress, Rebla remarking that the queen's fabled strength has given them quite the opening. Eve, however, glances around, and asks where Estmi is. The rest of the party seems surprised, before Faunt looks back and sees that they're being cut off from the rest of the squad. The stallion exclaims that they must've doubled back to fight off the enemies out there. He says that they need to go back for them, but Osloca tells him that they're with Olive. The two of those are practically an army all their own. Egilica says that as frightening as these circumstances are, she has a point; plus, they have their own mission here. Eve is uncertain, and asks if they're all sure that they can just leave them. Dona remarks that they've fought alongside that guy plenty already, they know that they're not gonna be put down by this bunch of jerks.
Eve still isn't sure how she feels, but right now, they don't exactly have the means to easily get back to Estmi. So, for now, they'll have to press on through the fortress without the lion. And along the way, there are a scant few bandits that the player might run into, until they make it to the far end of the fortress. And once there, the group finds a chamber with a large map on one side of the room, a rack of weapons on the other, and... the Fallen Star. Near it stands an alligator man in thick robes, a staff in one hand and a tome in the other. He spies the group, and supposes it was only a matter of time until the eye of the kingdom reached them. Faunt seems to recognize this guy as one of the kingpins among Helluam's rogues, Perusive. Dona asks what this is all about, causing this scare between the kingdoms.
Perusive explains that the kingdoms don't care about them. Their people screamed, pleaded, begged, but they couldn't do anything for them. Here stands people that were recovered from the plague only to have nothing to go back to, soldiers that were robbed of a future by the council, or left with a village they couldn't sustain. He himself used to be a general, but after the poor leadership of the people in power, the villages under the castle's watchful eye wouldn't so much as give them the time of day. Faunt remarks that for the mistakes they made, he's hardly making things better. Civilians and guards alike are being hurt by his bandits, the people at the border could be crushed by Enror machinery. He's betraying kingdom and neighbor, to which the gator scoffs.
Perusive tells the lot of them to stop pretending that everyone in these lands are a big happy neighborhood. Do they think it's common that people would just go about the continent to help people? Do they truly think that the kingdoms care about every little person that doesn't provide absurd money to them? The stallion tells him he knows that Estmi cares for him, to which the gator declares that that's only because he had services that ruler could exploit. He asks the shield-wielder if he's sure that Estmi would've spared him so much as a second glance if he couldn't give them that sword. The stallion is quiet, muttering without confidence that that's not true. Telle, however, declares that it's precisely because the world is a cruel place that they need to look out for each other, not to be at the throats of whoever is in the way.
Eve declares that she's right. People like her friends could've been hurt by his attacks, that's plenty of reason why they need to stop him. The gator declares that he's more than sick of them pretending that they care for everyone, and supposes that the time for words has passed. With that, players are forced into battle with Bandit Lord, Perusive. As the fight starts, Finnegan can't help but wonder where that bear is. Other than that, Perusive is a fortunately low-defense foe that has a focus on Magic. He has access to Fire, Water, Wind, and Lightning, a fairly large range of damage that requires players to contemplate on just who might be helpful for the fight, be it people that can reduce the damage of those elements, or Finnegan to potentially restore Poise. Along with that, he can call allies that can add to his overall damage. If players reduce the gator's health to 50% or below, or if they take out six reinforcements, Perusive will begin to use the skill, Concentrate, a skill which allows his next magic attack to deal over twice the amount of normal damage. Either way, with enough work and care for the party's health, players should be able to defeat the bandit lord.
After the bandit lord is taken down, the party stands around, keeping their weapons drawn and facing Perusive. The gator is keeping himself upright with his staff, huffing and puffing. Osloca declares that he's done for, and says that it's time for him to submit. The gator shakes his head, and says that he can't give up now. Two rulers are outside right now, he can't just give up now. He holds up his tome once more, and says that now is the best time to call upon the Fallen Star's power! The party is shocked, with Rebla pondering what that thing could do. The tome shines, as does the asteroid. He declares that that ruffian promised this would have the power to render armies to dust. Eve cocks a brow, curious at the "that ruffian" comment. She asks if he is or isn't with that Monster Cult. That causes the bandit lord to pause, before he turns and asks "Monster Cult?"
And then, the Fallen Star stops shining. The various people look over at it curious, the atmosphere seeming to've changed. Particles seem to raise from the asteroid, soon gathering into an a familiar tv static-like form. The particles gather more and more, forming a long, cloaked figure. The students seem confused, though Faunt, Osloca, and Egilica look on in horror. Perusive backs away from the strange creature of particles, which steps down with an eerie stiffness. Once it's down, it suddenly snaps in the gator's direction, no face visible under the hood. It suddenly appears before the bandit lord, who stumbles over himself and falls onto his back. He waves his staff and frantically fires a beam of electricity at the figure, screaming. The strange figure holds up a hand to stop the bolt, before its cloak spread slightly. Tendrils extend outwards before lashing at the gator, wrapping around him. He shouts more and more and struggles, that strange particle overtaking him, until the bandit lord fades before everyone's eyes.
The student party's horror grows as well, their jaws drop as they begin to back away. Egilica asks the older party members if that's... Though Egilica swears that it can't be... As they contemplate on this, the strange shade from the Fallen Star snaps towards them, its attention seeming focused on the Dragon. It stiffly walks towards them, though it seems to move faster than it looks. Finnegan asks the group what this thing is... There's a quiet among the group, before the young prince asks again what that thing is. Ren says that whatever it is, he sees only destruction in its path. If that thing gets out of here, a lot of people could die. Wol mutters if it's really on them to fight something like this, though Dona says that whether they should or shouldn't, they're here now to deal with this thing! He points his gun, and seeing the coyote react, the rest of the party seems inspired to follow suit.
Everyone raises their weapons, and battle ???'s Shade. Whatever that being is, it is unlike anything the party encountered before. It is Resistant to all damage types, it heals itself when performing any attack, and sometimes casts Break skills to remove party members' Resistances. On top of that, it has a Skill, Mutation, that on top of dealing damage to a party member, can inflict a random status ailment on them. And if players manage to lower ???'s Shade's health to a certain threshold, it'll cast a Skill, Devour, that not only takes HP from all party members, but also seems to take in matter from the battlefield around it as its tendrils stab into the stone walls, floor, and ceiling. As the fight goes on, Gorithima can't help but remark that it appears unbelievably strong. Further in, Faunt declares that it's too strong... Further in, Telle asks what they can possibly do to stop it, and only after surviving 7 rounds does the fight seem to end.
After the round limit, the party is driven to their knees, huffing and puffing while covered in injuries. The strange being advances forwards, getting close to the weakened Dragon. Even Faunt can't get back up to his feet, and Dona attempts one more flurry of gunshots on that creature, but they don't appear overly effective. The Shade lifts a hand towards the Eve, the latter looking on in horror at this being. However, the party can hear some footsteps nearby. In from the hall comes Estmi, the fighting outside having apparently died down. They're ready to help with the bandit lord, though upon seeing the creature that came from the Fallen Star, their eyes go wide. The being stops to glance towards them, and for a brief moment, the lion's mind is brought back to the battlefield, way back when they wielded that blade that required Draconian Strength.
They then realize that the being is near Eve, and the horror on their face suddenly twists into fury. They roar with rage and suddenly lunge towards the being, grabbing it by the throat before pivoting around to hurl the Shade away from the group. It buries its tendrils into the ground to slow its fall back, before lunging towards the Rugan ruler. They're forced to bring up their greatsword to block a bunch of tendril strikes, though gets their cheek and bicep clipped. They roar again and swing their sword, stabbing it into one of the tendrils and racing towards the Shade, dragging the blade through it before tugging the weapon out and ramming it into the being's side, hard enough to charge it into the wall in the back. And once shoved against it, blade still partially buried into it, Estmi pulls their fists back, and punches across the being multiple times. The more they punch, the more the wall behind the Shade cracks.
Despite the beatdown, the Shade lifts its tendrils threateningly, and lash across the lion's back, causing a spray of blood and making the lion slow down. The party gasps in horror, though, despite being weakened from the fight, Egilica does go to suture up the lion's wounds. The Shade begins to push the lion forwards while lifting the greatsword out of its side, though adrenaline surges through the ruler before they swiftly headbutt the being to drive them off. Then they pull their sword out of its grip, and in one swift motion, swing it overhead and down into the Shade! The force of the blow is enough to causing the wall behind the being to break open! And once that blow is landed, the particles that once made up the being have dispersed, fading into the atmosphere. The party is in awe and starts to stand up. There's a silence among everyone, before Finnegan cries that that was awesome! Estmi, however, is out of adrenaline.
They fall to the side, collapsing from exhaustion and their wounds. Once they're down, the party approaches, frightened for them. Soon, they hear another set of footsteps, where they find Queen Olive enter. The raccoon says that the bandits outside are scattering, before pausing once they see the state of this room. She asks what happened, though Egilica says there's a lot to explain. For now, everyone here could use medical attention. The raccoon says that she'll see what she can do. She'll have some of her men move the Fallen Star out. She says that she'll prepare a proper show of gratitude once everyone's recovered. With that, several soldiers come in to help escort the various party members out, with Eve left wondering what just happened.
---
The party is led out, brought to some tents to recover. Certain units are seen applying restoration magic to them, before a gender fluid genet tells them that this should fix up their blood loss and deeper wounds. He/She/They (depends on the day) still suggest that they should make a full doctor's appointment to make sure that they aren't suffering any long-term effects from whatever went down over there. He/She/They also say that it sounds like Estmi themselves are going to have to spend the rest of the day resting. Faunt and the other elders thanks the people that helped them, before they make their way off. With that, the remaining party is left resting, though the students clearly have some questions.
Eventually, Eve decides to ask the four elders, just what was that thing. The adults are quiet for a moment, though Dona says that that wasn't any normal summon, and it clearly weighed heavy on Estmi. He asks if that was... Faunt says that it's precisely because of Estmi's reaction that they shouldn't talk about it. The students are shocked. Egilica explains that a lot of people got scars from back then, and Estmi got exceptionally deep ones. The best cure is time, away from that part of their life. Eve points out that it's clearly not over if that thing came back. Gorithima explains that though it is clearly related to that thing, it isn't it. The Fallen Star has been stuck in the museum before and after the Monster has been stricken down, and that bandit leader was not related to this cult they've been worried about. The students are quiet, and Faunt says that it's time for the lot of them to go home.
The party begins to move out of the field, with the guards overlooking Estmi's return to Ruga. Though before they leave, the students hang back. Wol mutters that this all hardly seems to be over... Ren supposes that if anything, they now have an idea of the image and the strength of their foe, though Finnegan asks if that's supposed to be this Monster they've all been talking about. Rebla can only assume that that is some sort of projection of the true thing, and can only imagine it was brought to that location as part of a larger plan. Dona says that if that fortress wasn't discovered, the Helluam and Enror forces would've fought here and weakened each other. Then that Shade could've been released and wreaked havoc without anyone in this part of the continent to be able to reliably stop it. Telle wonders what they could possibly do to stop something like this in the future.
Dona says that regardless, it's been a really long day. Perhaps right now, they all really need to rest. Rebla admits that she has to agree with the coyote, they should really nurse their wounds. With that, players are brought back to Ruga. After this, it's a period of waiting for the aftermath. During this time, word will spread that Enror has its Fallen Star back. Speaking with some party members will have them remark that very few people have said anything about that Shade. Dona will remark Perusive has been officially declared as killed during a raid on his fort, no mention of that Shade anywhere. Either way, time passes.
Iuli 21st
On this day, that Helluam carriage approaches, once more bearing Linico. The leopard steps out and is let into the castle, Estmi meeting her in the halls, flanked by his personal guards and Eve. She says that she wasn't sure whether or not news approached them, but the Fallen Star has been transferred over. The lion asks if that means relations between Enror and Helluam have improved, to which the leopard answers that the majority of nobles have chosen to pull away from the front lines. A few do still feel threatened by the attack and are remaining. The ruler supposes that can't be helped, unfortunately... Linico still says that the kingdom is grateful for their aid. She shudders to imagine what would've happened by now if the star wasn't moved when it was.
Eve asks what's going to happen with those other people at the border, to which Egilica says that the smartest decision right now is to step back and merely observe. Faunt agrees: depending on how much of Ruga's own involvement was revealed, any attempts at communicating with the Enror soldiers could prove strained. Estmi asks if there's surely nothing they can do, to which Osloca says, as much as she'd love to punch up some of those Enror nobles, Ruga is sort of supposed to be a neutral party among the kingdoms. They've stepped a lot into this affair, anymore might risk making it look like they're uniting against one side. The lion mulls over this information for a little bit, before sighing. They suppose that all of this information is true. They thus dismiss Linico.
The leopard smiles and curtseys, before a few guards escort her back to her carriage. The ruler stands for a moment, dismisses the guards, and thus begins to make their way to their office. Once there's a bit of a spread among the lot of them, Eve decides to follow after the Rugan ruler. She remarks that they've been fairly quiet after that fight at the Helluam shores... She asks if they want to talk about that thing that appeared. The lion presses on, and says that there's no need. Someone found some magic in the Fallen Star and used it to try and make a weapon, and it was defused. Eve says that surely if they brought about this creature once, then isn't it possible that they'll do it again. Estmi says that no one in their right mind would create something like that again.
Estmi progresses up the steps some more, though Eve begs them to just face this. The lion stops before looking back at her. She says that she doesn't know a lot about whatever happened, but whatever it is, it's clearly not over. Not for this continent, and not for Estmi themselves. She wants to help them out of this past, and begs them to talk to her about what this is all about. The lion is quiet, and then they sigh. They say that they're fine, they swear... They suppose that they just need some time to take their minds off of all of this. They think a nice dinner would do them all nicely. Eve is quiet, clearly disbelieving their deflecting. They tell her that they love her, they just still need to improve themselves a little bit more. And with that, they close the door to their study. Eve is thus left standing there, looking down and worried about whatever's going on with them.
---
Elsewhere, the scene takes place in a tunnel system, featuring that bear from the Mism attack visiting a tent. Inside, there stands a short, studious, armadillo woman with thick glasses, alongside a skinny, laid back, raccoon nb with multiple earrings. The two of them appear to be in similar robes to the ursine. The bear bows before the two, before the raccoon remarks that they've heard that the conflict has died down, but they ask the bear if they've observed anything else. The bear answers that Estmi's and the Dragon's personal aids left the fight with the Shade gravely injured. Furthermore, word on the street is that Enror and Helluam could be at each other's throats at a moment's notice.
The armadillo remarks that if a fraction of it's power could wear down people that powerful... The raccoon does say that there's one thing they're afraid of: How did they end up defeating the Shade? The bear answers that when the fighting out front died down, Estmi entered, and then the fortress shook and that's when everyone was escorted out. The armadillo remarks that they must've underestimated that lion's strength... She supposes that if they're to be successful next time, they'll need to either do a better job at hiding their movements, or find a way to weaken that lion. The raccoon reminds her that they do ultimately need Draconian strength. The armadillo nods, and says that they'll need to be more careful either way. She tells the bear to come with them, and so they leave the tent and head out of the tent, and deeper into the tunnel.
== Chapter 5: Signs to Nothingness ==
The day continues back in Ruga, with Eve coming out to the streets contemplatively. She ponders on Estmi's further refusal to discuss about what they've experienced... She really wishes that she could just get them to talk, or the rest of those adults for that matter. She almost doesn't want to go to that dinner... She supposes she can at least use it to talk to her friends a little more. First, however, she needs to find them. Thus, players have the objective to travel Ruga to gather the party for a meal. And, fortunately, the lot of them are easy enough to find: Dona showing off over by the fields on the exterior, Telle and Wol visiting the bakery, Rebla over by one of Ruga's libraries, and Ren over by one of the roads leading out of Ruga trying to meditate.
Once the party has grouped up, Dona can't help but ask where Finnegan is. Eve answers that Ferengi apparently heard about some of the conflict between Helluam and Enror and about Ruga's involvement. He seemingly didn't get the whole story, and feared that there may be some conflict in this kingdom, so he decided to pull him away. Wol has to admit she's a little disappointed about that. Rebla, however, can't say the fear is unfounded; even now some Enror visitors seem to think that the powder keg is going to go off. Eve has to admit her own annoyance in those words, though Ren supposes that there's not much to do for it except live peacefully and prove them wrong.
Either way, Dona supposes they have dinner, and asks if they're really going to enter the castle once more? The Dragon nods, saying Estmi seems fairly impressed with their efforts. The coyote is happy to join in, soon followed by most of the rest of the group. Wol can only hope that there's something sweet there... Rebla says that she needs to get her best dress, before Dona pauses and realizes he doesn't have anything overly fancy. Ren supposes he should rent something pronto. Eve can't help but find the panic a little funny. If her kindness is high enough, she'll tell them that they don't have much to worry about.
----
Evening comes, and with it, Estmi has set up a small dinner in one of the mess halls. They've gathered soldiers to stand guard while the top guards and the student party members make their way in. The lot of them have settled on fancy clothing for themselves, with Telle, Wol, and Ren deciding on poofy dresses while Dona, Rebla and Dona decided on suits, either one wearing colors that match their usual outfits. Even the elders have decided to join in on the festivities with Faunt deciding on a suit while Egilica and Osloca decided on dresses. Gorithima, meanwhile, hasn't bothered to change his own outfit.
Estmi greets the lot of them, themselves in their usual regal wear, and the many students respond by bowing to them. The lion tells them "At ease", and thanks them again for keeping Eve in high spirits. They still remember how hard it'd sometimes be for her to just go talk to people. Telle assures them that it is no problem: Eve's proved to be an impressive lady, and they're happy to be around her. The several students are in agreement, though Ren can't help but wonder what the occasion for the dinner is. The lion says that they've had a very dangerous bout, previously, and they felt that this feast would be the best way to cool down the nerves. The fox is seen quietly contemplating this set of words, before Estmi says that they must go attend to the Dragon real quick.
The ruler leaves, and the students are left thinking about this brief chatter. Ren remarks that they looked extremely tired, which Wol affirms. That guy had bags under their eyes thick enough to store a closet in. Rebla remarks that Estmi said this was to cool down the nerves, she can't help but feel as if they're talking more about themselves. Telle does note that they'd spent a lot of time in the castle after that Womei incident just working on paperwork. If just hearing about the monster is enough to put them in that state, it'd make sense for them to really try to keep distracting themselves. Dona remarks that that's not gonna do, they ain't got the bear, the ain't finish this yet.
As they talk, the scene cuts over to another room. There, the lion stands just outside a room while Eve can be heard inside. The Dragon grunts a bit as she tries on her outfit, before saying that she thinks she has it on. Estmi asks if they can see her, and then the door opens. And outside comes Eve, dressed in a Hoarg-blue dress with vine-like gold stitching about it. Some of that gold stitching displays the emblem of the desert kingdom. Estmi remarks that it looks beautiful... They say that once upon a time, their parents had hoped that they'd be able to pass this dress down to their own child. Seeing her in this... they wipe their eyes while Eve can't help but smile.
She has to admit that she'll probably grow out of it in a few years, though the lion says that just being in this position... it's sort of hitting them that things have really changed. Eve asks what they mean, to which they say that once upon a time, they never imagined having a child of their own. They supposed they once figured that this dress would just gather dust and... Eve says that they've helped her too. Estmi just thanks her once again for trusting them enough to raise her like this, and the Dragon says that she should be the one thanking them. There's a brief quiet between the two, before the Dragon supposes they should attend the feast. Estmi nods, before leading her through the halls.
They lead her into the mess hall, where Eve's fellow students take notice of her. They are enthralled and greet her, Eve welcoming them as well. Estm says that they're going to go make sure that the food is being properly prepared, before heading out. Thus, she's left with the students, her remarking that they look rather dashing. Dona admits that it was hard to find a good suit, he had to shovel a bunch of gold to a tailor for this. Wol admits she wished for a more concrete occasion to bring out her dress. Rebla admits that it is awfully random. She says that they feel like Estmi is trying to disappear far from this Monster business, and asks Eve if she'd talked to them more on this.
The Dragon pauses, before she nervously strokes her arm. She says that she tried to talk to them, when they suddenly suggested this dinner. They refused to talk about that thing up in Perusive's fort, and after she talked to them all about the dinner plans, she came back and they sprung for getting her dressed up. They talked about their Hoarg father, Rezmito, and their Rugan queen mom, Deana. They seemed so into just being a grateful guardian, she felt bad about even trying to talk to them more about that creature. She knows that they have to face that thing, but... she almost feels like Estmi's coming back to her. She's sort of afraid if she tries to talk to them more about that thing, then they'll just shrink further away from her.
The party seems unsure, though Telle says that that should be fine. Dona agrees, citing that odds are they wouldn't get much information out of Estmi anyways if the past is anything to go by. Ren suggests that they should enjoy the night then, and meet up tomorrow to discuss further strategies on figuring out what they're going to do to bury this Monster forever. The student is in agreement. They thus make their way to the table just as several platters are brought out. What follows is the group enjoying a fine meal. Estmi seems fairly jovial, enjoying the students' presence as do the older guards in the room. The night goes along well, and eventually, everyone gets escorted out so that they can retire for the day.
Iuli 22nd
The next day comes, and Estmi has put themselves into their office once more. They're searching through several of their documents again, ready to try and reintegrate into the continent politics. And as he does, Eve makes her way out and towards the Diluba border. There, her fellow students revisit, with that familiar fox making his way up over. Rebla asks if he's sure that he should be here, to which he says that he's technically not completely in the kingdom. Either way, Telle told him a bit about what they've been talking about, and he says that he doesn't totally understand what's going on. He still would like to help, however.
The group gathers around the hangout, and Dona says that they should review what they know: a couple years ago, some Diluban assassins targeted Maize Higura and the Dragon. They followed them into Diluba, fought Womei who revealed they needed Draconian Strength for something. She claimed that they stopped all of their plans, but now some Helluam-aligned bandits attacked a museum in Enror and took some meteor containing a freaky familiar in it. They were able to corner it, but it wasn't until Estmi arrived that the creature could be destroyed, and as far as they know, they haven't gotten anyone aligned with Womei. Wol remarks that twice, Enror had been targeted, and can't help but wonder if that's a coincidence.
Telle says that the sidewinder brings up a good point, and asks if they should consult Enror about potential enemies. However, Rebla shakes her head. She says that even if they could establish communication with the royalty, the kingdom has plenty of blood on its hands. Inside or outside the kingdom there's plenty that'd want to see some damage done to it. Eve, however, points out that they will have to figure out this cult business eventually, but she wants to worry about the Monster. There's so much they don't know about it, yet it seems to be at the core of a lot of their problems right now. Ren asks if she means to look into that Fallen Star, to which the Dragon thinks that there's a chance they could gather some information from it.
The otter points out that it's back in Mism by now, so it'll be hard to investigate this thing. However, the Dragon says that she'll pull whatever strings she needs to look into it. Perusive cast some spell on the Fallen Star and summoned up that creature unknowingly, maybe if they get people knowledgeable in magic they can figure out something. Ren does remark that that could be a good route to take. Even if the Fallen Star itself doesn't provide proper clues, then maybe the spell cast should give them a proper route forwards. And Eve says that she thinks she knows someone that can look into it.
...
Over in the market district, the party has met up with their panther teacher, her having some tea while Finnegan is in disguise via a cloak. Morge had already been explained the situation, and she remarks that this is all rather unbelievable. Eve says that it's true, a creature of some bizarre element came out and probably would've destroyed leagues of people if Estmi wasn't there when it came out. The panther remains skeptical, though says that, while she still can't fully buy this account, she does admit, she is curious. An act of magic this powerful would be worth investigating. She does have to wonder how the kingdom hasn't already investigated in this matter, to which Telle says that Estmi just seems to want to put all of this behind them already.
Morge remains curious, before supposing that if there is an iota of truth to this, she would want to look into this feat. She wonders if they know the spell this bandit casted, to which Rebla says that she thinks she can replicate it. Morge supposes that if they can't give a complete description, then she should be able to garner some residual particles to fill in the blanks. Eve says that she could attempt some audience with the Fallen Star. Morge says that she'll keep her schedule open, but admits that she is weary about visiting. According to their story, Helluam bandits caused chaos in that museum, and she herself is from Helluam. Finnegan admits that that is a concern, but surely with Eve, they'll be able to put in a good word for her. The magic teacher says that she'll wait for updates then. And at that, Eve says that she'll have to form a letter soon, with Finnegan declaring that he'll help her. The other student party members offer to help, and spend the afternoon designing this address.
With that, there's a quick cut as the group spends their letter, and now players have the evening to themselves, before retiring for the night.
Iuil 23rd - Iuli 26th
Players now have a bit of free time until they get a response from Mism. In the meantime, players can perform various sidequests, hang out with party members, gather new Squads for future War Rooms, or otherwise chat with various civilians. Rebla can't help but admit she feels a little uncertain over whether or not they'll allow Morge anywhere close to the Fallen Star. Ren expresses shame over how they couldn't learn about where that bear had disappeared to, sounds like several of the bandits are under Helluam's thumb or dead outright. Either way, time passes, and on the night of the 26th, Eve receives a letter from Mism, and upon reading it with Morge and the rest of the party, and it looks as though they've been begrudgingly allowed passage to the museum. The panther thus says that she'll be sure she's up bright and early for them tomorrow.
Iuil 27th
The party is forced to travel for a long time, but eventually, they cross through some of Enror's mountains, and make it into Mism. And upon getting close to the museum doors, the guards get on edge upon seeing Morge in her Helluam garments. However, Eve tells them that she's with them. The guards still hold their weapons weary, though the group enters. Morge remarks that she hasn't been near Enror in years, looks like some of the guard suits have been upgraded with their enforcer equipment. Rebla remarks that it's never been said what led to the advancement, but the new guards' suits have begun rolling out over 10 years ago. Wol can only imagine they're afraid of any other worker rebellions, and Dona supposes that these suits haven't been too deterrent towards the bandits between cities. Ren also remarks that a few of those Helluam bandits badly damaged some of the components of those suits.
As they discuss on their equipment, they soon make it to the chamber with the Fallen Star, where the guards have kept the area closed, save for the main party. They make their way in, where the museum's curator, a pheasant man with well-done eyelashes, stands with a pair of guards. Rebla thanks the man for allowing them this arrangement, to which the curator remarks that this is highly unusual, but if the Rugan Princess is requesting it, he can't deny it. Still, he's put in some left-over money to bolster security, so he better not see any odd moves from any of them. Morge assures that she won't have to take the product anywhere. She and the rest of the party makes their way over to the Fallen Star to begin their research.
There's some time spent with Ren and Rebla speaking with Morge while the other party members hang back, unsure of how to contribute. They watch as the panther hovers a hand over the Fallen Star, the nearby guards tensing up whenever she gets close. As she looks over it, the magic teacher furrows her brow before asking the group if they're sure they saw what they saw. The party affirms their assertion, and Morge only grows more confused. She remarks that casting usually leave behind some observable element, no matter how small. Here, however, she hasn't read about any element like this... Eve can only assume that this is that strange element those cultists have been using. She keeps on investigating, looking more and more confused.
Ren asks her what she's learned. She remarks that familiars typically require combinations of elements to be manipulated into certain shapes before bringing their form to shape. She's familiar with several of them, with several of these shapes needing to follow certain mathematical rules and concepts in their shape and construction. This, however... Not only does it all use that same singular unidentifiable element, but it doesn't follow the Golden Ratio, it's not symmetrical, she's not even sure if she can pin down a precise shape to it. Telle remarks that that is very weird... She asks if Morge can somehow print this sign? She nods before bringing up a sheet of paper and a spare pen on her. And then, she begins sketching.
After sketching a bit, she brings it out and shows it towards them. The party finds themselves gazing upon what can best be described as a fog. The shape is oddly inconsistent throughout it, neither of the corners matching up with each other, and one could see cracks in the fog that seems to hide something. Wol can be seen visibly shivering, feeling an odd foreboding from that image. Even Dona admits that he's feeling a little nervous over this. Just seeing something swim through that darkness... Rebla asks what he means, though he says that there's something in the image, he swears. Eve furrows her brow, before asking Morge if she can hold onto this picture. The panther, however, says that she needs to log this image for future research, but she will be willing to provide them a copy later.
Ren asks if this is still the sign of a summoning, to which Morge clarifies that though the image is unfamiliar, the method and the result the lot of them describe does remind her of the magic type. She says that she'll have to look into the element left behind and perhaps reach out to anyone that may've seen this summoning symbol. Eve says that the more information they can get on this thing, the better. Telle remarks that they've done what they can here, she thinks. And so, the party makes their way back, still uncertain in with this revelation. The group returns to Ruga, and with this trip, they're quickly forced to go to sleep for the day.
Iuil 28th
The next day comes, the party members a little tired after their long trip the other day. The party convenes at the hangout spot, where Finnegan asks the party if Morge got her copy. Ren answers that she did before bringing up a small envelope. He says that she has the original in her station, and also says that she'll need to take some time before she learns more about it. Dona remarks that that's sure to be a fool's errand: if anyone else has access to that summon, they're probably going to bring disaster once more. Eve supposes that that's why they should try to seek this out themselves.
The Dragon carefully takes the envelope, and starts trying to open it. However, Dona suggests that she should keep that thing in. Telle is in agreement; she felt this strange dread upon seeing that thing. The Dragon nods and supposes they're right. With that set aside, she supposes that they're only left with more questions. However, Rebla remarks that Ruga's mage should be in the castle town. She'd hate to talk to him during his retirement, but they might not have another choice with this line of questioning. Eve thinks the idea is good, but he has a close connection to Estmi. There's a good possibility that he could speak up to them about them researching this stuff.
Ren ponders, before perking up. He says that he recalled Liplo bemoaning the loss of one of Hoarg's libraries a while ago. He decided to talk with that raven after class about that library, and he explained that the locals claimed some force from above had devastated the city, though that rumor doesn't exist in the books apparently. The party grows curious as he talks, and Eve asks where it is. The fox explains it was some beachside city over by the Nuis Peninsula, Syncata. He says if it's at all like the Fallen Star situation, this could be their chance to learn something about it. Dona warns that this ain't gonna be a quick trip: If they're gonna end up over there, they'll end up attracting the elders' attention. Wol raises a hand, and suggests that they should tell them that they're vacationing over there.
Telle remarks that that might actually work. Rebla does suppose that was among their vacation spots. They go there and ask to enjoy the beaches at the summer so that they can investigate the site of the Sky Damage. Eve nods and likes the idea. The coyote brings up that when they do this, they will still need to be careful not to make the adults suspicious. Finnegan that this could be their only lead. She asks Eve if she can initiate conversation with Estmi, but they need to discuss a city near Syncata and not the site itself. The Dragon understands, and tells them all to get ready to pack their things!
----
Some time passes for the various party members to collect gear for the vacation, long enough for the evening to come. Eve makes her way to Estmi's office, where she can hear some conversation. She hears the lion speaking with Gorithima, the former sounding tired. They're talking about how they still don't know what they're doing... The rat suggests maybe they need to step back, though the ruler shakes their head. They say that they have to be good at this, they have to be good at something again... There's an uncomfortable quiet, until the lion continues, saying that they don't feel the strength they used to, they don't have the leadership prowess they used to... they don't even have the strength to act friendly with the other rulers... they need to get better at something...
Eve grows saddened by their conversation and begins to back up when she hears one of them get up. Gorithima says that he can't answer the lion's questions for them at this moment. He just knows that when he learns stuff, progression is not always a straight line. He then makes his way out, Eve hiding in one of the doorways in the hall as the rat passes. She then advances to the office, contemplating. She knocks and says it's her, Estmi saying that she's free to come in. The Dragon thus enters, with her asking how their day has been. Estmi says that it's just been a bunch of paperwork, trying to figure out what money can go where, what resources can be exported where, so far and so forth... Eve is quiet again, before deciding to progress.
She says that her friends have been talking about going to the Nuis Peninsula for some vacationing, with the lion saying that that sounds like a great idea. Eve then says that she was wondering if they would like to lounge there with them? The lion sighs, and says that they'd love to, but they have a lot of work as a ruler that they need to make up for. Eve is saddened, contemplating again, and asks if she could help in some way. Estmi rubs at his eyes, and tells her that she has time to learn about being a ruler, about being independent in general. There's time for her to enjoy time for herself, and they wish for nothing more than for her to make good memories. Eve understands... Estmi says that they'll prepare a caravan soon. The Dragon thanks them, tells them she loves them, and makes her way out. Fortunately that seemed to pick up the lion's spirits a bit and they keep on working.
Iuli 29th - Iuli 30th
Players have two days of free time before their trip. The various party members are gathering things for their trip to the peninsula, and other than that, players are free to hang out with others, get side quests out of the way, so on and so forth. Either way, once the night of the 30th comes around, there's a quick scene popping over to Hoarg, showing off an ivory palace situated in the middle of a web of rivers, it bearing various carvings upon its walls depicting older rulers and workers. It comes into one of its chambers, revealing the polar bear queen looking over an envelope. With her is an ibis boy with greenish plumage, eyeliner, and a thin frame.
She remarks that it looks like the Dragon princess plans an extended stay over in their borders. She was afraid Estmi didn't want to risk any further connections after that incident with Huhu. The ibis asks if they need to prepare the palace, though Inola says that they'll be going to Vstika to enjoy the summer waters. She says that they'll still need to make sure that city is prepared to accept her. Still, she has to worry about distribution on her end... the ibis bows and says that he can prepare the city. Inola, addressing him as Idli, remarks that he's rather young still... He says that he'll be safe. He's more than on top of his studies of magic.
Inola is still uncertain, but tells him that she supposes he is a capable young man. She does, however, say that she'll expect him to come back safe and sound. The ibis nods in understanding. She tells him that she'll make sure to send some guards with him, to which he appreciates the gesture. Thus, the prince leaves, and Inola makes her way back to her own office, where she ingests some potion to keep herself awake before going over multiple documents.
Iuli 31st
The day to travel comes, and a carriage is once again positioned before the castle. The various party members have gathered in front of it with sacks of stuff, including Finnegan, albeit in a disguise. Dona asks if he's sure that he can attend this trip, to which the fox claims that it's not like his parents said he couldn't go to Hoarg. Rebla decides to remind the group that they'll need to find some way to observe the Sky Damage without alerting the guards. Eve nods, and says that they're sure to figure out something. Ren assure them that this will work out, he made sure to research the currents in the Nuis Peninsula.
Before the party can question further, Egilica comes and tells the group that it's about time for them to head out. The students say they'll get in place, before Egilica leaves to her own position on the carriage. Wol mutters that they should probably discuss later. With that, the party enters the carriage, and it begins to make its way towards the kingdom to the east.
----
The road to the Nuis Peninsula is well tended to, it being a major road for tourists. The group can take notice of various cities and especially lavish Medicinal States along the way, as well as stations of guards. Dona remarks that this looks like a place that'd be harder to find bandits in, though Ren says that the robbers may not have a lot of wildlife to hide in, but they just bolster up their strengths within the various cities. Wol seems to shrink away at that description, and nods, saying that there are some cities entirely ruled by singular criminal families. Dona apologizes for being presumptuous and rests in the carriage again.
Evening starts to come upon the land, and Osloca tells the crew to check out the view. The lot of them take the chance to lean out, where they can see the brilliant blue water enwrapped by two pieces of the mainland. There stand many villages near it, and many cities around it as well. Everyone except Wol can't help but be dazzled by it, the smoking fox remarking that he's never had the chance to go this far east. The carriage continues towards a city on the northwest side of the Peninsula, approaching a city adjacent to it with buildings that bear flags waving the Dragon emblem. Many of the civilians are on the streets, ready to greet the carriage, all led by an ibis lad in royal yellow robes.
The carriage comes to a halt so that the people on board can exit. And once the Dragon leaves, the many civilians kneel to her. The Dragon realizes she should've seen something like this coming... and then, the ibis approaches. He greets the Dragon, welcoming her to the city of Vstika, one of many sea-side resorts, but the only one famous for its mouth-watering Börek. Eve greets him, and if her knowledge is high enough, she'll address him as Prince Idli. Otherwise, she'll pause at the name, before Wol mutters to her "Prince Idli". Either way, the ibis remarks that he is sure he speaks for everyone when he says that the kingdom, and this city in particular, is happy to have her with them.
The Dragon is grateful, though says that all the decor isn't wholly necessary, though Idli declares that they cannot offer less than the best for her. Faunt asks where they can park their vehicle, and Idli, far more suddenly and far less verbose, gives him directions. He then asks if Estmi has come, though he admits that they're busy in the castle right now. He supposes that's a shame. Either way, he hopes that the Dragon can enjoy her time in this city. With that, the carriage makes its way through the streets before parking. Once out, Egilica says that she'll look for a good spot for them spend the night while Faunt says that he'll carry their stuff.
Once a lot of the guards are spread, Rebla remarks that he seemed very straightforward with his interest. Dona remarks that you'd think he'd pay some attention to the people that accompanied the Dragon. Telle also asks if this will hinder their plans at all; someone as high profile as the prince is here to directly greet the Dragon. There's a chance that a lot of eyes are going to be on her, which will make it harder to slip into Syncata. However, Ren points out that he had accounted for that. They had needed to move in a smaller crowd for this to work out, and they already saw how overlooked the lot of them were during that first meeting. Eve says that she can definitely distract those guys, but she asks if the lot of them will be alright going out on their own. Finnegan says that they're plenty capable!
Rebla warns that they'll have to rest for the day, it's gotten really late. She does warn that they'll have to move soon: they're expected to go back soon for college. Dona admits that he almost forgot their break is almost over. Ever since that cult got involved in Enror, they didn't have a lot of time to enjoy themselves. Ren sighs, remarking that it would've been nice to enjoy more of the sights. Eve says that as unfortunate as this has all been, she has still enjoyed her time with each of them. The party members perk up at that, and she says that they and Estmi and their friends have been real bright spots through all of this, and she can only hope that they can all finish this and enjoy more time together. As they discuss, the camera pulls back, revealing some civilians in the city discussing about the Dragon's appearance, before pulling away from view.
Eventually, the guards reconvene with the group, where Osloca says that the prince says he's arranged their housings for the next couple of nights. Thus, the party begins to head through the streets with the various civilians continuing to show their excitement for the Dragon's appearance. The party is brought towards the prince, who begins escorting them. They come near a hotel, where the prince says that her allies can reside here. He begins to progress closer to the water, where he says that he's prepared a resort for her, though the Dragon says that she actually wants to stay in the hotel. The ibis stops, before turning and asks what she means.
She says that someone else gave her that offer, and when she took it, she found it boring without her friends. So, she'd rather stay with them. Prince Idli raises a brow and looks over the people behind her, asking if she's referring to the children of salarymen, the commoners, and the castle staff. Eve repeats that she means her friends, stepping back such that she's surrounded by them. Egilica looks towards her uncertain, though Osloca gently nudges her ribs with her elbow, silently telling her to go with it. The prince is quiet for a moment, before saying that, while he may not totally understand it, he cannot refuse the Dragon's will. Eve thanks him, and thus Idli's group parts.
The party makes their way into the hotel, Telle thanking Eve for coming with them. Faunt does say that disregarding a gift like that could have consequences, though Eve says that she's happier with her friends than with some fancy shmancy building. Dona supposes they can check out a resort at another time. Egilica still supposes it might take a bit of work to tide over any potential issues for this, but she will support this decision. Either way, the party enters. Meanwhile, Idli makes it to the coast, entering one of the sea-side resorts. Said resort is a building with orange-white plaster that stands decently tall and bears intricate wall art as well as intricately designed curtains and carpets as well as ivory plates and ornaments carefully positioned around. The ibis sits on one of the chairs and thinks, what could that lot have that inspired her to remain with them...?
Augua 1st
On this day, the camera shows some civilians making their way out of Vstika. It then comes back to the hotel, showing off how several of the individuals have slept, rooms with three where someone sleeps on either bed while a third rests on a couch provided. When the day comes the various individuals get up before meeting each other yet again. Faunt tells them that now's as good a time as any to see the sights or to enjoy the waters. He warns that it is a bit of a walk through the streets. Eve is sure that it'll be fine, before the guards go to their own rooms to make sure they're properly equipped for the day.
While they're gone, Rebla says that she supposes now is as good a time as any to seek out Syncata. Eve nods, supposing that she'll be drawing attention to her while the rest of them make their way over. Dona says that it's still going to be a fair walk through the desert. However, Ren points out that they have the water to account for that. The coyote asks what he means, to which he says that the currents flow northwards from here and end up upon the city. Rebla admits she's impressed at his knowledge here. Ren says that Wol actually helped him out, the shy sidewinder nodding. Finnegan asks how they'll get back here, to which Ren says that Syncata bears more advanced boats than here, so they'll be able to send them back here. Of course, it'll cost a bit of money.
Eve wants to make absolutely certain that they'll be fine over there, to which Telle assures her they're going to be ok. They do still need to enjoy more time together. The Dragon supposes that now they can only act out the plan. With that, they make their way to their respective rooms. After a bit of time, the various students come out in some Hoarg shrouds. The guards that accompanied them come out, Faunt in some casual clothing while Egilica wears a shroud akin to what the other members wear. Osloca, however, came out in a swimsuit. Seeing her causes some surprise among the group with Egilica telling her that she can't go around the city dressed like that! She tells the students that the two of them will have to adjust her ensemble, before she drags the skunk off. Rebla remarks that you'd think she'd learn her lesson one of these days...
While those two are continuing to change, players have some free time in the city. Wol and Telle can be seen gathering some cuisine, Dona and Finnegan are seen checking out some shady peddler's weapons, Rebla and Ren are off to the edge of the beach looking over some of the boats, and Faunt is seen checking out some books in one of the corners of the market. Civilians will frequently crowd around the Dragon while others can be heard gossiping. Some talk about how Helluam apparently committed an offense against Enror and Ruga supported Helluam, while others talk about how Helluam wronged Ruga and Ruga invaded them back... Other civilians also talk about how the several cities are starving. Either way, players can progress by getting to a particular part of the beach.
Upon getting close, there is a certain visible line in the crowd where people have swapped from generally more conservative clothing to typical beachwear. The Dragon crosses the line and removes her shroud, upon which almost instantly more and more people look upon the princess. She sets her stuff to the side, Faunt quickly coming in to hold onto her stuff. She quickly begins to enjoy the water at the shoreline, gathering more and more eyes. At the same time, the rest of the student body has met with Rebla and Ren, who've begun to set up the boat. Rebla double checks with the group, wanting to make sure that they have that image Morge left them. Dona confirms as much, showing off the envelope. With that, they push it into the water and begin making their way out. As they do, however, the camera reveals Idli at the resort, having pulled up a foldable telescope to observe the students from afar. He has his guards beside him, and muttering about how far they are after Eve's display yesterday... He rhetorically asks the guards besides him if they should keep a close eye on those few...
----
The students on the boat are rowing to make sure they stay on course. A few times they have to brace themselves thanks to some rougher currents, but they're able to stay on. On the way, Dona speaks up, saying that he just thought of something: they're hesitant about looking at that picture, but they're going to have to if they're going to compare it to the magical signature of the Sky Damage. Rebla replies that they're going to have to stand up to it, unfortunately. She just hopes that whatever they find will give them some answers. Thus, the party gets closer to the northern edge of the Nuis Peninsula, where they can see another city.
There stands a land that appears oddly shaped with some buildings clearly more recently fixed than others. The edge of the shore has some unnatural-looking trenches dug through them into the water, and some civilians are seen relaxing near the shore. The party brings the boat closer before parking it on shore. They climb out, and Telle asks Ren if he was more specific about the damage that'd been done to the city. Ren says that the city had received a lot of damage and had lost its library completely. He supposes they should check out where it once stood. The party is in agreement, before they make their way into Syncata. As they walk, the camera pulls back to show a group of travelers on camel-back travelling towards the city.
The group makes their way through the city, where they can see some of the terrain has odd chunks through them, and there are definitely far fewer citizens in here than back in Vstika. Ren decides to check some of the gashes, where he remarks he can sense some of that strange magic those cultists used, though these are more like impact marks than actual symbols. Finnegan asks if they should be following those gashes, to which Ren says that these things look to be leading towards the peninsula, which'd mean the source of the destruction, assuming it's something like the Fallen Star, probably got swept into the sea by now. They eventually get closer to the edge of the city, where they can find ruins, or at least a very modern equivalent to that word. A fair few buildings stand in pieces, with the bigger one looking particularly bad.
The group approaches, where they find guards standing around it. They stop them, requiring them to pay to enter. Dona is about to, though Rebla stops him with a hand on his shoulder and says that they were just browsing. She pulls them away, where the coyote asks what she's doing. The otter points out that if they pay those guards, they'll be going through the ruins on their terms. They'll have them looking over them, and they won't be able to investigate the ruins. Telle asks if she means to sneak past the guards, to which Wol says there are dire consequences for committing crimes unless you have connections... Ren does say she has a good point though, if they do this all legitimately, their investigation will be severely limited...
As they ponder, someone nearby asks them what brings them here. Dona waves the voice off, simply saying that they're just checking the place out. One of the party members looks over and gapes in shock. The coyote is confused before turning, seeing the individual in one of those Hoarg shrouds. However, the group could see that familiar ibis face. Idli remarks that Eve disregarded their gesture for the lot of them, yet here they are, three cities away from her. He says that he wants answers. The party is uncertain, with Telle swearing that there's nothing notable about them, really. The prince also asks why take the boat over here too instead of scheduling a trip directly to this place. It's almost like they wanted to obfuscate their destination.
Rebla swears it isn't what it looks like, though the prince says that there will be plenty of time to discuss on a trip back. He suggests that they should come with him, though the party members realize this'll mean likely getting exposed before the guards. So, Ren takes the envelope from earlier. He remarks that he's a knowledgeable man, to which Idli nods. The fox says that they were trying to research some odd magic, but there are people that don't want them learning about this. Idli asks what kind of knowledge they could be forbidden from learning about, to which Ren admits that he doesn't know. Estmi and the others, they seem terrified of this and they don't want to associate with it any more than they have to. But the lot of them believe that whatever this is, it's not going to stop being a problem until they seek it out themselves.
The ibis looks down at the envelope curious, and continues contemplating. He extends a wing to accept the envelope, where he opens it up. He looks into it and pauses. He's seen visibly shifting uncomfortably as he gazes on it, before he closes it. He says he's studied many magical signs and symbols, but he's never seen anything like this. He asks them where they found it, which leads to the party quickly explaining what's been going on. Idli only seems more confused, remarking that he can't imagine someone just trying to move on when faced with situations like that... Finnegan says that Eve's been really scared about it, and about how it's affecting Estmi and their allies. They're hoping to find more information, and right now they're only lead is those ruins.
The prince grows curious, supposing that Syncata's always been an odd place for him... His mother didn't like to talk much about this place, simply associating the damage to the town to some independent soldiers years ago... He hands the envelope back, and supposes that if they think they know what they're looking for, then he can lead them in for investigation. Hearing that, the various party members perk up. Wol quietly asks if he's certain, to which the ibis says he is. Although, he will expect a few favors for this. Dona hopefully asks if the gift of knowledge will suffice, to which Idli simply shakes his head. Either way, he begins heading to the ruins, the party following behind.
He makes it to the guards blocking entrance to the ruins. However, the prince says that this group of commoners and nobles will be under his and his guards' eye. The guards at the ruins nod before letting them pass. Thus, the group enters the ruins, Dona wondering why this spot hasn't been fixed up. Idli says that Syncata was already eating up a lot of money with its reconstruction. The city's council decided that they'd probably be better off gathering money from having people observe it. Speaking of, he asks the group if they're looking for anything in particular, to which Telle asks if he can lead them to the library.
They progress, where the party makes it to a building, shattered to pieces. Idli remarks that the residents said these walls once stored knowledge from the progenitors of Hoarg. Some were recovered, but the rest... Telle can't imagine just moving on from this, that someone must've investigated this. Idli says that if there was, he knows nothing of it. Either way, he asks them what they plan to check out over here. Dona says that if that weird magic was found along the scars in the city, then not only would that mean this bizarre magic had a hand in the destruction of this place, maybe there's something akin to the Fallen Star around here. Idli asks if they're referring to that thing up in Enror, to which he says that if there was something like that, surely it'd have been brought to some museum around here...
Rebla grows curious about that, though says they should check this thing out just in case. So, they make their way into the ruined building. Within, one can see the floors almost completely destroyed and the various shelves either destroyed or stripped of any tomes. Finnegan also looks towards some of the scars, remarking that they look kind of like the destruction brought on by that bizarre magic... The party carefully traverses, Finnegan gracefully descending down one of the holes while the others carefully maneuver through the debris to get to the lower floors, and within, it takes some time for their eyes to adjust, but they can see more of that bizarre scarring. However, it seems to resemble something more akin to an outline on the ground. It was almost as if someone had permanently frozen someone's shadow to the stone at their feet, an image which gets the party's skin to crawl.
Ren asks Idli if he knows what could've caused this, to which the ibis says that hypothetically, he can only assume that someone was struck with enough force to leave a remnant of themselves etched into the very terrain... Dona can't help but look further into the basement. He travels to a door in the corner, it bearing more of those weird scars. Upon getting close, his eyes go wide and he tells everyone to come over. The group approaches, and within... they can see something akin to a Fallen Star. It's far smaller than the one at the museum, but that's not the most notable thing... Around it, there are more of those shadows burned into the terrain. This room appeared to be something akin to a secret vault for other tomes, and within, there are dozens of shadows pasted across the floor, against the walls, or a combination of the two.
Idli remarks that he's never heard of something like this... The guards never wanted people near this part of the ruins, and he can certainly understand not exposing someone to this sight... But, why was this thing never brought to a museum? Rebla brings up that these people keep trying to hide whatever this thing is, and can only assume that this piece of Sky Damage is associated with it. Ren suggests they should investigate that thing for any magical signature, to which Idli offers. He approaches and begins investigating it just like what Morge did, the various party members looking on. It takes a bit, but the ibis remarks that it feels identical to that odd image the group had.
Dona asks what that means, to which Wol mutters that this thing is connected to that Fallen Star alright. However, Telle decides to bring up a worrying point: those symbols needed to be drawn by someone. So then, was the cult here already? Idli remarks that if something akin to what happened in Helluam happened here in recent years, there's no way you'd be able to cover it up like whatever happened back when this place was destroyed. Ren suggests that whatever the source of this symbol is, this all must mean one thing... The group looks over the shadows, with Ren saying that the thing that tore apart Syncata was just like the shade that came from that Fallen Star, a sense of dread coming over the group as they start to understand the full implications of what that creature back then was capable of.
...
The party exits the ruins, making their way closer to the edge of Syncata, towards one of the boats. Once there, Dona says that regardless of their somewhat crude introduction, he supposes they should thank his majesty. Idli says as nice as the gratitude is, he needs to process a lot right now. So much of this seems to be too fantastical to believe, but there's something beyond imagination going on here. Rebla asks what he plans to do with this knowledge, to which he supposes that independent research will be necessary. If Inola wanted to hide this all from him, then he doubts he'll gather more knowledge from her. Finnegan supposes that that's a sensible course of action, that's sort of what they're doing too.
Idli glances towards the fox, before quickly wondering if he's seen him somewhere before, though Rebla quickly brings up that they should probably make their way back. They don't know how long their supervisors could overlook their presence. The Hoarg prince supposes he understands. He'll make his own way back as well. The party is about to get on one of the boats, however, the ibis says that before they leave, he'll make sure to reach out to them for his favor. The various students freeze up, before Dona asks if he's sure this all hasn't been super enlightening for him anyways. Idli says that he already had a plan in mind, but he figures that now isn't a good time to discuss. He sees them off, before heading off towards his guards and camels. The students can't help but be a little upset, Wol supposes this worked out about as well as they could've hoped. With that, they take the boat back across the peninsula towards Vstika.
By the time they come back, it's late at night. Eve has changed into her usual robes, with Faunt asking the other two guards if any of them have seen those students. Egilica says she hasn't seen them in market, Osloca saying she hasn't seen them on the shore. The stallion wonders where the heck they could've gone, though by now, the group has managed to arrive. Faunt asks where the lot of them have gone, to which Ren says they were testing who could hold their breath the longest. Osloca points out that it's been, like, six hours. Wol says they got really carried away...
Eve says that it doesn't matter, they're back now. They're safe, though she quickly asks to make sure that they're safe. They nod, and the guards, though a little exhausted from the stress brought on by their disappearance, ultimately decide to just let it go. They're here now, and they suppose the Dragon's right. Faunt says that he'd have a lot of stern words if he was any of their parents, but right now, angry glares is the best he can give them. He says that they have morning and afternoon to enjoy here, so they'd better enjoy their time together. Thus, the guards make their way to their hotel.
Eve asks if they found the you-know-what. At that, the group explains what they've seen, which disturbs Eve. She worries that if something like that thing in the Fallen Star attacked Hoarg already... She just wonders why this stuff is being covered up. Wol mutters that fear is a blanket that you can only cower in, Rebla saying that everyone just keeps telling themselves that they're through with the past, because they don't want to face it again. The Dragon remarks that with this knowledge, what should they do? Finnegan points out that right now, they should probably try to rest on all of this. Telle says that he's right, this has all been terribly heavy on the lot of them at least... They have only a few more hours to enjoy tomorrow, so she suggests they should try to enjoy it. Dona questions how they're supposed to just enjoy things after they saw those shadows, though Eve says that a bit of time in the sea should do them well. She'd love to enjoy the water with her friends this time, which gets the others to agree. Dona supposes he can try to put this investigation on the back of his head, and thus, the group turns in for the night.
Augua 2nd
First, the scene cuts towards Ruga. A carriage is travelling from Hoarg to the castle town. And once it's parked, from within comes a few strangers, though among them, one can see that raccoon that's associated with the cult. Their associates tell the raccoon that the vanguard should already be positioning themselves. The raccoon then says that there should be more coming sooner rather than later. Those guards of that lion's should still be in the dessert, but the rest of their allies should help keep them at bay. A wombat woman beside them asks if they're sure they can capture the ruler, to which the raccoon points out that as strong as they are, they're very mortal. They just need to do everything short of killing that lion, and they should all know what that guy can survive...
----
Meanwhile, in Vstika, the various party members wake back up. They're making sure to get into their swimsuits once more and don their robes before heading out onto the streets. Egilica reminds the group that they need to be ready to head out at 1200, though Osloca says she could've just said noon. Eve says that that should be enough time to enjoy the water. She thanks them for the trip, with Faunt saying that she should remember to thank their majesty once they all come back. With that, the group begins to head off to the shore once more. And as they do, there is a definite unease among the group, though Eve attempts a deep breath and says that the water felt really nice yesterday. She hopes that they can each enjoy it.
They soon get close enough to the water to be able to remove their shrouds. Rebla looks with concern towards Finnegan, though the fox assures that it's not like anyone out here would recognize him in a bathing suit. The group then enters. Wol and Rebla can be seen hanging towards the shore while Telle can be seen splashing Dona. Some time passes, and Finnegan is seen attempting Marco-Polo with the group as they each keep their distance, the otter and sidewinder even joining in. They're then seen with Dona on Ren's shoulders while Eve is on Rebla's shoulders, attempting a game with chicken with each other (though the otter can be seen struggling under her). The group of them enjoys the peninsula as the sun raises higher and higher.
It eventually leads to the group on the shore, drying themselves off. Rebla does have to admit that that really helped her cool down after everything. Telle has to admit that it's a shame they have to go so soon. Eve supposes that when things cool down a little, they can visit this place more often. Wol mutters that this water felt great on her scales. Finnegan can't wait until he can stop having to ask his parents permission for visits like this. Dona says that it's almost noon, and that they should begin to make their way out. Thus, the party begins dressing up in their shrouds while Idli resides at that resort, looking at them from afar. He mutters that Eve definitely looked to enjoy herself among them... He just hopes the lot of them can tell him what gets her to enjoy their company so much.
They quickly pack up their things and make it to the royal carriage where the guards were waiting. Egilica asks them all if they've enjoyed their time over, getting a myriad of agreement from the group, Telle in particular being heard saying she hopes to come again. Faunt says that this way they should all have one day before classes start back up, before asking if they've been keeping up with their studies. There's a quiet among the group. He sighs, and teases that while they have time, he can quiz them to make sure they're going back to class knowledgeable. Dona can't help but mutter that sometimes it hurts being friends with professors. Still, Eve can't help but be a little amused at Faunt getting that old persona back, and soon the lot of them climb in, prepared for a long trip.
----
The scene cuts back to the Rugan castle, where Gorithima is seen transferring various documents and tomes about along with some other guards in the halls. Estmi themselves are at a desk, piles of crumpled paper about as the lion has failed to attain a satisfactory solution. They're seen stopping to massage their face a little when the scientist enters. He asks if they need a little shut eye, though Estmi is quiet. Unknown to them, however, some guards deeper in the castle are seen getting swiftly knocked down and tugged out of sight. The lion remarks that they've been reading up more and more on the issues among the kingdoms, and they don't feel any closer to actualizing a solution.
The lion groans and steps away from their desk, looking towards a painting in the room depicting the shores of Diluba. As they do, more soldiers are seen being quietly disposed of. The ruler can't help but wonder how things went so wrong. They were doing fine enough before that thing threatened them all. Now, there seem to be all sorts of problems within the kingdoms' various shadows. The rat in the room shrugs, saying that plenty of people were rattled from that battle. They all were probably trying to recover in the meantime. Estmi is quiet again and looks at that painting some more. They seem to want to say something, but the two in the room become aware of the sound of battle in the halls.
The two grow concerned and make their way out. And once they make it to the source, they can see various strangers have snuck through the defenses and thrust the patrols into chaos. Some are hurling bombs at targets, others have used powerful magics to knock down clusters of them, while other guards are being ganged up on. Estmi and Gorithima are both horrified, the latter pondering how they could've broken in like this. Estmi asks where Faunt and the others are, before remembering they're with Eve. The lion supposes they're going to have to hold out until they come here. They tell the rat to take up arms, to which he does. And thus, the duo is forced to defend their home.
Players will have to spend a couple of rounds taking on a few enemies. The rat is able to use Break skills to reduce certain affinities in order to let either himself or let the lion strike harder. It'll be a rough process, but after either 10 rounds fighting a seemingly endless wave of enemies, or after having their HP reduced to near death, Estmi will groan that they're not feeling their strongest right now. And things only seem to grow grimmer as that strange raccoon nb is seen entering the scene.
----
The carriage continues onwards, with Dona, Ren, and Wol trying to find places to lounge. Eve looks out, seeing the curtain of night starting to take over the sky. Eve can't help but yawn. Faunt is seen up on one of the upper levels of the carriage to observe the road ahead. However, he'd take notice of some strangers on the road. The stallion rings one of the carriage's bells to try and usher them out of the way. However, the various strangers decide to approach instead. The knight grows weary and tells Egilica and Osloca to get ready. At that, one of the strangers pulls up a bottle full of fire, and hurls it at them! Shocked, Faunt would swing his arm to divert the bottle and cause it to explode on the field somewhere.
The various party members are alerted at the sound of the explosion, where they look out and see the attack. Osloca and Faunt leap down, the former telling Egilica to get the kids back to the castle. Eve tells the two that they can help, but Faunt tells them they don't need to risk themselves like this. The skunk tells the group that they'll be fine, they'll meet them back at the castle town. The cow takes the reigns and begins leading the carriage while Faunt and Osloca work together to drive off the attackers. The party can't help but look on in worry as they're left behind, though the stallion is seen blocking a fair few hits while the skunk dances around and works to disarm the foes. At this point, players are given control, able to drive the carriage through the field and towards the castle. Players can adjust their parties accordingly, and will have to be careful, as there are other attackers in the field that might force players to engage them.
After maneuvering through the fields, they make it to the Rugan Castle, where they can see more rioters at the gates. Guards are trying to stave them off while some of the squad members managed by the Purple Blades House are trying to stop the rioters. The cow stops the carriage and the party steps out, Finnegan wondering what the heck is happening. Rebla remarks that this attack just so happened while some of the more prestigious guards were escorting them into Hoarg, this surely can't be a coincidence. Eve says that Estmi's still in there... She says they have to help out, which gets the others agreeing with her. Ren can't help but glance towards Egilica, as if expecting her to oppose, though she simply loads her crossbow and says that they need to at least clear the chaos at the front.
Thus, players are able to do battle with the rioters in the castle fields. Fortunately it isn't that hard a fight for the group, for with some smart moves, they should be able to defeat them. Now the field in front of the castle is calm, though the group can still hear the sounds of the scared citizens in the city. Egilica approaches one of the guards and asks what's going on. They answer that some people in civilian clothes slipped past them and started attacking them from inside. They haven't been able to confirm the status in the castle town. Egilica asks if the ruler is ok, to which they say that they weren't able to identify just yet. This only makes Eve more scared. Fortunately, at around this time, Faunt and Osloca are able to enter.
After Egilica relays the news to them, to which Faunt is horrified over chaos breaking out like this. Osloca says that they need to secure the ruler. Eve says that she'll come with them, but Faunt says that she and her friends need to stay safe, there's no telling how bad the situation in the castle is. But Eve shakes her head, saying that she refuses to let her guardian be in danger. Dona agrees and says that their majesty has been awful kind to each of them. Telle agrees, and Wol says that if Telle and Eve wish it, then so be it. The stallion seems to want to argue, though Osloca says that they don't have a lot of time to argue this point. If these guys want to help fight these guys off, then the lot of them will make sure to protect them. The knight supposes they're right, and tells each of them to stand ready.
Thus, players are given the objective of going through the castle and saving Estmi. It should be noted that Ocre is in the field and able to be interacted with. She offers to lend some of her troops, though Faunt says that if they add too many soldiers into this mix, they'll just make things more chaotic. The sparrow supposes that they're correct, and instead offers them first aid whenever they need it for their trip. Either way, the party is now able to go into the castle. Quickly upon entering, they'll find that some guards are under attack from groups of rioters, to which Osloca says that Estmi may be a priority, but helping soldiers along the way should make their trip up a little easier.
The group progresses through the castle, taking care of enemies along the way. If they save guards, some can provide them items to aid their progress upwards. Once they make it up a couple of levels, the group hears the sound of some weapon clashing and feel the castle shake. Telle asks what that was, to which Osloca says that can only be Estmi in combat. Egilica says that at this rate, either they'll break or the castle will. They need to hurry! And thus, the party races upwards, now needing to worry about a time limit. They need to get up to some of the upper levels and work through other enemies, but with enough work, the group should be able to make it to their destination.
Once they get close, a cutscene plays, showing Estmi and Gorithima in combat with a pair of alligator warriors who both wield greatswords, and that raccoon nb who wields a large axe. The alligators send beams of light, Estmi blocking one with their greatsword while Gorithima generates a magical wall to block the other. The raccoon leaps towards them and tries to slam their axe upon the two, the force of the blow driving them both back. Once they were driven apart, the gators would rush the rat while the raccoon swung at Estmi, the latter weaving away before bringing their weapon up, blocking the attack with a loud clashing gonging through the halls. They try to press against each other, before the lion asks them why they're doing this. The raccoon declares that they're doing something the ruler isn't: something.
They try to weave around each other, though instead find themselves needing to run with each other while keeping their weapons pressed against each other as Estmi asks them what they're talking about. The raccoon explains that for years, the rulers have been out of the public, stuck in mourning, healing, and the people have had to suffer because of it. Estmi is finally able to stop and let the raccoon's weapon glide off of their greatsword and past them, before swinging down on them and forcing them on the defensive. The raccoon continues and explains that Ruga especially has had it bad. They act like they had it the worst, like they needed to heal more than anybody, while people like them had to either grin and bear it or suffer for their loss.
They lift a hand towards the lion's feet, sending a burst of wind that drives them off. They say that rulers like them get to sit down and cry for years and spring back to a cheering crowd. But what about nobodies like them? If ol' Finoul needed time to clear their head after their family and village was erased, they get labeled as lazy! And just to add insult to injury, Estmi hasn't even done anything since they returned! The raccoon raises their axe and swings repeatedly, forcing Estmi on the defensive as they adjust their greatsword to try and resist those strikes, though they're driven back inch by inch with each hit. Finoul declares that they've spent all their time worrying about that Dragon while people like them only ever had themselves to rely on! They swing harder and harder and start to cause cracks to form in the ground from the various strikes.
Estmi says that they're trying to help their lands, they're going to make things better, though Finoul dares them to say what they're going to do. The lion is quiet, and the raccoon declares that they knew it! They rear their axe back and swing, Estmi diving to the side to avoid a wall-shattering strike. Estmi gets up and apologizes for failing their kingdom. If they had the power, they'd snap their fingers and undo all of the pain the kingdom's people endured. Finoul tells them that "sorry" isn't enough, just in time for Gorithima to be brought to his own knees by the alligators. Estmi glances in time to see the rat overwhelmed, and the raccoon seems ready to deliver another strike. However, a gunshot is able to stop them in their tracks, forcing them to pull back and see the party charging in.
Dona is seen with a smoking gun while Egilica loads a shot and Wol holds some of her throwing needles. Those two launch sharp projectiles towards the raccoon, who leaps away to evade them. Finoul grunts that the people failed to keep them back. Faunt tells Finoul that they're under arrest, though the raccoon declares that this isn't over. The two gators race to block them off from the raccoon, where they declare that this clock is ticking for the lot of them. Rebla rushes forwards to try and get around those swordsmen, though they're able to hold her off with quick bolts of electricity. Eve asks Estmi if they're ok, to which they nod. They tell the group to stand tall, it's time to finish this.
With that, players are forced into a battle with the Hoarg Sellswords. The duo are fairly powerful with high magic and physical damage, bearing Slashing and Electricity attacks. One wields the ability to buff up Strength and Magic while the other wields the ability to buff up Endurance and Agility, encouraging players to hit them with Magic. The group should be able to reduce their damage with Faunt and Gorithima able to resist their damage types while having decent healing. However, once one of their HP gets low enough, they'll begin to have access to Charge and Concentrate, being able to deal more than double damage with their respective damage types. Players are encouraged to work on debuffs and hit them through whatever openings they can find, and with enough work, they'll be able to defeat the sellswords.
The gators lay overwhelmed, Osloca making sure to separate them from their weapons. Faunt says that he'll see to it that these two are imprisoned and tells the rest to corner that raccoon. Thus the party races towards where they ran off to, towards a room in one of the halls. Through it, they'll found the wall broken, revealing the exterior. They look down and find that Finoul had fled down to one of the walls. They make it to the edge before glancing back, seeing Eve and Estmi glaring at them. However, the foe would flee down into the city, leaving very little room for the party to pursue them. Estmi returns to the hall of this floor and tells Osloca to organize a search party while telling Faunt and Egilica to look for any injured.
Time passes and several of the party members are trying to relax, though they're still clearly high in tension. Estmi sits in a chair with one hand on their sword, Eve looks towards them in concern, Telle and Wol and Ren and Dona are sitting near her to try and keep her calm (uncertain of how to tend to the ruler), while Rebla and Finnegan and Gorithima can be seen trying to straighten out some of the mess on this hall, if only to keep their minds busy. Eventually, the guards return, where the lion asks them for updates. Osloca reports that they haven't been able to locate the individual in this hall, unfortunately. Egilica says that they healed whoever they could but... 12 guards have been confirmed dead and 15 may be suffering long term injuries. Estmi sighs and holds their face in their hand.
Dona asks if the rioters are coming down, to which Osloca explains that they've been scattered and fortunately appeared to leave the rest of the castletown untouched. Though, the civilians are still terrified. Egilica warns that it'll take a long time for things to calm down here, especially if word gets out that the person responsible for this attack escaped. Faunt asks if it'll be wise to lie to the people, though Gorithima points out that otherwise they'll have to admit that they presently have no way of cornering that Finoul. The stallion shoots him a glare, though Estmi says that now's not the time to bicker. They say that the lot of them should take some time to rest while they figure out some way to sort through this mess.
Telle asks if they'll really be ok doing that, though Estmi says that they have a duty to answer to their people as soon as possible. First things first, they'll need to delay many activities, before telling the students that that includes their next semester. And then... they remain quiet for a bit, before Egilica supposes they should relax their mind a little to make sure they can think clearer later. The lion seems like they want to argue, though Eve says that everyone here's gotten really stressed, it's probably for the best that they all find a place to rest. The lion remains quiet, before the Dragon says that she doesn't know if she can rest if she doesn't know whether they are or not.
That seems to convince the lion, and they decide to follow her to the sleeping quarters. Thus, the royal duo makes their way through the halls, leaving the others. Dona asks the elders what they plan to do, to which Gorithima says that he should probably follow their majesty's lead, and suggests the lot of them should too. The coyote complains that they won't even have class tomorrow... Faunt says that he should probably spend the night organizing proper evaluations of the guards to make sure they're in alright spirits after this attack, and Osloca says that she's probably gonna have to drink. Egilica says she still has people she needs to look over, and tells the lot of them they need to go rest in their own quarters.
Finnegan argues that Eve probably still needs them, though Gorithima interrupts and says that what she needs is time to relax. He and the cow begin to escort them out, the bunch of them still being uncertain about leaving their friend alone. This leaves Faunt and Osloca, where the skunk repeats the name, "Finoul". She asks the stallion if that name rings any bells, to which Faunt says that that name was among the Rugan Generals. He remembers they served the kingdom up until... 18 years ago. Osloca mutters that it sounds like that war of old isn't quite over yet, and Faunt says that he does feel it needs to be investigated, but he knows that such an endeavor would lead to more hardship for their majesty. The skunk points out that one way or another, hardship is going to find this kingdom, which causes the stallion to pause. He says that he's not sure if he has the heart to betray their majesty like that, and the swordswoman seems to want to argue with him, though she does admit she feels that similar obligation... She ponders why this couldn't have just been over already.
Augua 3rd, 1434
A year has passed since the previous incident, and Ruga appears mostly recovered though still feeling some of the aftershocks. There's notably fewer people in the castletown than before with some travelers entering with small squads of mercenaries just in case. Rebla in particular is seen with a fair bit older snow leopard nb following her, this one dressed in some slacks from Enror and with something resembling a boomstick sheathed at their side. The otter and the snow leopard travels and makes it to the road the college is set at. There, fewer students than before can be seen, though she can take notice of the usual suspects, sans Eve and Finnegan. The otter approaches and the group waves her over.
She approaches, and Dona asks who the new guy is. The snow leopard bows to the group, answering that they are Ickivol, new hire House Higura to defend the young Higura. Telle asks if that's really necessary, though Rebla says that after the last semester was cut short over the civilian unrest, Maize decided that his legacy would need protection. Telle supposes that makes sense, before nervously remarking that a bunch of their families wanted them out by Octuar. Wol mutters that there were more attempts on the castle, though none as successful as that one with Finoul. Ren remarks that that guy never showed up since that one attack, did they? Dona says that as fun as hm'ing and aha'ing over info is, should they be doing this in front of the new guy? Ickivol says that they are just here to make sure no one tries anything against the Higura legacy.
Rebla does say that Dona does have a point: there's plenty they need to investigate into still. However, they are moments away from another semester, they should save discussion for the hangout spot. Telle does decide to ask if anyone's seen Finnegan, to which Rebla says she'd be surprised if he was allowed anywhere near Ruga after everything had gone down. Ren does understand it, but after his work with them, it does feel like there's a big hole in their group. Ickivol starts to ask if they're talking about the Diluba prince, before placing a hand over their mouth to shut themselves up. Telle says they can participate, though the snow leopard shakes their head. Either way, Dona says that it sounds like the student body is making their way in.
With that, everyone enters, making it to the assembly hall where that familiar hawk, Rotisho, stands. The student party can also notice a group of guards set up around that familiar princess, though now she stands a little taller than before and with some longer horns and slightly bigger wings. She waves upon seeing them. They wave back before taking their seats, and it takes a while, but the principal is soon able to get the student body's attention. They welcome each of them, apologizing to everyone for the setbacks their college had to endure. They say that they wish that they could say everything will go back to normal, but the civil unrest in the kingdom before the end of last year had scared off a fair few members of staff and students. Several of them will have to get used to new faces, though they assure that no matter what, their halls are here to keep them safe and help them all grow.
There's some murmurs of contemplation from the student body, and the principal says that they have another announcement. Just like when they first opened these halls, a royal has agreed to be educated here. This causes the student party members to perk up, with Dona asking if they're all thinking what he's thinking. And then, a group of Diluba guards are seen entering from one of the halls, and among them is that fox prince. The various students are shocked at this news and offer greetings, to which Finnegan offers a stylish wave. Ren remarks that his parents didn't want him here back during the Enror/Helluam conflict and wonders why they agreed to this despite everyone else being hesitant. Rebla agrees that it doesn't make a whole lot of sense. Telle asks if they should ask him about it, though Wol mutters that she's unsure if they'll even be allowed near him.
Either way, Rotisho eventually calms down the crowd, and tells them all that it's a brand new semester for everyone, and they all have a bright future. He tells them all that their assembly is dismissed. With that, the various students spread. The student party members, plus Ickivol, make their way to the royals, Eve approaching Finnegan. As they get close, the Diluban guards stand threateningly before them all, though the fox says that these guys are alright, adding that he doesn't know the snow leopard but if they trust them he's fine with them. The guards seem hesitant, though hold onto their weapons and let the crew get closer. Eve remarks that she was scared she wouldn't ever see him again.
Finnegan says that it's taken a fair few months of discussion and good favor to convince him. Fortunately, he managed to get Ferengi to believe that braving Ruga like this could give Diluba some rapport while the other kingdoms remain uncertain. Wol mutters that she should've figured there was some ulterior motive, though Telle says that it's nice to see him again. Rebla says that they can do the usual friend stuff, though Finnegan does say that his parents did say he should be carefully monitored during his visitation. He's not sure how much time he'll have to hang out with them, which does disappoint a few of them. Still, Eve does hope to make the most of their time here, and with that, the students make their way to their classes.
----
The day progresses with the students going through the various classes. Notably, Faunt's Enrorian replacement is gone with Faunt taking their position, though he is seen struggling to run his course with the usual fervor. Liplo similarly is missing, replaced by a Rugan parrot woman known as Deon. Other than that, there stands two more classes: Alchemy and History, the former run by a squirrel nb that immigrated from Hoarg a few decades ago named Eleon, and the latter run by an old Rugan turtle man known as Hidge. And all the while, there stood a few more armed guards around the halls than previously. The various students wrap up their day, and finally they're dismissed.
Rebla remarks that it felt nice having Faunt back in class once more, Eve nodding too. She says that he's still not at a hundred percent after his fall, but he's been supplied by gear from King Ocka and his lab. Dona says as nice as it was seeing him in the class, he doesn't feel totally good about him still being made to work. Telle admit that she always felt bad about him continuing to go on the front lines despite his injury, though Eve says that he's been real stubborn about that. He says that his life is solely dedicated to fulfilling Estmi's goals, regardless of what may happen to him. Ickivol can't help but understand, though the moment some of the party members glance towards them curious, they clam up.
Finnegan tells Rebla's guard that they're perfectly free to interact with them all so long as they're going to hang with them, though the snow leopard shakes their head. Ickivol says that they're to focus on Rebla's safety, before adding that they couldn't even really engage with them all, they can't follow the stuff they go over in that college. The coyote does suppose that things can get a bit complicated, though Ren adds that they don't just have to talk about the class stuff. Ickivol shakes their heads and says they're here to keep Rebla safe. Wol mutters that the addition of more weapons around here hasn't helped make things feel terribly safe...
Ren supposes that's another talking point: that guy that started all of this chaos. Eve asks if he's talking about Finoul, to which the herbalist nods. He says that they previously posited the cult had been using political issues to cause chaos and get at Eve, and, assuming they were involved with this, at Estmi. Finnegan asks if he thinks that Finoul was involved in this Monster business that's kept creeping up, to which the fox says that they cannot rule out the possibility. Telle says that if they are or aren't involved, they haven't popped up since that first attack on the castle. Dona says that that just means they'll have to find them again, they just need to find out how.
Rebla does have an idea. She says that previously the cult utilized that Fallen Star, where they found that bizarre magical signature. If Finoul is involved with all of this, then maybe there's a chance that they can find them if they find out more about that emblem. Telle asks how they can do that, to which Dona says Morge held onto that one symbol for over a year, perhaps she's figured out something. He says that it'll be a while until they can fully get in contact with her. Eve supposes that that means they'll have to send one of them to contact her and hopefully figure out a means of tracking down this strange being.
Augua 3rd - Augua 6th
Players have a bit of free time while they wait for Morge to reach out to them, and in the meantime, they have the chance to pass their time however they wish, though presently Ickivol will join along with the group for Rebla's sake, though players can't form a social link with them yet, them saying that they are purely here as an employee of House Higura. During this time, players can learn a bit about the snow leopard, where they are revealed to wield a Boomstick, with which they deal Stab damage. They come equipped with Charge and multi-target Stab skills, the former of which allows them to deal even more damage to targets. Other than that, they have access to the Freeze ailment to stonewall certain targets and leave them open to some additional damage.
Players can also speak with some of the people on the streets in order to get a read on what's been going on in the previous year. Several sellers and innkeepers can be seen complaining about how they haven't had nearly as many tourists. Some civilians say that they still think they should be allowed to hold onto a weapon: there may not've been another attack lately, but you never know... Several guards can be seen gossiping about how they'd love for their people to feel safer, but you never know who could snap these days...
Meanwhile, over in the Purple Blades House, Ocre is revealed to have more Squads available to manage. The sparrow remarks that a lot of these people wanted to unite together to be able to own some weapons, but fortunately she's able to hire some people to keep them in check. Eve asks if she's sure she'll be ok managing all of that, noting that she'll probably have to take some responsibility if they do something that hurts a bunch of people. The sparrow says that she's willing to take the chance, she's been getting more money. She just has to make sure her men are up to snuff.
The night of the 4th will come. There, Rebla will meet up with the others, where she says that they've gotten into contact with Morge. She says that she'll be available on the 7th. Other than that, Eve will have to look out for a class question on the 5th in History. Time will eventually pass, and the 6th rolls around, where Finnegan will ask if they're all ready for this. Dona remarks that as unsettling as this strange magic is, this feels like a necessary step if they're going to bring order back to these lands. The rest of the party is in agreement. Ren says that he'll see each of them tomorrow, before the lot of them part.
Augua 7th
On this day, the party has their day of college, before coming out. Rebla meets up with Eve, the others behind her, and says that she's rounded up everyone for the visit. Eve nods and says that she's also ready to speak with her magical-ness. The otter says that she's set up at her office, so they better be on their way. Thus, the group makes their way over to the residential district where they visit one of the hotels. Before they go up, however, the guards accompanying Finnegan stop him from advancing, where the fox realizes he supposes he can't come with them, they're probably intimidated by him going in this building on his own. Eve asks if whether or not they can come in, though Wol mutters that a bunch of foreign guards storming some hotel will only cause danger. Telle says that they'll be back soon, and thus they make their way up.
They make it to one of the halls and stand outside of a door. There, Dona turns towards the snow leopard accompanying them, and warns that what they're about to touch on has the chance to unsettle and disturb, remarking that they can step away if they feel like they can't take it. Ickivol, however, says that if anything could threaten the Higura, they choose to stand with her. The coyote seems unsure, though Rebla supposes that it can't be helped. With that, she knocks on the door, before it soon opens up. And on the other side is the panther, who greets the lot of them. Eve remarks that she hadn't gotten the chance to talk to her since she came back for the semester and asks how she's been. The professor answers that she's been, let's say, busy. She wonders who the other guy is, prompting the group to quickly explain. She greets Ickivol then, and invites the rest of them inside.
The group enters and can see a somewhat messy room, one corner consisting of a desk with a bunch of student papers on it, one corner having a trashcan overflowing with some of Morge's own research papers, and one corner bearing many, many papers that are stacked around the floor. Beyond this section is a doorway that leads into a bedroom area. Ren remarks that he never really considered what goes on in a professor's living space... Eve remarks that it's the start of the semester, how could she've gathered this many papers? Morge says that the majority of this has been part of her personal research. While she was out of Ruga, she's had the chance to work independently.
She says that after they told her about Syncata, she felt compelled to investigate that area. It took her a long time to get proper permission, but someone she is not permitted to reveal the identity of actually helped her into the site. The various students share knowing glances, already forming some ideas. Eve asks what she was able to gather from the site, to which she explains that the residuals left by whatever form of magic this was had seeped into the environment, giving her a lot more opportunity to gather information on these particles. Dona asks what she figured out, to which she admits that she feels more lost.
It's weird, every other observable magic element has some presence in the material landscape, but this... She holds open a hand and begins gathering energy, forming a ball of that strange, glitch-like effect around her palm, causing shocked gasps from the party, and especially from Ickivol. Ren remarks with amazement that she can cast it, though they quickly realize that she's holding in the pain she's feeling. She dissipates the orb and holds down her hand, the group now seeing brand new cuts over her palm and fingers. She says that, not only is this thing not observed in their elements, but it seems to act in defiance of the material. It's as if this strange presence was meant to oppose what else exists.
Telle can't help but shiver, with Dona asking how something like that could manifest. Morge says she has no idea where or when it came from, but the more she's studied it, the more she's been able to feel bits and pieces of it out in the world. Sometimes these particles are too small to deal notable damage, sometimes she's seen travelers bisect themselves on a collection of the particles stretched out like a piano wire. Rebla seems to grow contemplative on this knowledge, though Ickivol remarks that they can't let their lady linger too close to something like this. The otter states that she's fine while Dona realizes, she's been detecting this stuff. The panther nods, and he asks if she's been able to detect any more of those weird summon symbols, though she says she hasn't yet.
Telle does bring up that this strange stuff seems harmful and wonders if they should really risk her getting close to this stuff. Morge, however, says that, regardless of the danger, she can't stop now. The more she can figure out about this strangeness, the less she can fear it. Eve strokes her chin, before being aware of the snow leopard wanting Rebla to get out of here. The Dragon says that, regardless of the danger, there's still a lot of land to cover, there's no telling where they should look into first. The other members are in agreement, where Telle supposes they should probably step away and think on this more. The group thanks Morge for what she's offered them before leaving.
----
The party stands outside, thinking about the stuff they learned. Ren supposes that if they are to find any more signs of those summoning sigils, and thus where that maniac may be, then they might have to rely on Morge. Rebla remarks that if they do that, they'll need to first narrow down their search area, to which Dona asks how they'll manage that. The guards never figured out where Finoul ran off to, to which Telle supposes they have to figure out something. They'll surely figure something out in the future, but for now, they should probably rest on this info.
Augua 7th - Augua 10th
Players get another period of free time, though they're left with only the evening of the 7th. During these few days, the various party members are trying to figure out where Finoul could've run off to. Dona's asking various guards, Telle and Wol are outside Ocre's guild hall, Rebla and Ickivol are seen at another guild with the otter trying to pay for someone to gather information, and Ren can be seen meditating, hoping to divine some path forwards. Eve can also go up into the castle to listen in on Estmi, with them remarking that this attack has set back their political progress by years... The lion greets Eve and hopes that college is doing well for her. Eve answers that it is, and asks if they could use anything, to which the lion muses that they suppose they could use some "make everyone happy" magic... They apologize for the little outburst, and say that they're going to make things better. They swear. Right now, they need to fix up relations with the other kingdoms...
Other than that, optionally, players can come upon Ponta yet again, the lizard asking Eve if she's been alright, it sounds like things have been getting more dangerous. The Dragon assures that she's doing fine, and asks if he's talked with Morge at all. He admits that he has, her apparently wanting to discuss with him some weird magic. Eve is quiet for a moment, before players have the option of asking him if he can teach her about that magic. The lizard is worried, and remarks that this is very dangerous, very unnatural magic. Eve says that they're going up against villains that are relying on these magics more and more, unfortunately, and they need to be able to match them. The lizard asks if she's sure she wants to keep getting involved, to which she says she'll be involved whether she wants it or not. The retired mage is quiet for a moment, before supposing that he can, though says she'll need to be in top form to learn these spells. With that, players can now learn Void magic from Ponta's Compendium, magics that, though resisted, can steal deal a ton of damage (especially if players learn how to bypass resistances) while reducing the caster's health.
On the night of the 10th, Eve is about to go to bed. However, Estmi approaches her and clears their throat. The Dragon greets them, and the lion says that they've sent some letters to the other kingdoms to hopefully be able to approach the royals and re-establish good will among their nations. Eve remarks that that'd be very good, and asks if they figured out anything. The lion says that the other rulers wished to calm down matters as well. Apparently a few of them were inspired by Ferengi and Rofok when they sent Finnegan as a sign of good will, so they figured they'd set up a royal get together in order to show the continent that they trust each other.
Eve seems startled, though asks what they mean. Estmi says that the royals plan to send, with squads of guards and diplomats, their kingdoms' princes and/or princesses. The Dragon remarks that it feels like forever since she managed to see them again, though, she's quiet for a bit, and wonders if they'll be safe. Estmi will make sure that things will be safe, they're going to gather the money necessary to bolster their soldiers and protect their paths. The Dragon nods and says that she looks forwards to it. The Rugan ruler says that they're expected to arrive on the 26th. Eve says that she'll prepare for that then, Estmi thanking her and is sure that they'll appreciate seeing her again. They make their way to their own room, and Eve can't help but feel some worry over this new bit of news.
Augua 11th
The next day comes, and the students go through their classes. After they wrap up, the party meets up at their usual hangout spot, where Eve decides to tell them all about what Estmi spoke about. Telle remarks that that actually sounds nice, though Rebla says that it's also risky. Finoul is still out there, and for all they know, they could assault the royals. Dona asks if they'd even know about those guys being moved over, to which Eve says that whether they are or aren't, she doesn't want to take any risk. If those guys could uncover another one of those summons, there's a good chance one of the royals could be... There's a grim silence among the party as it dawns on all of them how bad this could play out.
Dona supposes that means they'll have to speed up their search efforts. Finnegan asks if any of them found anything, to which Dona says the guards apparently haven't seen anything other than the fact that the raccoon ran off to the northwest after the attack, but that was over a year ago. A few suspect that they might've been involved in that one riot in Octuar. Rebla says that she's had a few sightings of raccoons around Ruga, with Telle and Wol affirming the same thing. Ickivol is notably uncomfortable over all of this discussion, though Finnegan can only reason that if that raccoon is planning riots, then they must remain somewhere in Ruga. He thinks that their best bet at this moment is to compare the sightings they uncovered and seek around the relative areas. Ren admits that it's a longshot, but they don't have much of a choice. He's ready to seek them out with them, the rest of the party affirming as much while the snow leopard is unsure.
They take Rebla aside and tell the otter that they're not sure if she should be working on this. The otter tells them that this issue could gravely impact Eve and the rest of Ruga. Ickivol says that she has a duty with House Higura, not with Ruga, not enough to risk her life like one of Ruga's soldiers. Rebla responds that these matters have impacted Eve and her guardian gravely, and she simply wishes to assuage her distress. Ickivol says that there could be grave consequences for House Higura if anything were to happen to her, though Rebla simply shrugs. She says that regardless of what they choose to do, she'll still stand with Eve and the rest of her friends. The bodyguard is quiet for a moment and contemplates, before sighing. She makes her way back to the group, and the snow leopard follows.
Similarly, the Dragon approaches the guards overlooking her and her friends' safety. She's a bit sheepish, and talks with them about what's going on while leaving out what they found out involving that summon symbol and Morge. She'll guess that they'll probably want to shoo her off, though Faunt raises a hand to gently cut her off. He says that, were this to happen a few years earlier, he would've told them that this is a purely military issue. However, he supposes that they have shown considerable promise. Besides, he's unsure of if the guards would be able to locate the villain in question. The princess seems to perk up, and Faunt says that his shield is ready to aid if they need, Osloca and Egilica nodding in affirmation.
Augua 11th - 24th
Starting on the 11th, players have a goal: narrow down on Finoul's position, and make sure they can't cause any chaos during the royals' visit. Any attempts at approaching Morge would be halted as one of the party members agrees that they need to lower the amount of area they need to search before they reach out to her. So, right now, the team is tasked with exploring around the Rugan fields, starting out over on the north side to check out some of the villages near where Finoul is claimed to've been seen. It should be noted that, just in case players want to deal with other issues in the field, they're able to avoid the main story objectives.
One objective is a village a fair distance from the castle and relatively close to the Helluam and Hoarg border. This village is known as Inthitol, and it appears decently tended. Rebla says that if they're going to find Finoul, they need to ask around for the raccoon. Thus, players are tasked with investigating the village. Asking around reveals that this village has been doing business with one near the edge of Hoarg to keep themselves afloat, otherwise they're typically overlooked. Other than that, the gang is able to find a raccoon merchant, apparently the only raccoon this village knows, however he, not only uses different pronouns, but is also an entire foot shorter than them. After some clarifying questions, the party confirms that this is the only raccoon sighted over there, and thus cross this village off of their list.
Another objective is a village to the far north, in the middle of the fields that's roughly equal-distance from the Rugan castle and the Helluam border, some of the foliage starting to get thicker, a telltale sign of Helluam's natural greenery. This village is known as Linik, and it appears fairly run down. Ren tells the group that they'll need to ask around for the raccoon in question, and thus the group spreads out to search for them. Speaking with some people reveals that this place is often overlooked by the higher ups, with a few unsure of if this village will even last another year. It should be noted that after finding this village, players can unlock a sidequest to donate enough money to it to give it upkeep, failure to do so will lead to this place becoming a ghost town by the next year skip. Other than that, the part learns that there were two raccoon sightings around here, only to find that they're a brother sister duo that've been offering cleaning services to the houses here. With that, another village is crossed off the list.
There stands one more village that the group narrowed down on, the village closer to the border of Helluam, Enror, and Ruga, this field having more forest and some large slopes near it. This village is another rather dilapidated looking one, it bearing some thug-looking types. This is the village of Eional. Estmi, Faunt, Osloca, and Egilica stand firm, several of the thugs looking more on edge upon seeing them. Dona remarks that he feels like he saw some of these guys as bandits in Helluam, Rebla saying that some of them look like they come from Enror as well. Faunt says that this village's original residents couldn't maintain this place and went off on their own. Seems like some vagabonds decided to take up residence in the ghost town for themselves. Telle mutters that she feels kind of scared, with Ickivol telling the group that they should probably hurry up over here. Rebla says that they look like they won't try anything as long as they've got Ruga's big guys on their back, and orders them to ask around.
Asking around, several of the strangers in the village appear to be fairly quiet. One genderfluid stoat in some Helluam thief garbs in particular is seen being talked with by Estmi and Dona. The stoat says that he/she/they don't have anything to say to them, though Dona tells the stoat that a lot of people could get hurt if they don't find this Finoul guy. The stoat glances towards Estmi before scoffing, remarking that they chose a funny time to start caring about others. Or is it because this is happening in Ruga that all of this is important? The Rugan ruler tenses up, though Eve says that this isn't about Ruga. Finoul might be wrapped up in something that seems intent on hurting all of the continent. Diluba, Helluma, and Enror have gotten wrapped up in the crosshairs lately, and now Ruga is being dealt with, and he'd bet it's at least partially because they helped pacify those issues. Dona agrees and says Finoul could be looking to sow more chaos across Eslio, it likely won't stop with just Ruga.
The stoat is quiet for a bit, during which Estmi apologizes for their own failure in keeping things safe for this land's residents. They plan to forge a future for everyone, to make this a place where everyone can thrive. And right now, they need to pacify the one responsible for the chaos in Ruga. The stoat is quiet again, though says that the raccoon they talked about camped out here a while ago and held some meetings with other vagabonds. This causes the present party members to perk up, before Dona asks where they are. The stoat explains that after they realized their gang was coming here, they ran off to those hills to the northwest. With those news, Eve thanks them/him/her before dashing off with the others. And now, the party has another destination, one that'll hopefully bring them straight to the foe that's made things scary in Ruga.
----
Before the party can make their way over, Dona remarks that the fields over there are certainly a lot more narrow than what they had to deal with before, but that's still a wide area over there. Finnegan is also afraid that, if this guy is indeed affiliated with the cult, they're probably going to have a lot of subordinates available to them over there. Telle says that if they need to find them specifically, then maybe they should get Morge to seek out any signs of that freaky magic. Rebla nods and says that that'll be their best bet. That'll mean having to turn in for the day. With that, players have the goal of speaking with Morge.
Upon reaching her apartment, the panther comes out and greets the group. Eve tells her that they need her help finding some more of that strange magic she uncovered. The professor nods and asks where they need her, to which the direct her. And now that she's been reached out to, Ren says that they should hopefully have Finoul cornered, and says that now's the chance to strike. Wol mutters that they should prepare themselves, just in case. Either way, the party now has the objective of investigating the hills near the Helluam/Enror/Ruga border. And upon getting to the border, they can see Morge. She notices the guards and the ruler themselves accompanying the group and bows.
Estmi tells her "At ease", and Osloca asks what she's doing over here. Morge says that she'd been studying some of the weird magics she'd seen recently, and the party seems to think that she could help them seek the foe out. Egilica is unsure of if they should let her get involved, though Morge swears that she'll stay out of trouble. She may not be a fighter, but she more than knows how to read magic. Eve says that she's been a real good teacher and tells the adults that they'll only benefit from her help. Estmi is still unsure, but supposes she could be helpful. She tells her to make sure there's always a capable warrior within at least 30 feet of her. With that, the party now has the task of investigating the Twicktil Hills.
The party thus makes their way into the hills, the terrain proving mildly difficult to go around. They need to find pathways around some of the slopes in order to make their way forwards, as directed by Morge. Scattered throughout are various enemies, feral or bandit, that prove to be decently challenging at this point in the game. As the party advances through the hills, however, they soon come upon some strange people wearing big masks. These masks look to be designed in such a way that if worn one way it looks like a large smile, but if worn the other way, it looks like a large scowl. The mask-wearing rogues take notice of the group, the latter already taking up their weapons. Despite taking up offensive poses, the enemies don't appear to have words to exchange. Finnegan mentions that he has some weird feelings about these guys and suggests they should make sure they're properly prepared.
At the player's discretion, they do battle against the Dissenters. The strange foes bear some powerful magic, and also come equipped with the passive skill, Evade Physical, making them fairly likely to avoid physical attacks, which can be decently troublesome considering that they take less damage from Magic. Worse still, they come with unique skills that influence Eve's social stats! This means that they have the ability to alter the Dragon's ai and force her to behave in ways that may not be optimal for whatever the player built her for. Other than that, players should be able to wear these foes down. Once they're beaten, the party can be seen panting, though Estmi comes over to one of the masks.
They take it and reveal an odd aura around the wearer's eyes, the lion suggesting that someone placed a charm on their minds, with Telle remarking that it must be somewhat like what these guys did to Eve. Morge remarks that mind-altering magics aren't the type of thing to be available to just anyone; the kingdoms collectively agreed to keep such spells under lock and key. Eve asks what that means about what they're dealing with, to which Rebla ponders if that means one of the kingdoms are assisting these people. Estmi is quiet for a moment before saying that they can't make any assumptions until they capture Finoul. After the fight, Dona will ask Eve how she's feeling, to which she says that she feels like those Dissenters' spell have lessened a little, but she still feels weird. The coyote suggests to her that so long as they have time, they shouldn't be afraid to return home if she needs to reconsider her general strategy.
Either way, players can progress further into the hills, following Morge along the way. Eventually they get close to one particular hill very close to the base of the Enror mountain range, the panther professor warning that she can feel some growing density of that strange magic. She warns that whatever they're up against feels like they could be some real danger. Thus, at the player's discretion, they step forwards. They make their way up the hill, and at the top they can see a campsite set around, and Dona remarks that he sees that raccoon in there. Indeed, they sit near a pit with an odd glow to it, them appearing rather contemplative. However, around the border of the camp is a set of enemies guarding the camp, them already taking up arms as the group comes close. Despite this, Finoul seems unresponsive, simply waiting for this current fight to unfold.
Fortunately the gang should be able to defeat them easily enough at this point. The party advances, though Morge warns them to stand back. The party stumbles to slow down when tendrils of that strange magic unfurl and swing, forcing several of the members on the defensive. The raccoon sighs, and remarks that they wondered when the lot of them would find them. Faunt declares that they are under arrest and orders them to come quietly. Finoul looks into the pit, and Rebla looks on curious, where she notices it seems to be some shard of stone that has that odd static emanating from it. The raccoon says that when they were lost, the Monster reached out to them... Hearing that immediately gets the lion to grit their teeth and tighten their grip.
The raccoon says that the world ended for a lot of people years ago, it just so happened some people weren't ready to die off yet, simply living. Finoul can't say for certain if they would've just coasted along or if they'd have slain themselves long ago, but then they were given a purpose... Eve asks if that purpose happens to be turning everyone just as miserable as them. Dona follows up and says that it does sound pretty awful what they've gone through, but that's no excuse to sow chaos into the kingdoms! Finoul, however, chuckles and begins to stand while drawing their axe. They say that their own despair isn't the cause of this... They suppose they wanted to shine a light on the fact that those precious royals are just as mortal as everyone else.
Estmi asks what they mean, to which they say that all the kings and queens and rulers get propped up, treated like the high beings of society, always allowed to look down on the people. Estmi even gets to sleep at the point the Draconic Gardens meets the world, and what do they have to show for it? A kingdom that's been in the hands of its military for years, thrust into disarray and teeming with poverty, displaced villagers, and bandits scattered over the roads. But it's not just Estmi. All of the kingdoms have failed their people, and they're simply sweeping away the big problems. Estmi says that they can't just snap the problems away, they swear they would if they could but they still need to consider a lot. Finoul says that they've all had years to get better...
The raccoon says that they've seen the continent in its heyday and watched it get worse. The stone with that strange magic radiates more and more, and Finoul declares that they've all put their lives in the hands of people like Estmi, and for that, their life was done for! At that declaration, those tendrils sweep outwards and attempt to strike past Eve and Estmi and instead target the others. Ickivol shoves Rebla away from one, Finnegan uses his glaive to vault away from another, Morge and Ren and Wol and Dona are able to narrowly duck under some, Faunt shields Egilica from another, and Osloca is able to flip over one before rushing towards the raccoon. Before she can strike, however, the tendrils pull back to form a protective shield before the warrior.
Eve looks over the frightened group, and particularly upon Estmi, before gritting her teeth. She says that she doesn't care about the mistakes the rulers have made! She's here, Finnegan's here, they're all here for something better! They're not going to keel over like Finoul would prefer! Hearing her rally them, Estmi would take up their blade and the other party members rally forwards. They take up their weapons, and engage Finoul. The raccoon is primarily built around dealing damage, buffing up their own attacks before hitting the party with single-target, multi-target, or even multi-hit Smash attacks. They also come with moves that can lower a target's Mentality or Defense, intent on making them take more damage. And as if that's not bad enough, at the very end of either round, the strange shard will generate bolts of Void energy to hit party members, piling on even more damage. Players should rely on methods of reducing damage taken and keeping their health up.
When bringing Finoul below Half, the raccoon asks what point is there in "making things better"? What's to stop someone further along from screwing things up all over again! Dona tells them they can't just throw out everything because their life isn't up to snuff! Ren says the future contains far too many unknown variables for them to just decide to tear everything down. Telle further declares that they've spent far too long wallowing in despair, they could never see the chance to make things better for themselves! The raccoon growls and declares that they don't care about their baseless hope. The world's been on a decline, and the best thing for it is to let this end! They thus hold their axe high and channel more magic in. The rangers attempt to fire on them, but those void tendrils are able to block the bullets and bolts. More energy is channeled into the shard, and more and more of those tendrils extend from the shard embedded into the mountain.
The top of this hill is awash with a miasma of that alien element, the various party members gasping as they feel the immense pressure. Eve asks what's going on, though Estmi declares that all they can do is power through it! Now the fight progresses with the Heaven's Shard being a targetable opponent now. At this point, Finoul can now cast Void magic, and in addition the Shard can, on top of casting those Void bolts, place reflective barriers on Finoul or even attempt to Freeze party members so that they become even more susceptible to their axe. The Heaven's Shard has lower health and defensive stats compared to Finoul, but it bears extremely high Poise, so players aren't likely to get One Mores attacking it. At this point players should have access to some Summon magic for Ren, which should hopefully allow them to have ailment cures cast repeatedly on a single party member, so that could prove useful. Or they could even try to use the ailments against the raccoon by using reflective magic to redirect their blows at them (although they resist Smash damage). Either way, with enough work, players should be able to take out the last of Finoul's and the Heaven's Shard HP.
With that, the strange shard falls to the ground, cracked, while Finoul stumbles back and holds their chest. They gasp and huff, struggling to stay standing. Seeing this, Estmi and their guard step forwards. The lion declares that it will take a miracle to recover from what their meddling has done to Ruga. They don't know what it'll take to get good will back with the other kingdoms... yet, they can't say they necessarily have malice towards them. The lion's guard glance towards them curious, and the ruler continues, admitting that they have failed them... they failed a lot of people. They are serious when they say they want to make things better for everyone... Finoul seems to lighten up a little, before sighing.
They say that whatever they plan to do, it doesn't matter to them anymore. While they step ahead to the future, people like them... there's nothing for them further down the road. They were fortunate to've stumbled into power, otherwise they'd have died a starving beggar. But there are hundreds that won't see that fortune. Do they have any idea how many innocents die to the elements while people in power get all big and fat? Estmi looks down. Finoul says that for all their hope and their work, there are people they will miss, souls that will only know despair. Egilica then declares that if that is the case, then they'll work together to help out as many people as possible. Faunt then says that, right now however, they're under arrest, none of the party members aware of the Heaven's Shard twitching.
Finoul grins, and declares that their soul will not belong to Ruga's fetters. With that, the Shard suddenly shakes. Morge's fur stands on end, before she orders everyone to get back! The party is confused, and suddenly, a force cuts through the air, powerful enough to shove them back! A beam of that static has slammed into the raccoon! They're thrust off their feet and several feet off the hill and towards the ground below, still smiling, all the while the Heaven's Shard shatters. Shocked, the party rushes down. However, as they descend, the camera shows Finoul getting coated in that strange element. They praise the Monster in a strained voice as they're completely covered, before the particles disperse, revealing nothing left of them.
The party has made it to the base of the hill where they've started searching around for that raccoon. However, they find no signs, save for their axe. Finnegan asks if they got away, though Wol mutters that they looked far too injured to flee. Dona asks what could've happened to them, before, with a degree of worry in her voice, Eve can only imagine it's like what happened to Perusive. That thought brings a foreboding atmosphere to the party as they realize that must be the only explanation. The group can't help but feel like they haven't won here, though Estmi supposes that they've taken out the figurehead of the mob. Eve asks if that means the riots will stop, to which the lion admits they don't know. At the very least, that's one less fanatic... Either way, they say they've done everything they can do out here. Thus, the party is prompted to leave, though as they do, Morge can't help but be curious. She's managed to snag the pieces of that Heaven's Shard before Osloca doubles back. Morge apologizes and says she went to hide after everything went down, before the swordswoman says that's understandable. She tells her to come along, before escorting her out of the Twicktil Hills.
Still, Ickivol can't help but wonder just what the lot of them have gotten into. Eve admits that there's a lot to go over, though the snow leopard says that the lot of them can't be getting themselves in trouble like this! Not while they're taking care of Rebla! The otter declares that she's survived for this long. This has been frightening for each of them, but they've chosen to power through it. The snow leopard stands unsure, asking if they're sure they'll remain ok forever. There's an uncomfortable quiet among the group, though Dona says that at the moment, they're the only guys that can stop all of this. The shotgunner pauses, feeling more and mor out of their depth, though decides to bite their tongue and continues to follow them.
----
With that, players have free time to relax until the royals visit. In the meantime, they can do the usual things to pass their free time. Players can also get some updated dialogue, with some civilians noting that it feels like the guards have gotten more tense. Rebla can remark that the people still aren't aware of the royals visiting. Telle can't help but be shaken at how deep Finoul's despair ran, and can't help but wonder if she could've turned out like that. Ren can be seen pondering on how they'll get a lead now... Either way, more time passes.
On the night of the 24th, Eve is about to rest. Before she does, Estmi approaches and asks if she's doing alright, the Dragon affirming as much. The lion is grateful to hear that, and also has to say that the staff is going to work on setting up for the royals' meeting the day after tomorrow. Eve would like to help out, the ruler grateful to hear that. She asks if she can invite her friends over, to which the lion assures her that's fine, that lot are fine people. Eve does seem happy at her guardian's approval. As they make their way back to their own quarters, Eve can't help but feel the need to speak up. She asks them if they're doing alright. The lion pauses for a moment, and assures her they are. The Dragon is more than familiar with how they tend to dodge further questions, so she simply decides to tell them that she's very happy to've ended up under their care. The lion seems to lighten up upon hearing that, and thanks her. With that, the two head off to their own quarters to sleep.
Augua 25th
The next day comes, and the castle staff is moving. The civilians in the town around it would take notice and started to clamor about what could be going on. Meanwhile, the students plus Ickivol would make their way towards the castle gates. Once they reach there, they're greeted by Eve and the top guards. The Dragon thanks the lot of them all for coming to help out with setting up their meeting with the royals. Telle says that she'd be more than happy to help out over here. Dona does have to wonder... he turns towards Finnegan and asks if he knows anything about the other princes and princesses.
He did actually get to meet them in the past, though never in a group. He remembers Prince Idli being pretty full of himself and a bit overbearing, but being one of the smartest people he'd ever met. Dona remembers meeting him, with Wol muttering that he never did tell them what he'd want of them. The fox also remembers Princess Folga from Helluam being pretty stern and hard to approach, but also being really strong. There was also Prince Tenko from Enror, he was pretty energetic and kind of invasive, but ultimately well meaning. Eve notes that that is all helpful to know. She just sort of wishes she didn't have to wait so long to chat with them. Finnegan remarks that Estmi did take forever to open up to the other kingdoms. Osloca does recall that the ruler was hoping to establish good will with the other kingdoms with this meeting, Rebla pondering that this may also be trying to show they're trying to open up to them as well.
Either way, Gorithima clears his throat and says that they all should know by now that last second cramming isn't going to help them much. For now, they're here to make sure the royals arrive to a warm welcome by tomorrow. The rat brings out some papers and hands them out, telling them that he figured they'd work better in teams to cover more parts of the castle. Eve thanks him while Ren remarks that he's punctual as usual with his lists. Ickivol is seen looking confused at their own lists, and the scientist recommends that they all get to work soon, there is a lot of ground to cover. Faunt says that, though there was a nicer way to put it, he's right. The party is all in agreement, and thus begins to spread.
----
What follows is a brief montage as the various party members go around various parts of the castle to help out with cleaning and decoration. Dona is seen working with Rebla (who still has Ickivol accompanying them), Ren working with Finnegan, Telle working with Wol, and Eve is going from group-to-group tow ork on stuff. During the progress, the various party members can be seen chatting with each other. Dona is seen asking Rebla how likely it is that this kind of work will get them noticed back home, though Rebla reasons that being regarded as a royal servant is hardly a higher honor. Ren can be seen asking Finnegan if it's entirely usual for someone of his... status to do work on this, though Finnegan says that he's been taught to keep everything nice and tidy, plus he does enjoy a proper amount of organization. Telle meanwhile, setting the table, swears that the fancy silverware keeps going missing, earning some suspicious whistling from Wol. The groups work and work, until the evening comes to.
The party, sans Rebla's group, have met up at the courtyard. Eve can be seen looking on the hedges cut into the shape of a pair of Dragons for a bit longer of a moment, though she faces the rest of the party, saying that it feels like everything's about ready. Telle asks where the others are, though they take notice of the trio finally coming down. Finnegan asks what took them, to which Ickivol sheepishly admits that they might've slowed them down. They needed to ask their master about what the instructions were asking of them. The prince fox asks what they mean, to which the snow leopard is quiet and turns down before admitting that they never learned how to read. If Eve's Kindness is high enough, she'll assure them that there's no trouble, everything was finished in the end, earning some social link points with them. If not her, Telle will extend the sentiment.
Either way, Faunt says that everyone came together to make sure the meeting tomorrow would be as presentable as possible, and he thanks the lot of them for the roll they played in all of this. Ren says that it was a pleasure, and Dona, feeling a bit curious, asks if this event is purely royals, or if they'll have a place in it. The stallion glances towards the other elites curious, though Gorithima says that the more guards they have in these walls the better. Osloca agrees that's as good a compromise as they can ask for, to which Egilica says they'll need to run this idea by Estmi first. Either way, Faunt says that it's getting late and tomorrow is a big day, just in case the lot of them should prepare for any eventuality. He also says that he looks forwards to seeing his and her majesty at the feast as a royal, looking towards Eve and Finnegan. The two of them nod, before the many party members part.
Augua 26th
On this day, the sun rises yet again. From the various kingdoms, carriages can be seen making their way across the plains and towards the main capital of Ruga. These carriages are very ornate and lined by some powerful-looking guards. One bears the emblem of Helluam, one bears the emblem of Enror, and one bears the emblem of Hoarg. The carriages pull into the capital, where several Rugan guards stand at the ready while Estmi and Eve stand out in front. The camera also pulls back to reveal Telle, Rebla, Ickivol, Dona, Ren, and Wol on the castle walls and looking down as the royals approach, them seeing the Diluba guards marching into the square with Finnegan out front.
Meanwhile, the various royal carriages open up to allow the royals inside to exit. From the Enror carriage comes tiger boy of a pretty large build in a red coat with white pants. From the Helluam carriage comes a somewhat lithe yet muscular raccoon woman in a green cloak with a black ensemble underneath. And from the Hoarg carriage comes Prince Idli, the students on the castle walls already figuring there'll be trouble when he comes in. The various royals approach the Rugan royals, Estmi greeting each of them. They apologize for never taking the time to meet them each individually, but hopes to make up for lost time. The raccoon, Princess Folga, says that her mother spoke highly of them. The tiger, Prince Tenko, suddenly goes forwards to give the lion a powerful handshake, saying that they've heard all sorts of tales of their strength. The ibis decides to give the duo a few feet, and says that he also looks forwards to getting to know the two of them personally.
Thus, the royals advance inwards, Estmi and Eve leading the rest of them in. As they do, those on top of the walls are quiet, before Dona asks if it'd be too naive to hope that Idli forgot about their deal...
----
The princes and princesses are led through the courtyard, banners bearing the colors of the various kingdoms hung up while guards stand at the ready in case anything happens. They press on more and more until they make it into the central hall of the castle. Estmi tells them that they have their lay of the area, guards designated where they can and can't go. They're free to chat among each other. They explain that their meal will be ready before the end of the hour. The various royals present nod before the lot of them spread to check out various bits of the main hall, the students having made their way in to observe them, and also to make sure Eve's doing ok.
Tenko can be seen speaking with Estmi while Folga is checking out some of the paintings, showing off some scenes between Estmi and the kings and queens while they were in training. As those guys are communicating, Idli takes notice of the students standing guard before starting to come over. Ren spies them and Dona tries to have them disappear all nonchalant-like, but before they can get far, the Hoarg prince remarks that he hadn't taken them for the types to be seen in the castle. Though, he does suppose that the Dragon must've given them special perks. Telle does tentatively agree that they wouldn't have gotten here if it weren't for Eve. Prince Idli nods, and says that, speaking of Eve, he does seem to recall he had an arrangement with them.
There's a sense of defeat among the group, with Rebla asking why now of all times. Idli responds that he hoped to seek them out sooner, but with tensions rising in the kingdom, Queen Inola figured one unmonitored message being sent could cause further unrest. Hearing that, Telle asks what he wished to ask that he didn't want his mother to know, to which the prince has to admit that this secret comes from... embarrassment. The party is only more confused, though the prince says that the favor he wished of them... is how to become friends with Eve. There's a pause among the group, before Wol asks "Come again?"
The ibis says that he hoped he was getting on the princess's good side back in Vstika, but then she rejected that resort... He figured that he'd earn favor with the royal if he granted her special catering, but she chose them instead. He just wants to know what led to her wanting to hang out with them instead of choosing his gift. The group is quiet once more, before seeming to feel a wave of relief wash over them. Dona asks if that's all, though Idli says that he's sure it looks easy for them, but he still remains an outsider. He can't imagine how he's supposed to break bread with such an influential figure like this, though Ren answers that part of the problem is that he's thinking of approaching her with political gains in mind as opposed to genuine friendship. The seal agrees and answers that she's here for genuine companionship, and it'll only hurt her if he comes at it with an ulterior motive. There's another pause, before Idli asks how he can genuinely connect with her or whatever.
While the ibis talks with that group, players get to control Eve. She has the chance to go around the hall to chat with some of the guards as well as the other royals that'd entered the palace. The guards can be heard chatting about how it was starting to take so long, they weren't even sure if Estmi would ever see the rest of the royals. Other than that, Tenko is still beside Estmi, Folga is down one of the wings looking at some of the paintings, and Finnegan is over in the courtyard. Eve can either chat with each of them, or chat with Estmi to move the conversation along.
*Eve approaches Tenko and her guardian. Upon speaking, the muscular tiger turns to the princess and greets her. He offers a firm handshake, remarking that her divine strength truly is something to feel rather than hear about. He says that he hoped to get to know about her when his dad talked about her. Eve remarks that she didn't realize he spoke so highly of her, though the tiger says that it's hard not to talk highly about divinity brought to their world. The Dragon can't help but be a little weirded out, sort of remarking that she was starting to get used to being a part of this world... Tenko apologizes, saying he didn't mean to impose or anything, with the Dragon saying that that's alright. She asks how things have been in Enror, the tiger answering that Ocka's been working with several of the nobles to develop fancy gear. Estmi's about to ask what they're making, though Tenko realizes he might've spoken a bit too far; his mom and dad hoped to keep some things under wraps, apparently not too trusting after that incident in Mism. Estmi does suppose that, given what all's been happening, they can't be too judgmental about some secretiveness. Tenko shrugs and says that, whatever the case, he does hope to keep up good relations.
*Eve approaches Folga and sees her looking upon a painting of Estmi and the other royals pressing the tips of some training swords together, the five of them in some training garbs and looking like teens. The Dragon greets the raccoon, her nodding warmly towards her. She turns back to the painting, and says that she remembers seeing her perform back that one Abris. The Dragon remarks that it feels like ages ago since she stood on that stage before everyone. The Helluam princess nods, and says that she hoped to have another meeting eventually, she actually got a little jealous when she heard that the Diluban got into contact. The Dragon gets a little nervous and admits that things have been a bit complicated. The raccoon seems a little solemn, and does remark that her mom had been struggling to get in contact with Estmi, and word on the street is that Prince Finnegan sort of acted independently of his own parents. Eve nods. She does hope to get to know them more, and the raccoon says that that would be nice.
*Eve approaches Finnegan and sees him checking out some of the hedges. The Dragon asks if the plants are keeping him good company, with the fox shrugging. He's not sure about if he'd truly be offering much considering how much they hang out already. The Dragon supposes she understands, but what about the others? Finnegan admits that he's not sure if he gels that well with the others. Tenko's friendly but a bit too in his business, Folga seems to have her mind focused elsewhere, and Idli's a bit uptight. The Dragon supposes she understands. Still, Estmi did organize this for better relations for each of them. Finnegan nods and supposes he understands. He supposes he'll stand here a little longer before going back in.
Either way, players will soon speak with Estmi, who says that their lunch should be ready. At that, the princes and princesses are soon gathered by the guards, with Idli finally leaving the students' sides to follow the crowd into the mess hall. The students plus Ickivol follow, curious about what is going to happen with this little excursion. They make sure to keep their distance, and see as Estmi has led them all into a room with a bunch of buildings with a menagerie of meals placed upon them. The lion says that they weren't sure what all they would wish for, so they decided to make a bit of everything. He tells them all to dig in.
With that, the lot of them spread out to collect plates and search out the food. As they do, Faunt sends Osloca to check on the guards bordering the castle to make sure there's no incidents. The skunk nods and makes her way out and leaves the group to gather a meal. Once they do, they all gather at one table that's been set up with no food on it. Eve sits down first and the other princes and princesses take pause for a moment, trying to think about who should be the first one to take their position. They could risk distancing themselves from the princess, or they could risk making it transparent that they may wish for some connection with her. However, as they mull over this, Idli presses forwards and takes his seat next to her. The others suppose it's time to move, and thus take their own seats, Tenko sitting on the other side of Eve while Finnegan and Folga sit next to Estmi.
They thus begin to eat, with Idli deciding to speak with the Dragon. He's quiet at first, as if trying to figure out what to say to her, before thinking to ask what her favorite color is. Eve is slightly confused at first, though supposes she likes violet. The ibis nods and says that he kind of likes light blue. The Dragon nods to confirm she heard, though there's another quietness as the ibis struggles to figure out something to say to her. As she does, Tenko breaks the further silence remarks that he's surprised about how much trouble was lumped onto her lap previously. He asks if she's doing alright, to which she nods and supposes that she's recently settling into things, deciding not to blurt out that there's more going on here than riots. The tiger affectionately smacks her back, saying that that's the spirit.
The tiger says that there've been a few riots over in Enror, and says that if she needs a hand, he'd be willing to lend a shoulder. Folga mutters that he should probably worry about his kingdom before stretching his support too thin. Tenko asks what she means, to which she says that Enror's infamous with poor relations between governors and the civilians, there've been plenty of riots in the past. Finnegan thinks to clear his throat in hopes of interrupting this train of conversation, and says that the five of them here are still learning, there are people above them to worry about stuff like that. The raccoon nods, saying that she's just been trained to worry about the bigger picture and whatnot.
Estmi takes a deep breath as the moment passed, and says that they do wish that this world can be catered to the lot of them so they wouldn't have to worry about such things. Finnegan assures them that there's no trouble, with Idli saying that he's sure things will get back on track once their majesty establishes proper communication with the rulers. The lion bows their head, muttering "Yes..." Seeing them looking upset, Eve says that they've been making great progress. They helped cleared the riot problem after all, Folga nodding. She remarks that their majesty's strength has been heralded once again following the assuaging of the riots. Tenko nods, saying that he can only pray he can one day achieve the kinds of feats they're capable of. That does seem to brighten Estmi's mood a little, them thanking the youngers before continuing eating.
The meal continues on until the bunch of them couldn't eat anymore. Evening has become to come down over the land, and Folga says that she thinks it's about time for them to return home. Tenko says that he's sure he can spend more hours here, but his parents had requested he returned home before the end of the day. Estmi understands, and thanks them for attending this meal. The staff heads in and begins to gather the plates while Idli glances around, seeming to want to voice his own concern. However, the ones at the table, including Eve, would begin to get up, with the four others thanking their majesty for the meal.
The lot of them begin to make their way out, Eve following behind them. They soon make it to the courtyard, where Tenko says that he'll always be grateful to've met her majesty like this. Folga apologizes that they haven't spoken much, but she does sincerely hope that in the future, they can speak more. Idli chimes in, saying that he really hopes they can speak more, perhaps about violet things if she wishes to in the future. Finnegan and Folga can't help but smirk a little at the display, before Finnegan also says it was nice meeting them. The others are in agreement, with the raccoon remarking that she's surprised that his parents let him back here so soon before all of them, he's usually very picky about this sort of thing. The fox admits it took a lot of contemplating, but here he is, attending their college.
Folga remarks that she has heard about the facility, though she's not sure whether or not her own mother plans to place her in it. Idli mutters that he doesn't exactly need to, while Tenko says that if it means spending more time with the Dragon princess, he'd love to check it out! Folga does bring up that they'll have to make sure their parents are comfortable with the Ruga situation before they agree to letting them in, causing the tiger to stroke his head nervously and suppose she's right. Either way, Folga says that she personally hopes for further relations. With one more bow, the royals, sans Finnegan, make their way to the square to take their rides to their kingdoms.
At that, the rest of the party studetns steps forwards, with Telle remarking that that looks like it went well. Dona says he doesn't know about relation stuff, but this is sure to make things hunky dory with Ruga and the other kingdoms, yeah? Finnegan says that etiquettes were respected and there were no incidents, it certainly feels like the riots in Ruga should be behind them. Wol asks if Idli impressed at all, to which Eve says that he was... attentive, she supposed. There's a light chuckle from the students, with Ren saying that, be that as it may, it does feel like they've finally hit a point where they can just relax, right? Eve nods, saying that as nice as it was meeting them all, it did get a bit stuffy trying to be an uptight princess in their presence and all that. The group supposes that they should probably go rest and maybe find some time to hang out tomorrow, and make their way out.
----
The camera cuts elsewhere, showing a camp in the woods with that familiar bear and armadillo. The duo sit, the woman remarking that they had an unfortunate loss with Finoul. The bear says that they were bold if nothing else. Still, they have shown how fragile these bonds are, haven't they? The armadillo nods. Just one of them was able to isolate the kingdoms, and they just needed to stoke the powder keg. Still, Finoul did offer them plenty of aid in growing this organization. The bear says that all they can do now is make sure their sacrifice wasn't in vain. They just need the perfect circumstances to drag Draconian Strength right into their hands...
==Chapter 6: Union of Eslio==
The night comes following the royals' visit. Eve exits the scene before coming upon her friends. Telle asks if it all went well, and Dona asks cheekily if Idli left a good impression. Eve says that it felt nice chatting to them. They did feel very unlike the college, it really was like peeking into another society. Rebla nods, saying that the lines between royalty and others has a tendency to be as thick as towers. They all are real lucky to've gotten to know the two of them outside of that bubble. The Dragon swears that there'd always be a place for them beside her, to which the fox seems a little uncertain.
The Diluban prince clears his throat, and supposes that things are getting a little late, he still needs to write up a letter for his parents about the recent get together. Ren does remark that he needs to align his spirits again. Dona admits that they're probably overstaying their welcome here, and wishes Eve a good night. She wishes the same to them, and thus the students plus Ickivol leave. The Dragon stretches her limbs and begins to head through the halls, where she soon takes notice of Estmi making their way through the halls.
She approaches them and greets them, the lion greeting her back. They remark that they've done very well during their meeting with the royals. She admits that it's felt pretty different from her usual conversations. The Rugan ruler admits that it's a bit out of their own comfort zone, but they're at least getting closer to reintegrating into the political sphere. They just sort of ended up talking more about themselves... Eve remarks that they certainly seemed to take kindly to them, to which Estmi downplays it and says they owe a lot of that to their reputation. Eve shakes her head and says that they're a powerful leader. She doesn't know where she'd be if she wasn't taken care of by them.
The lion smiles at the complement and rubs the back of their head. They do agree that she's been growing into a fine young lady. They suppose that they're rather tired now... They say that they'll be resting now. Eve nods and says that she'll be off. She thus leaves to her room to sleep. And as she does, the scene briefly cuts over to Helluam, showing the carriage bearing Princess Folga. The carriage passes along the streets before arriving at the castle, it consisting of guards set upon scaffolding across several large trees that bear marksmen. There are thick walls with several other powerful guards around them. The carriage comes close to the main castle, where she steps out. Once she does, the camera briefly frames it to have the moon, it waxing. She's seen visibly sweating and adjusts her cloak before pressing onwards into the castle.
Augus 27th
The party wakes yet again, and fortunately, it's a day off from the college. Estmi and their guards are going to work while Eve's friends make their way out and towards the meeting grounds. Once there, Eve says that, now that a lot of stuff has calmed down, they should probably talk a little about these recent developments. Dona notes that, as much as he hates to admit it, he doesn't feel like they've learned a whole lot. Just the hypothesis that one of the guys they're after was leading that revolt against Ruga, and now that guy is gone. Ren, however, points out that they have learned that Morge's technique has worked on that disturbing magic.
Rebla answers that that is true, but they will need to be in range of one of these sources of magic. Ickivol answers that they really shouldn't seek those out, though Wol mutters that they don't have any other choice... Finnegan asks how they're going to proceed without new information. Ren looks like he's about to suggest an idea, but he shuts up real quick. Eve supposes that they'll have to rely on any previous information they gathered from previous instances. That might be the only option they have until there's another incident.
Dona points out that they don't exactly have a lot to work with. Estmi and their subordinates aren't exactly willing to speak up about this Monster business unless they're responding to one of their attacks, and even then they're not exactly getting any useful information from the enemies. Hearing this seems to get Ickivol concerned, though Ren decides to press, saying that they can probably confirm that these guys are using various societal issues to formulate their attacks. Rebla says that's certainly a start, but there are plenty of issues the continent's facing. In that case, Finnegan supposes that their best bet is to take the incidents they've faced so far and figure out some common thread between them.
Telle says that that sounds like a good idea. She remarks that there might be some reports on the incidents in question, maybe they can learn more details if they see someone else's details on these events. Dona does suppose that they've been looking at these purely through their own eyes. There's likely some people with more insight on these events. Of course, those associated with Ruga's castle might've been coerced into withholding some information. Eve explains that it's about as good a lead as they got so far. She says that if they're going to figure out what this cult is up to, they're to look into information on the Diluban Assassination Attempt in 1432 and the Stealing of the Fallen Star in 1433. With that, the party begins to part, while Ickivol seems very uncertain about the fact that these guys have witnessed Ruga skewing some necessary-sounding information.
----
With that, players are tasked with heading over towards Ruga's Saint Hyphero Library. Once arriving at one, players can find a lemur woman behind the counter. She's excited to see them, especially her majesty, and asks what brings them. Eve asks if they have any information on some of the recent national incidents. The lemur seems curious, and asks how recent they're talking, to which they say that they need within the recent two years. Curious, she searches her records, and answers that there it looks like their lore keepers have updated up to two months ago. She points them towards the appropriate hall, and the party thanks her before heading over.
They make it in, and find several plain books put on shelves. Dona remarks that they certainly could've decorated this part, though Rebla says that they need to search for appropriate dates and locations. Thus, the gang spreads. Time passes as the group searches, and Dona and Telle can be seen sifting through a significantly larger pile of books, as well as Eve if her Knowledge stat is low enough. The rest of the group looks towards the pile in concern, before Rebla asks if they approach their college research with this much... brute force. The coyote is sheepish and tries to argue that if they have more books, they'll have more information, yeah?
The group decides to instead crowd around Rebla as she sets the journals she collected. She explains that these seem to go into the details of the college assassination incident and the Fallen Star incident. Of course, they both involved the Dragon being under attack, Ruga nullifying the threats and whatnot... The otter pauses when she takes notice of a particular passage. She says that according to these parts, members of the offending parties were taken in for questioning, though a Rugan Official had ended interrogations. That gets the party, and even Ickivol, curious. They come closer and Wol asks if it says who that is. Rebla searches quickly, and says that there's no name, no species, not even a gender given. It seems like some faceless entity from Ruga has silenced whatever information the conspirators of these cultists could've provided.
Telle is quiet for a moment, before remarking that Estmi has wanted to move on from all of this business... Could they've really gone this far? Eve shakes her head and remarks that they might be stubborn, but they wouldn't go this far. Finnegan points out that if they truly didn't want them speaking, then surely they wouldn't have let them live in the first place. Dona says that that's right... but who in Ruga would want this cult business to be all hush hush? Wol mutters that these criminals were imprisoned in their own kingomds. Telle agrees and says that surely their rulers must've been interested in investigating what they've done. Rebla says that it's not impossible, but she's not sure if the other rulers would have the same suspicions about this cult that they in Ruga do. For all they know, these could be simple freedom fighters unless Estmi told them that they're seeking this Monster figure.
Ickivol asks if they gathered anything from the Rugan revolts, some of the party members startled about them speaking up. Rebla says that, again, it's a bunch of people put in prison with little word on interrogation. In that case, there's a very real chance that the majority of people taken into custody weren't associated with the cult. There's an uncomfortable pause among the group, before the noble classmate says that there is a lot they need to mull over in this case. She says that it's gotten late, and they should discuss their next movements later. The party is in agreement on that, and thus makes their way back. And as Eve makes her way through the castle, she can't help but glance at members of the staff, thinking over what the journals brought up. Could it be true that one of them is interfering with their investigation?
Augua 28th
The group wakes up yet again. Estmi has, once again, gone all night studying through things that'd happened throughout their previous years of negligence. They shelve the various documents. Before them stands Gorithima and their top guards, where they say that they think they're finally getting a handle of this. Eegilica asks if they know where their resources are going, to which the ruler sighs and holds their face. They say that they'll have to use some of their materials to fix up some of the attacks from the freedom fighters and Finoul. After that, they have no idea how they're going to help out with the other kingdoms. Osloca asks about the funds the Diluban Nobles were supposed to distribute, to which the lion says that they hadn't been gaining a lot of money.
The group's quiet for a moment, before Faunt wearily asks what they should do. The rat says that the only answer would be to raise taxes, though the ruler shakes their head. They say that Finoul was able to rally that revolt by stoking some legitimate issues they've had. To raise taxes so soon after that would certainly stoke similar flames. Osloca supposes that that means their only option is to find some way to raise money around here without forcing it out of the people's hands. The cow asks how they could do that, and the lot in there is left contemplating on this idea.
Meanwhile, the rest of the party has made their way to their usual meeting spot. Once there, the lot of them sit around, worried about the information they'd gathered. Dona can't believe it... someone else is trying to keep this business under wraps? Finnegan asks Eve if she knows anyone that could be like that, to which she admits that the guards have been just as quiet about this stuff as Estmi has. But, it always sounded like they were doing so under the command of their majesty. The group is quiet again, although Telle seems to perk up. She hops to her feet and says that she has an idea.
She says that it's a longshot, but they took in some of Finoul's gang, right? Rebla nods, and the seal says that there might be a chance that the guy responsible for this stuff hasn't shut thus guys up! The party perks up, and Finnegan says that she's right. Dona asks what they're all standing around for in that case, and says that they ought to get moving! The Dragon tells them all to follow her. With that, the lot of them flee their meeting space.
The group makes it to the prison, where they take notice of the guards standing ready. Eve asks to speak with the prisoners gathered from Finoul's gang, causing one of the guards to say that they've been ordered to limit interactions with these criminals. If Eve's Guts are high enough, she'll pause for a moment before saying that, as the princess, she chooses to invoke her status to be able to interrogate these individuals. Otherwise, she'll immediately invoke her title. The two guards are hesitant at first, though they are ultimately willing to let her pass, just her. She looks towards the rest of her gang uncertain, though Telle says that things should be fine. With that, the Dragon advances.
She makes it to various cells, revealing several upset individuals. Some bore rancor towards the Dragon while others were reverent, begging for forgiveness. Eve starts freezes for a moment, thinking about what she's going to do to get answers. She asks one of the guards if there are any prisoners stationed for interrogation. They answer that they have one ready right now. They were expecting Faunt to come to investigate them, but they can only assume their meeting with the ruler went on a little long. Thinking to what those journals revealed, Eve can't help but be a little concerned over that man possibly having some malicious intentions... Either way, she says that she'll be here to take care of that in his stead.
Thus, they lead her down the halls. They come near one chamber, where one of the guards there says that they made sure that this one had no weapons and no chance to conjure magics. Still, they are ready to come to her defense whenever needed. The princess thanks them, and thus enters. Inside sits a male okapi of slender build. He sees the Dragon enter and bows his head, reciting a prayer. Eve greets him, saying that she was hoping she had the chance to talk to him. He says that he's surprised divinity herself would come see him, but grows fearful and asks if she's come to damn him personally. She throws her hands up in defense and says that she's not here for anything like that. She just wants to talk.
She first asks him to give her his name, to which he, reverent and fearful, addresses himself as Richter. She thanks him for saying that, and explains that her name is Eve. She then chooses to ask what he'd been doing before he fought with Finoul, to which he says that he was a member of a group of holy knights up in Helluam. If the Dragon's knowledge is high enough, she'll note that she's heard of them, a group of people that supposedly sanctified sections of Helluam by growing into "divine strength". Otherwise, she'll ask Richter what these holy knights are. Either way, he says that he hoped that by following the guild's teachings, they'd make it through the roughest of strife. But then...
Eve answers his sentence, clarifying "the plague". He says that several of his brothers in arms were slain or cast to corners of the continent that he could never see them again. He tried to hold true, but even his own strength faltered as the bandits of the kingdom overwhelmed him... Eve asks what happened next, to which he explains that he was near passed out drunk one day in Hfsilou, when he was approached by these guys... That causes Eve to perk up, and she asks if one of these guys was Finoul. The okapi nods, and he explains that they said that Ruga stifled Helluam's recovery. They said that if that kingdom helped, so many would've been saved... They said that the Holy Kingdom needs to set a better example, especially if divinity is taking its throne.
The Dragon seems uncomfortable over hearing these guys using her to direct these guys' wrath... Eve thanks him for explaining that. She says that she's sorry about what he'd faced, though Richter admits that, at the time, a lot of his actions were guided by the drink in his system. When he sobered up, it felt like he could no longer say "no" to those guys. He still remembers the frightening presence that raccoon had whenever they spoke when he wanted out... He says that he can't act like he did nothing wrong, but he says that he's always wanted to do right for the divine. He says that he'll take whatever barbs they cast him, as long as he can serve her gracefully. The Dragon is quiet for a moment, before ultimately saying that she'll speak with someone about that. The okapi thanks her, blessing her for this opportunity, though Eve says that she will need to know about any other details between Finoul and his own meetings.
The duo talks a bit, with him explaining about how they went to a patch of woods northeast of Hfsilou. Eve's able to bring out a map to ask them to point it out, which prompts them to draw a circle on mideast Helluam with his finger. He says he can't remember the exact location, and Eve says that that's fine. She thanks him for offering his aid, and he just prays that this will get him closer to re-entering the Dragons' graces. With that, Eve exits, and the guards help escort her out of the prison. She soon makes it outside where she's greeted by her friends. They ask her if she got anything, to which she says she got a vague meeting location from one of the prisoners, a holy knight named Richter.
She hods out the map and circles the area, saying that he didn't remember the exact location he met with Finoul and the other men they'd gathered. Dona answers that, regardless, this could help them collect more info on these guys. Rebla, however, will point out that, unless that raccoon secretly survived that fall, it's very likely that there won't be people meeting over there. Ren supposes that's true, but still, considering this cult commonly wraps themselves up with this freaky magic stuff, there's a good chance that there could be some of those particles around the meeting area. The group seems to agree that he has a point.
Telle supposes that that means they'll have to get into contact with Morge, stat. Ren says that he'll go visit her tonight and see if they can get something anytime soon. Finnegan supposes that they've done all they can tonight. However, Ickivol can't help but wonder why not bring this up with the rulers. The party is hesitant to talk about it, with Wol muttering that those guys don't really want to involve themselves with this cult business. Dona remarks that it seems like if they're going to get anything done, then they'll have to do this themselves. The snow leopard remarks that these guys have threatened the peace multiple times, including Rebla. Eve says that they know, but this is what they have to deal with, unfortunately. Which is why they have to move as quickly as possible. The bodyguard is uncomfortable yet again.
Either way, Ren tells them that they best be on their way. With that, players are allowed the evening to themselves. A lot of the players' friends are unavailable, though they can find Ren waiting before the door to the building Morge is staying at, swaying while a pipe is in his hand. Other than that, players are allowed to do what they can to pass the time.
Augua 29th - 31st
The morning of the 29th comes and Eve starts to step out of the castle. There, she sees Ren, Telle, and Wol. The Dragon asks them what's up, to which Ren says that he managed to speak with Morge. Sounds like she's in the middle of a project, but she'll be able to see them on Septmi 1st. Telle says that he met up with the two of them, now they're going to spread word to the rest of their allies. Wol mutters that it looks like they just have to sit around. Eve thanks them for telling her, and says that she'll do what she can to prepare for whatever. Ren says that that's a good idea. There's no telling what they'll encounter when it comes to this weird magic they've been encountering.
With that, players have a few days to relax, talk to characters, gather resources, so on and so forth. Players can find some mercenaries around chatting about the recent revolution, thinking about how if it weren't for Estmi's immense strength, someone could've taken that castle for themselves by now. There are some Diluba noble servants that are seen trying to set up portraits for good environment shots (with some even offering to get the Dragon's appearance in there's). There are also some travelers from the various kingdoms that comment that now that the revolts have quieted down, it seems like a safe time to get into that college. Either way, time passes, and the 31st passes.
At the same time, as the moon hangs overhead, the scene cuts over to Hoarg, where Idli is seen studying. He's writing down various ice breakers and mulling over how he'd answer them. "Nice weather we're having, right?" or "Play any fun games lately" He shakes his head as he tears some of those pages and tosses them. As he mulls over this, Queen Inola is seen entering where she asks if he's doing alright. She's noticed he's falling behind in his studies. The prince is startled by her appearance and apologizes. He says that he'd just been looking for ways to impress that Dragon again. The queen answers that that is understandable, but until they have another meeting prepared, studying that subject right now could prove a bit fruitless.
The young prince sighs and admits she's right. He apologizes and just says that he's been second guessing his interactions with her ever since Vstika. Inola answers that the past has that funny way of weighing down on those attached to it. That's why it's important to look forwards no matter what. She tells him as long as he keeps improving, he'll get to the point where she'll be impressed with him. He thanks her, and says that he'll go back to his other studies soon. The polar bear nods and makes her way out. The prince, meanwhile, goes over to his notes, and mulls over the questions again once more. He's about to close the book, when he seems to settle on one: "You have a favorite dress?" That seems to make him think a bit, pondering over some dresses he's seen...
Septmi 1st
On this day, the group goes through their usual schedule. They meet up after class outside of the college, where Ren tells the lot of them that they're expected about now. Wol mutters and asks if Morge has been looking different. Telle asks what she means, to which she says that she's noticed more bags under her eyes. Dona asks if that could simply be her studying this freaky magic, to which Eve says that it makes sense, given that they recently battled that shard of this wicked magic. She asks if she'll really be up for helping them out here, to which Ren says that there's only one way to figure that out. Thus, the group makes their through the streets to meet up at Morge's building. The group, sans Finnegan, makes their way up to greet the panther. 
They knock on the door, where they can hear the person within has suddenly gotten up. She makes her way towards the door before opening it up and seeing the bunch of them. She steps through and greets the lot of them, being a bit too fast with her movements. She says that Ren explained they needed her for another investigation. Eve looks at her, and remarks that she doesn't look like she's slept for hours. She asks if she's really good to go, to which Morge says that she's always wide awake for a learning opportunity. She tells them to lead her, and she'll track down that magic. Wol asks if she knows they're going to Helluam, to which she nods. The group glances between each other, before deciding to huddle away from her. Dona admits that he's not sure if he's comfortable with this. Rebla says that it doesn't feel moral, but she's unfortunately the only person they know that can track down this stuff. Ren also points out that the longer they take, the more chances those cultists have to remove any evidence. There's an uncomfortable quiet, until Eve supposes that they have to agree to this, but they'll need to keep a close eye on her.
The group thus tells her that they'll bring her along, but Eve says that she needs to stay far away from any form of danger. Morge says that she's more than willing to accept that. And thus, the group makes their way out, meeting back up with Finnegan and heading to the field. Players are thus tasked to make their way towards Helluam. Once they pass the border, Finnegan feels a minor bit of worry, and asks if they should've maybe sent some message to the castle or something. There've been a lot of incidents lately, what if these guys aren't in the mood to receive them? Dona reasons that they're a small enough group, perhaps they can slip in and out unnoticed. Morge says that, either way it's too late to worry about it. Rebla says that she may be right. Eve brings out the map from earlier, having previously marked where Richter circled. She says that their goal is to search out this spot for any signs of that weird magic.
Thus, the players must travel through the Helluam roads. There are some bandits scattered about here and there, including some that have the ability to block certain physical damages, or that wield multiple Counter passives that give them a higher chance of countering physical attacks. Fortunately, smart players should be able to take down these enemies, and they progress onwards. Eventually, they make it to the suspicious area in question, it being a patch of woods with a decently-sized river running through it. Eve says that they've made it, though Rebla suddenly has a thought. She looks towards the map, and asks the Dragon if the diameter she drew is accurate to the range of the meeting space. The princess is quiet for a moment, before simply going "Uhhhhhhhh..." There's a moment of shock among the party. However, Morge simply says that they just have to search through this part of the woods for something that matches the magic they're looking for. Thus, players are prompted to search around the rough area in hopes that they have an accurate range to search.
The party searches, and with enough looking around, Morge speaks up. She says that she's detecting some of that weird magic. Curious, the party approaches and makes their way towards where the panther is motioning them towards. The group comes towards an edge of the river. The group looks down, where they can see a small hole under the water's surface. Finnegan remarks that this looks like a far from ideal spot to go through. Dona asks if they should draw straws over who should go first, though if Eve's Guts are high enough, she'll simply step forwards and dive into the water, surprising the party and prompting them to follow suit. Otherwise, Dona will say that he can do it, and shove his way forwards, the swift decision prompting the rest to follow suit. As they make their way in, the camera pulls back to reveal a red panda looking on the scene. Observant players should recognize them from one of Estmi's flashbacks.
The group makes it down, and finds themselves looking into a tunnel. Telle can't help but wonder, between this and Diluba, how many tunnels are hidden around this continent. Rebla asks Morge if she's seeing that essence down here, prompting a nod from Morge. Ren conjures a small flame on the tip of his finger to light up the tunnel. Dona loads his gun and tells the party to be ready for anything. The various party members nod and take up their weapons, Morge making sure she's behind the lot of them. Thus, the party advances. They come close to a large opening in the cave, though there's a lot of signs of movements in the area. Eve can't help but look on the area frustrated, with Wol muttering that it looks like whoever was here is gone now. Though, Ren asks if that's the case, then where is this magical signature coming from.
Players are given a moment to advance further, with Ickivol warning that they're getting a bad feeling. At the player's discretion, they're able to advance further into the cave. Morge keeps tracking down the magical source, though some of the party members hear movement around. Eve asks what that was, to which Telle says they must be related to the cult! Rebla turns towards the Dragon and tells her to take Morge elsewhere. The princess asks what she's talking about, to which the otter says that the cult wants the Dragon for something, if they're really back, they need to make sure she isn't overwhelmed. Eve is unsure for a moment, though Finnegan tells her that the rest of them are plenty strong. They can handle themselves! Eve scrunches her face in worry, before telling the lot of them that they better come back from this! She thus takes the magic teacher and rushes down one of the halls.
The various party members turns towards the source of the noise, each bearing their weapons in preparation. Soon, the red panda that was watching from outside enters wielding a pair of three-pronged boomerangs. He sees the lot of them, and upon seeing him, Finnegan, Dona, and Ren seem to recognize the stranger. Finnegan asks "Isn't that Olive's royal guard?" The guard looks over the lot of them, and asks what they think they're doing down here. Suddenly feeling like they're on the wrong side of an interrogation, Dona swears that they're just here searching for bad guys. The guard questions "While the princess is down here?" accusingly. That causes more confusion from the crowd, with Wol muttering if he means that Princess Folga is down here. The red panda declares that he's hearing too much silence! Rebla tries to shout that there's been a misunderstanding, but the royal guard is already approaching with threatening intent!
Thus, the party, sans Eve, are forced to battle Devsi. The royal guard wields High Counter, the ability to Reflect Wind, and a move to deal Slash damage to the whole party. In addition, he has the ability to use Summon magic so that he can deal Wind/Slash damage repeatedly at the end of his turns, which when combo'ed with the ability to administer Sleep can be deadly. If players get him down to half health, he'll start using multi-target Sleep spells, which means that if players get unlucky, he'll be able to hit Technical hits, and a very high chance of getting One Mores. Players will have to be very mindful of their Poise, which means Finnegan is recommended. Players are also encouraged to have means of healing or resisting the Sleep ailment, as his ability to Sleep targets is a key part of some nasty damage from him. Either way, with enough work from the party, they should be able to overwhelm Devsi!
After the red panda is beaten, the royal guard takes a knee and huffs and puffs. Seeing he's down, the party lowers their weapons though are still very on guard. Rebla tells the warrior that there's been a mistake, they really didn't want to fight. Devsi asks what all of that fighting was then, though Finnegan swears they're telling the truth, they just want to take the time to talk now. Dona swears they're just trying to search out some guys they threatening Ruga, and that led them down here. Telle swears they didn't even know anyone else was down here at the moment. Devsi seems uncertain, though he does suppose that if they wanted to, they would've killed him by now. He thus starts to stand, though Wol mutters to the group that they've probably now left Eve alone with the source of that frightening magic. The group thus seems worried.
The scene the cuts to elsewhere in the cave, following Eve and Morge as they rush down one of the tunnels. They eventually stop to catch their breaths while the Dragon peers backwards to check on her friends. The panther's fur stands on end as the sound of fighting is heard, with her fearing what must be happening with those students. However, the Dragon pauses and holds a claw to her ear, before stating that those noises are coming from ahead. The professor realizes that she's right, and the Dragon sneaks towards one of the walls. Morge cleans beside her, and they sneak towards the source of the noise, where they see a branch in it that leads into a small chamber.
Eve looks past the opening, and inside sees a chunk of stone as thick as a tree having pierced the crust to enter here. Before it stands a familiar raccoon princess, who stands before some of that strange magics, it manifested into what looks like a cloud of eyes. The manifestation stares towards Folga, before launching beams of lights that she leaps over. She bounds towards the enemy, bearing a set of thick knuckles. She gets close enough to the manifestation to deliver a downwards punch on it, seeming to generate a shockwave through the air that causes Eve's jaw to drop. Despite the impact, the construct is able to hurl her off of it, where it generates an array of dark bullets before hurling them towards her. She pivots to the side and races away, narrowly evading the blasts, before rushing over and flipping with enough force to drop an overhead kick on the foe, only for it the eyes to part and her heel to slam the ground!
At this, the construct arranges itself into several ring-shaped formations, completely boxing her in. Each manifestation of the alien magic seems to glow, and Princess Folga stands weary and on guard. Eve, meanwhile, is starting to get worried. She pulls herself in while Morge leans in closer, and by now, the strange constructs begin firing bolts of varying elements towards her. She dips this way and that, though she does get grazed on her edges and direct shots to her torso. Her ear twitches once she becomes aware of the sound of stomping. She looks back and sees Eve, who rises up to deliver a strike on the ring! The one blow is able to separate the frightening constructs. Folga asks Eve what she's doing here with a particular bit of attitude, prompting Eve to question what she's doing with this freaky magic!
However, the two are suddenly alerted as one of the eyes narrowly miss Folga while Eve is forced to defend against a bolt herself. They look around to see the separated eyes hovering and focusing on the two of them, a greater cluster of them focusing on Eve. The raccoon tells her to get out of here, but Eve swears that she's not going to leave her alone with this thing! Before they can settle on something, however, gunshots and needles suddenly snipe a few of the beasts. The group turns and sees the rest of the party arriving. With them all in place, they're able to storm the chamber and battle the eyes, them having been weakened from Folga's battle. Fortunately, with an almost dance-like grace from Finnegan and Telle, careful positioning and ranged attacks from Dona and Wol and Ickivol, some powerful strikes from Rebla and Folga, and powerful magics from Ren and Eve, they're able to swiftly dispel the constructs.
The party stands in the chamber, huffing and puffing. Dona asks how that thing was summoned, before Folga declares she summoned it. The group turns curious, with her saying that she was investigating rumors before her trip to Ruga before. Some rabblerousers were apparently spotted in this general vicinity, where she stumbled on this chamber. She touched this thing, and that strange construct appeared. Eve asks why she'd mess with it, to which she stands quiet for a moment, before admitting that she had to get stronger. Hearing so much hardship come to their kingdoms lately has made her worry about the strain this'd put on her mom, so she wanted to try and get to the point where she could shoulder some of her burden. The party works off the exhaustion, and Telle asks if she even knows what this kind of magic is.
She shakes her head, and Eve is about to tell her the story. However, Rebla stops her, and whispers that this setup is still weird. At this rate, they can't take everything she says at face value, prompting the Dragon to ask if she thinks she's involved with all of this. The otter says they can't rule it out, though Dona whispers that they've already been at the epicenter of multiple conflicts and they've confronted her before this freaky magic, it's not like they can exactly hide anything right now. Rebla supposes they're right, and thus leaves the Dragon to explain. Thus, she talks, and following that, the raccoon princess remarks that she did feel like Estmi was hiding something...
Dona asks Morge if she feels that strange magic, to which the panther nods. The coyote says that it felt like they definitively took down those other summons. Telle says that he's right, and asks if they should worry about those things in the previous incidents existing again. Folga says that during her first bout with it, she saw that thing retreat. Since then, she made sure to leave some bit of it alive so that she may keep training against it. Eve supposes that means that as long as the summon is killed, they don't have to worry about it coming back. Ren asks if leaving this thing alive would be a good idea, to which the raccoon says that she's been making sure to keep on beating it down, Devsi on standby just in case. At that, she seems to connect some dots, and asks where he is. Wol mutters that he mistook them for intruders, so they beat him and left some medicine with him.
Folga seems uncomfortable at the news, though shakes her head and says that, point is she has this situation under control. Eve says she wouldn't trust this thing with even the strongest Ruga guards. The one in the Fallen Star was a terrifying force, and the enemy causing Eslio's turmoil was able to cast a spell on that thing to generate a beast. They suspect some of those freaks were around this general area, and there's no telling what could happen if they stumble upon this piece of that magic. Folga is quiet for a moment, before looking down. She says that, regardless, she needs to improve herself, and she swears she has been with these individual fights. She asks them to give her a little more time with this thing, at the very least.
The party steps back to talk to each other. Rebla says that this thing is too much of a risk, Ickivol agreeing with her. Though Ren says that it seems like a solid point of study for Morge, could help them understand this weird magic more. Finnegan also points out that Estmi doesn't seem like the only one hiding things, with Telle asking what he means. He says that she has this look in her eyes... He thinks that for the moment, they should probably secure the area, make sure nobody slips in. Wol mutters that she doesn't know... Though Eve says that this seems like keeping it under their careful gaze might help them understand the enemy better. Besides, maybe they themselves could train off of this thing sometime.
The group comes to an agreement and breaks. Eve says that she thinks that they can let her continue with her business, though she asks that they be allowed to help stand guard. The raccoon princess says that that is acceptable, and thanks them. Rebla says that they'll send a few people over the oncoming days to make sure this setup is safe, with the raccoon, although a little uncomfortable, saying this is acceptable. She thanks them, and says they are free to go. Eve agrees and thus leads the party out. Folga, meanwhile, stays behind and, now that she's alone, appears visibly uncomfortable. She hopes that she can grow strong enough to keep herself at bay...
Either way, night comes, the many party members are left unable to do much more, and thus they rest.
Septmi 2nd - Septmi 6th
During this period, players have a bit of free time. Rebla, Ickivol, and Ren will visit Folga on the 2nd. Then Telle, Wol, and Ren head out on the 3rd. Then, Dona, Finnegan, Telle, and Wol will be out on the 4th. Rebla, Ickivol, Telle, and Ren will be out on the 5th. Then, Telle, Wol, Finnegan, and Ren will be out on the 6th. The reason for the increase in party members is because, on the 3rd is when that construct is reported to've manifested, so the group decided to increase the number of party members visiting. Fortunately, it seems like there aren't any outstanding incidents other than Princess Folga and the others containing the manifestation on both the 3rd, and the 6th.
Other than that, on the night of the 3rd, Gorithima will approach Eve and ask if she had any significant conversations with the Hoarg royals. She says she hasn't had anything big in particular, and asks what's up. The rat hands over a letter, its seal already broken though bearing the emblem of Hoarg. Eve takes the letter, and will tease that she's pretty sure opening someone else's letters is a crime. He explains that he wanted to make sure, there's a lot of talk around the continent about the upper classmen not having pure intents. As far as he can tell, there's nothing sinister with this letter. Though, knowing what he knows about Idli, he recommends watching out for any intentions he may be hiding. You never know what boys could be after with small talk.
With that, the science teacher leaves her, Eve chuckling a little at his concern. She opens up the envelope and begins to read the contents. In it, the writer is revealed to be Prince Idli. He says that he isn't sure whether or not he left a good impression, and if he did, then he wishes to apologize. Either way, he realized that she might be into dresses, and he himself has a bit of an appreciation for dresses. As such, he was wondering if, potentially, she may wish to talk about dresses at some point. The Dragon thinks on that. She does indeed have an interest in these sorts of things. In fact, she does think to write to him about what kind of dresses he thinks would look good on someone of a bigger size than her. She suspects she'll be getting a bit too big for her usual stuff. She writes down a letter before she ends her night, making sure to assure him that their previous conversation was fine, while also thinking to ask him about dress recommendations.
On the night of the sixth, Tell, Wol, Finnegan, and Ren return to Eve, seeming a bit anxious. Seeing them, Eve asks what's wrong. Telle explains that that construct manifested. It was contained, but after that... Wol mutters that the princess decided to break the deal. The Dragon asks what they mean, with Finnegan saying that after they let that thing retreat into that pillar, she told them that she won't be needing their service anymore. She said something about how she couldn't get normal civilians and a foreign prince involved in this, matter, so she hereby bars them from further involvement. Eve seems equally anxious, and asks what's being done instead. Ren claims that she says she'll bring more guards from now on...
Eve says that they can't just let this happen. Normal guards can't stand up to the sorts of things they saw these constructs capable of. She then stops and asks if that thing was at all different from that encounter on the first. Finnegan says that he wasn't sure if it was because there were less of them this time, but he does feel like it might've been a bit tougher to take down. Ren says that it feels like it has been understanding their footwork more and more... He swears Folga took even longer to land a blow on it this time. Eve says that there's no argument then: they can't sit back. She tells them to gather everybody and get ready to head out to Helluam! The party is in agreement and thus makes their way out. Eve, meanwhile, heads to her bed, heart racing, not even paying attention as Gorithima comes with another letter from Hoarg. At the same time, once Eve settles into her bed, the camera pans over towards her window, revealing the waning moon.
Septmi 7th
On this day, the group wakes up again. Eve makes her way towards the front gate, where she sees the various party members have gathered. Rebla explains that she, Dona, and Ickivol were informed of the situation. Dona asks if they should bring the guards, though Eve says that if they bring them along, they'll have to explain everything. Plus that'd mean bringing Ruga soldiers onto their soldier, and the elders are worried about crossing that boundary. Finnegan supposes it's up to them... He says that he's ready to make his way out with each of them. At that, the party makes their way to that familiar meeting point in Helluam.
The group makes their way in, and find an eerily empty cavern, save for Devsi off in the distance. Dona points out that they said she was bringing more guards here. Rebla can only assume that she lied, but to what end? Either way, the party presses on, though Devsi tries to step forwards. Upon seeing them, the red panda doesn't even bother to raise his weapons, but he asks if they're here about the princess. Dona says that they can't risk leaving her alone with that thing, and demand he let them through. He nods, and says that that thing's gotten smarter, stronger... During their last fight, he saw it use Cosmic magic and produce a moonbeam, and he's sure that thing saw her reaction... Finnegan asks why that's relevant, to which Devsi tells them they need to make sure they don't find out.
The party advances more, and as they walk, Telle asks Ren if he knows anything about that moonbeam thing. The fox says he was too busy casting spells to really notice anything out of the ordinary with the princess, though he does wonder if that might have something to do with her breaking the deal. Either way, they make it to the opening. Princess Folga stands before it, ready to react to it just in case. And then, that familiar, worrying substance leaks from the pillar and begins to take shape, resembling that myriad of eyes all bunched together like a grapevine. She readies her battle stance, though already the construct is spreading itself.
The party immediately shoves in, with Folga taking notice. She asks what they're doing here, to which Eve declares that they're not leaving her alone with this thing. Folga tells the lot of them that they can't be here, though before she can argue further, the eyes lining the walls shine. And then, towards the top of the chamber, they pool together a bunch of Cosmic magic. Folga shudders as she takes notice and she feels her head moving on its own towards it. The party looks up as well, and witness the eyes creating... a facsimile of a moon? It's nowhere near the size of the one over the world, but it looks just like it and shines all the same. Ren remarks that this is a feat of heard of only among some of the highest of mages...
Folga wails upon seeing it. She thrusts herself to her knees to try and keep from looking at it, though growls and clenches her fist. She swings them down hard enough to break the knuckles she equipped herself with. The various party members wearily ask out Folga's name. The princess snarls and stretches her body, arranging herself on all fours. The party swears she seems to've gotten more muscular and she's seen snarling. She then bellows out an animalistic snarl before lurching towards one of the walls. The eyes she's rushing towards part as she rams a fist into it, hard enough to shake the chamber. She rushes onwards and punches more of the wall, the eyes able to evade her blows while the chamber keeps shaking.
The party struggles to stand upright and Telle gasps in worry, wondering what's happening. Ren notes that it's like she's a completely different person. Wol remarks that she's abandoning all rational thought and going in full force! Rebla remarks that at this rate, she's going to cause a cave-in! Finnegan says that with the force she's putting out, they can't afford to hold back. Eve nods, and tells everyone to get ready to restrain her! At that, the party rushes in, ready to hopefully pacify her.
And with that, players are thrust into a battle with the Full Moon Beast and One Hundred Eyes. Indeed, the player has two targets here, and the fight will end if either is beaten. However, the Full Moon Beast proves to be overall easier to take down, though she's still no pushover. Dona will note that her lunacy is causing her to hit harder and wider, and indeed, attacks that should be single target strike the whole party while also dealing damage a tier higher than normal. Fortunately, this also extends to potentially damaging One Hundred Eyes. The Full Moon Beast is primarily damage oriented, though wields the power to lower the defense of all opponents, including One Hundred Eyes. If her health gets low enough, she'll begin to charge, at which point she'll use the skill Divine Fist to deal a frightening amount of damage to all targets. And while she's fighting, One Hundred Eyes will pepper the party with various multi-target damage types, while also sometimes debuffing their damage. Worse still, if players manage to get its health low enough, it'll start to use Summon magic on the Full Moon Beast, meaning that, in addition to her usual damage dealing, she can now hit party members with Magic damage in addition. It's going to be a practically non-stop train of damage, and players are going to want to do whatever they can to minimize it, either by working on evasive maneuvers, or reflective barriers. Either way, with enough work, the party should be able to wipe out the HP of either opponent.
After the fight, the raccoon growls and stamps down. If her health had been depleted, a scene plays where Devsi enters to cast a sleeping spell on her now weakened form, and at the same time, the party members strike at the Eyes around the walls, wearing them down. If the Eyes' health had been depleted, a scene plays where Devsi hurls a boomerang at the moon they projected, their strength now weak enough to allow the projection to be shattered while the party beats down the construct while Folga collapses. Either way, by the fight's end, the construct of many eyes has been worn down while the princess lays thoroughly exhausted. Several of the party members, plus Devsi, rush over to make sure that she's safe, though a small piece of the construct begins to slink towards the pillar. Eve, however, would take notice of its movements, at which she flaps her wings and rushes the beast punching down on it and finishing the enemy.
The party surrounds the unconscious princess, and Eve asks Devsi what that was. The red panda says that when she just turned a teen, she wanted to try and become as strong as Queen Olive. Part of it involved an experimental meditation to awaken some sort of warrior spirit. Apparently, this manifested in some ancient instinct around the full moon, and Folga gained that form. She's been weary of the night sky ever since, and has been trying to overcome what this thing is. The party is concerned over what they've learned, and he tells them that she's very careful about herself. She's made sure to avoid moonlight whenever the full moon is out years ago, to the point where even her highness doesn't seem to know. Ren asks if she's going to be ok, with Devsi saying that she should sleep it off. This sort of thing's never happened in the middle of the day, however...
He says that he'll make sure to look over her in the meantime. He tells the lot of them that it would be for everyone's benefit if this information is restricted between the lot of them. At that, the royal guard takes her away, leaving the lot of them standing around. Finnegan remarks that he always heard that her strength was commendable, but that was downright scary... Wol mutters that she could've probably torn down these caverns if she was let loose like that... Dona thinks to point out that that construct was really quick to pick that up. Could it have really figured out that she was capable of that, though Rebla's sure that it probably just knew that she was weary of Cosmic rays in general. Odds are, working with her like that was a bit of improvising.
Speaking of, Finnegan asks how that thing was able to learn the ways of battle like that. It was no pushover before, but they were able to get on roughly equal footing against it in smaller quantity. Now, with all of them present, they struggled to get through that. Eve says that Dragon's often fought to increase their ability, she almost wonders if their fighting caused it to grow. Ren asks if Dragon were able to grow that quickly, causing Eve to shake her head. She almost regrets slaying that thing now, they couldn't bring Morge along to observe this iteration. Dona supposes the best thing they can do is speak this to the professor. Suddenly, he gasps, and asks what time it is. Telle raises her brow and asks what he means. Rebla seems to widen her eyes in concern as well, and realizes it's midday! They still have classes! Eve's wings unfurl in worry, and she asks if they can get back in time if they run really fast. Either way, the party thinks to try, and rushes out of the tunnels.
----
The group makes it back to the college, though makes it in time to see everyone making their way out. Eve realizes they're too late. As they mull over this, Faunt and the other guards and General Roijo have made their way out and have taken notice of the party. They come over, and Faunt asks where the lot of them have been. Egilica says that everyone's been worried since when her majesty and the Diluban prince hadn't come in. The party seems to struggle to come to some sort of explanation, though Osloca is quick to notice that they'd had a fight. She asks what got them drawing their weapons, and after a bit of contemplation, Eve sighs and says that they went on a little walk before class and ended up coming across some bandits.
That fortunately seems to placate them, though Faunt tells them that they really shouldn't wander too far without them watching them. The riots may've died down, but who knows what could happen at this point. Eve says she knows, and apologizes, though swears that her friends had her back all this time. Faunt says that, still, they can't afford to let anything happen to any of them. Roijo tells Finnegan to come with him, prompting the fox prince to approach. With that, the guards step away and Finnegan is forced away from the group. Dona supposes that there's still time to meet up with Morge... He does suppose, however, that Eve being out for too long after disappearing like that could prove a bit worrying. The Dragon agrees, and says that she'll trust them to talk to her. In the meantime, she's thinking that she should form a letter towards Princess Folga, to hopefully assure her that they're fine with what they saw. Rebla tells her that the princess will probably have someone monitoring her mail, so she should be careful about what she sends.
With that, the party splits and Eve makes her way to the castle. At the same time, Estmi is back in their meeting room, speaking with Gorithima. The lion is rapping their fingers upon the edge of the table, and the rat is quiet. The lion sighs, and says that they think they're up to date now. Following the war 19 years ago, the various kingdoms had hit a bit of a recession, each with various different reasons for them. There's poverty all around, Helluam's influenced by that plague. Hoarg's healing it led to a significant shortage of resources. Diluba has had rocky relations with Helluam thanks to some major disagreements in the past, and has largely remained independent from various nations, save for sending their prince as of late. Meanwhile, Enror has faced a severe wage and living disparity between the classes, and there've been nobles that've clashed for land around the Diluba border a few years ago. Gorithima says that that all sounds right...
There's another quiet between the two, and Gorithima asks what they're going to do. The lion says that Ruga's ended up using a lot of resources on themselves, but even still their kingdom faces many troubles. They'd probably have to garner more money before they're able to assist the other kingdoms, and that Diluba Noble scheme turned out to be a dud. There is apparently money among key members of Enror, but associating themselves with those people certainly doesn't seem like a good political decision... They suppose presently their best bet is to maybe generate resources to replace what Hoarg lost, though that'd require a lot of work on their part, work that they won't be able to finish in short order.
The rat asks if that's the direction they hope to take, with the lion being quiet. Gorithima supposes that he should leave them to think on this, and thus steps out. The lion rubs their face, and asks "Why can't there just be something I need to smash my sword into?" They pull their hand down, and suppose now they'll have to look into how to restore Hoarg's resources. At the same time, Eve makes it to her room. And there, she takes out a sheet of paper and begins writing, mulling over what exactly she should say in order to appeal to Princess Folga.
Septmi 8th
On this day, Eve wakes up and begins to head out. As she starts to leave, however, she takes notice of Estmi in the library reading up on a few books, them sat with Egilica. The Dragon approaches and asks what they're studying. The lion greets the princess, and tells her that he's trying to learn about gardening and transmutation and stuff... Egilica says he's going to try and construct resources for Hoarg in hopes of fixing up at least some of their issues. Eve asks how that's going along, to which Estmi offers the Dragon a bit of advice: if she doesn't learn a particular lesson, hire someone who has. The advice earns a slight chuckle from the cow, as well as from Eve.
Either way, the Dragon makes her way out to meet up with the rest of the group. Once there, she notices Finnegan is missing, and asks where the prince is. Rebla says that General Roijo decided to keep him close after he went missing unexpectedly and got in that fight. Dona says that the ox and his men are still in the castle town, so he's probably going to still be around? Wol mutters that he apparently still needs to learn stuff over here seems like. Telle asks if she got around to sending that letter, with the Dragon nodding. She said that they don't mind what they saw and that she hopes that they can maintain relations. She didn't say anything explicitly about her condition.
Eve asks if they managed to contact Morge about what they saw with the construct, getting a nod from Ren. He says that she'll have to jot down what they offered, though she is afraid that mere hearsay will be hard for her to work with. Dona supposes that they don't have a lot to work on at the moment, they didn't catch any leads investigating the area. Ren supposes the best thing they can do is keep their ear to the ground for any current events to see if they can respond to any activity. Hearing that, Eve does say that Estmi plans to scrounge up resources to help out Hoarg. Maybe if that picks up, that could attract some of the cultists. Rebla supposes that's the only chance they have. Telle asks how they're going to help out with that, with Wol muttering that they should try researching themselves. With that, they proceed onto the college.
Night comes to pass, and the scene cuts over to Helluam's castle, where Princess Folga can be seen hidden in her room. As she rests, there's a knock on her door. It's Devsi, saying that she was sent a letter. The raccoon tells her to send it under the door. There's a pause, before the envelope is sent underneath. The princess looks down on it, and sees the Rugan emblem. She reaches for it, though stops herself. She makes her way over to another corner of the room and sits to try and cool down. However, she does glance over at the envelope a couple times.
Septmi 9th, 1435
Another year passes, and now, the kingdom has set up a massive garden adjacent to the castle town. It's surrounded by a wall under construction, and it's kept under guard by soldiers and certain freshly-hired former homeless people. Within are a few more people from off the street tended to several of the plants, with certain eagle-eyed players able to even recognize a few of them among the impoverished crowd from before. The district around the college, meanwhile, doesn't appear fixed up much. The camera pulls down to beside the garden, showing Egilica having jotted down several notes.
She makes her way through the halls before approaching Estmi. The lion asks the cow how the harvest appears, to which she says that the llwch agave and the ddyfrhau marigold are coming into bloom, and should be ready to send at the end of next week. Estmi remarks that it's still taking forever to restore Hoarg's supplies... They remark that they need to find some means of speeding up the growth of these plants, though Egilica tells them to calm down. They're making progress. Don't they remember Inola's gratitude when she heard they were offering these goods? The lion sighs and nods, though says that they still wish they could get this done faster. This is only one of several issues they need to work on. It's bad enough that they spent this long hiding from everyone, but at the rate things are going, Eve will end up inheriting several of Eslio's cross-continental problems.
Egilica assures them that she'll help figure out what else they can do to produce more plants. The ruler thanks her and begins to head elsewhere in the kingdom. Meanwhile, Eve has made her way out to classes, where she meets up with her friends outside the college. Dona asks if they got their construction projects done, earning a light groan from several of them. Eve remarks that she already didn't look forwards to Faunt being more dedicated to the guard business, but Finhoken's been an even bigger pain than back while he was recovering from his previous fall. Rebla supposes that she always figured Estmi's staff would be swapped out of the college at some point, but it doesn't make it hurt less to see someone as patient as him replaced by one of her father's brown-nosers.
Wol mutters that it almost makes you wish those cultists would show their face again just to have a distraction... Ickivol asks if the crown truly has done no more about that, to which Finnegan says that they unfortunately can't do much about the forces of evil at the moment. Those jerks seemingly know this continent and its caves like the back of their hand. The snow leopard complains that as long as those creeps are around, Lady Rebla could still be in danger... Eve swears that they're going to bring those jerks to justice. For now, they have a class to attend. And with that, the lot of them advance to college.
----
The scene cuts to inside the college, where players are introduced to more of the college, where they see not only that some of the professors changed, but also that some new classes were put in. As they noted before, Faunt of the forging class has been replaced by Finhoken, and the class has been altered into a general Construction class. Osloca has been exchanged for a Diluban immigrant, a slender marten man known as Ticken. Egilica has been swapped for a Hoarg traveler, a scorpion woman known as S'bol. Furthermore, the magic class is presently being taught by an Enror traveler, a yak woman known as Harvso. Other than that, there are now classes for Financing and Speech, the former run by a pig lady known as Rin, and the latter run by a Diluban noble, Shol of all people.
In between classes, Eve stops at some part of college and bumps into Ren. She asks the fox is he'd heard anything about Morge, prompting him to shake his head. She apparently gathered some supplies from Gorithima, then last week, she's gone on a trip. The Dragon can't help but worry, she's usually always come back into town by now... Ren's sure that she's just really burying her nose into research. As they talk, they hear the sound of a familiar voice, a certain royal and tough voice. The group turns, and they see Tenko, the prince of Enror, him accompanied by a nonbinary tiger, the same one from the flashback showing the creation of that extremely powerful blade that'd scarred Queen Olive.
Eve greets him, and Ren offers a bow, addressing them as Prince Tenko and General Siln, with the royal telling him "At ease". Eve asks how college has been treating him these past few weeks. He says that he was a bit intimidated, but he feels like he's blending in with this place right quick. He may not understand that Magic and Art too well, but Fencing's going just well with him. Plus he's knocking those construction projects out of the park! Eve and Ren hear a familiar mumble suggesting that that's because some Enror noble wouldn't want to risk upsetting the royals. Indeed, Wol has entered the scene. She decides to ask if they got the chance to hear Quoval. Tenko says that he was really trying to listen, but she was squealing every other word. The nb accompanying him says that she was saying Koyomaya's actually visiting. Eve says that she was always saddened they never got the chance to see them in college, she can't wait to see what the hype's about with them.
Following that, the group goes through more of their classes, before eventually meeting up outside of the college. Once out, Dona's seen groaning about how Finhoken is going to kill him with these new assignments... Tenko says that this art stuff seems like it'll be his downfall, with Telle saying that she and Wol can probably help him. Wol seems ready to object, but is quiet. Either way, Tenko says that it sounds like some studying is in the cards, and thus tells them to follow, offering Dona the same kindness. With that, those four go off, leaving Eve and the rest. As they stand, Rebla asks Eve if Idli's seen anything worrying in Hoarg. Eve shakes her head, saying that so far, he's only talked about dresses and asked about what kind of classes she's been taking.
Finnegan says that he really doesn't like standing idle like this. Those cultists have landed a blow on every kingdom except for Hoarg so far. Ren does point out that they only seemed to target the Rugan royals, but risking putting either of them in danger is not something they should risk again. Those guys have had a lot of exposure to either of them, there's a good chance they've learned their lessons up to now. The fox prince supposes that it's further quiet in that case... Ren decides to ask how Folga's holding up. Eve perks up, and says that she's been mailing her a few more times. Seems like she's trying to keep on training, but the sky still scares her... Rebla says that any progress is good progress. Finnegan just hopes that she'll feel comfortable enough to reach out to them soon. With that, the party starts to part.
Players are free to do whatever they wish that evening, including checking around the town to figure out what all's been going on since the change in years. Talking with several civilians will reveal that there've been a few Medicinal States in Hoarg that've earned more supplies and been able to help out some members in the northern region, as well as sell to Helluam. Some others, however, will be commenting about the Diluban Nobles, saying that they can't believe those guys would steal away so much of Ruga's good will, it's no wonder their project got shut down, those Nobles just laze around. Meanwhile, there are some Enror civilians that talk about how it's just getting harder and harder to make a living up there, and swear that either the working class is going to rise up or die quietly.
Players can find Liplo out and about at his apartment, though find that he's in the process of packing things up. Eve will wonder what's he up to, with him greeting her. He asks if her and her friends are taking their lessons seriously, prompting her to nod. She says that there's been a bunch of new staff, and it's kind of weird seeing all these things change. He knows what she means, he used to live in a village that went through a migration period, within a year it felt like everyone he knew had moved on, but sometimes, that's just how the world is. Eve asks where he is going, to which he says he has to move on. He always wished to break into some proper writing, but the old job wasn't giving him the time to. He says that he'll be out looking for inspiration. Eve says that she'll miss him, with him saying that he'll still be out there somewhere. He hopes that her future rulership goes well.
Players can also find Shol at the castletown's tavern, and when she notices Eve, she becomes very noticeably nervous. Eve greets the pheasant, her trying to straighten her feathers and greet her back. Eve can ask how she's adjusting to Ruga, to which she says that it's certainly taking some adjusting... She comments that everything's been in a whirlwind ever since the nobles' museum didn't go through. The royals declared the nobles associated with the project weren't associated with them... she's frankly lucky to get this job. The Dragon asks if it's really that hard for her to get employed, to which she says that Diluba puts a lot of stock into public appearance, and failing the holy kingdom has torn apart her public image. She says she'll do what she can here, but asks the Dragon to leave her to her drinks.
Other than that, players can end the day, and Eve makes her way to the castle. Once there, she thinks about some of the chatter from earlier, about how they haven't had much progress in seeking out these cultists. She thinks to herself that Folga hasn't seemed to have any additional information to the fort incidents, nor seen any suspicious movement in those tunnels... She crosses her arms and thinks about how they could progress. Her mind wanders to those journals they read over a year ago, before seeming to think on an idea. She thinks that she should probably tell the rest of the crew that maybe she should send a letter to Idli about that strange Rugan representative. Maybe he'll know a way to investigate around who's responsible for that. She figures that could be a good thing to look into, before going to sleep.
Septmi 10th
On this day, the party goes through another bout of classes, before soon making their way to the hangout spot, though Tenko has not accompanied them, him not being involved with the cult business. The hangout has gotten more and more refined, now featuring the beginnings of a small hut a short distance from the now completed gazebo. The party sits at it, where Eve says that she thinks she knows what to do to progress this. The party is curious, and Finnegan asks what she's planning. She says that they need some more brains, and the lot of them have said that Idli learned about their business. So, she thinks that they should send a letter to him to talk about that unknown Rugan representative. 
Dona says that he doesn't know, they still don't know who all is involved in this. Idli didn't seem like the type to want to act out their whims, but who knows who among the staff could be involved. Rebla says that that's a very unfortunate possibility they'll have to consider. When Eve went to the far end of Hoarg, Ruga was targeted instead of any of their territory. Ren says that their end goal is the end of the world anyways, they probably figured that they'd do more damage stoking mistrust in Ruga. Wol mutters that they had the chance to corner Eve back in Vstika, an observation that brings a grave amount of uncertainty to the many party members. Telle decides to say that, unfortunately, it's a route that they might have to take at this rate, regardless of risk.
She says that this Rugan representative is likely to already be in cahoots with the bad guys, so what will they lose in reaching out? Several members contemplate on her saying this, and Rebla supposes she has a point. Wol nods, simply saying she agrees, a support surely not given because it's Telle speaking. Ren nods and says she's won him over, and Finnegan says that he's in support. With that, the party supposes that they now know what they're going to do, and prepare to write a letter together. After that, players have the rest of the day to have some free time, until night, where Eve approaches staff to have them send her letter. With that, it is sent out, and Eve is left waiting...
----
Meanwhile, back in Helluam, Devsi is seen helping pack up a few pouches into a carriage. To the side is Princess Folga, who's looking over her own notes to try and make sure she's packing up everything. As she does, Queen Olive approaches and says she's very happy to see her take this step. The princess says that she can't keep herself locked down all the time... Besides, she can't be the only royal not associating with the Dragon. The Queen assures her that Devsi and a troop of soldiers will be sure to keep her safe, but if she needs anything else. Folga waves her down and says that she'll be fine. Olive hugs her and gives her a quick kiss on the forehead, before wishing her luck. With that, the princess brings herself into the carriage, and it begins heading out of the castle, with the princess still seeming antsy, but taking in a deep breath in preparation for this trip.
Septmi 11th
Another day comes, and the various students make their way to the college. However, when they arrive, the staff spreads to the many visitors that Rotisho is holding another announcement. The many students make their way into the assembly hall. There, the hawk stands before the crowd and clears their throat. They say that they are very happy to see how much this college has grown, and how much it continues to grow. They had been surprised to hear of this particular student's arrival, but yet again, their halls are graced by one of this continent's royals! That announcement immediately gets several of the students talking, including the party members.
As they ponder on if they heard them right, the hawk speaks for them to settle down. They say that they hope for each of them to behave like usual, as Helluam extends their princess to them! The many students are suddenly made aware of a small squad of Helluam soldiers entering. Among them is Olive's royal guard, and... Folga! Several of the students seem surprised, with some seeming fearful over Helluam military entering their kingdom. Rotisho clears their throat to get the lot of them to calm down. They say that she plans to attend for at least the foreseeable future, and hopes for them to treat her as well as they treat their fellow friends. And with that, the assembly is dismissed.
With that, several of the students move, some keeping their distance from the Helluam guards while others linger close, curious, the guards making sure to keep themselves between them and the princess. The main party, meanwhile, looks on in shock. Rebla remarks that she hadn't expected her to want to come out here like this. Ickivol can't help but note that the kid's really grown out of that episode from way back then. Telle suggests that they should chat with her when these other students clear out. And it proves to take a fair bit as the guards are able to squeeze the princess out of the assembly hall.
She makes it into the passages between classes, still seeming rather closed off. However, when she takes notice of the party off to the side, as well as Prince Tenko coming over to meet her. She motions for her guards to pause. She faces them, with the guards bowing towards Eve. She tells them at ease, and Dona welcomes the princess to their college. Wol mutters that they didn't have time to roll out the red carpet or anything... Finnegan says that he's surprised to see them all arrive, with the tiger prince nodding along. Word on the street was that she was completely shut out from outside the castle, though Folga admits that she needed to spread her legs a little bit.
Eve says that she's very happy to see her among them. She was afraid for her, though Folga says that she just needed to get stronger. She still needs to get stronger, hence why she's stepping out. Tenko says that he knows Enror and Helluam haven't had the best relations, but he still hopes that they can be friends. Folga's sure that the lot of them will get along if that dinner from a year ago is to go by. With that, the tiger offers a hand, and the raccoon shakes his back. With that, he waves them goodbye and heads off. Folga, meanwhile, hands a note to Eve, telling her to look into it later today. Thus, she and the guards walk off and leaves the party there. Curious, Eve checks out what she handed, where she sees a letter asking them to meet with her after classes. The party is curious, though they're sure that they should look into this. Thus, they go out to their various courses.
----
The classes eventually pass, and the party makes their way to the meeting place described in the note. There, a few blocks away from the college, they find Princess Folga waiting beside Devsi. They approach and she greets them, saying that the guards are going to make sure her living quarters are arranged at the moment. Eve assumes she wanted to talk about what went on during their last meeting. There's a bit of quiet between them, before she nods. She also says that it's more than that... She hasn't been as strong as she wanted, and she wants to change that.
She says that she'd stopped training for a while since that incident, and she hasn't felt nearly as in charge of her body as before... She still feels like she can get stronger if she crosses blades with more of those weird constructs, and it seems like their group tends to happen upon them... Rebla does suppose that the more they cross with those cultists, the more they encounter those things. The princess explains that she's tired of feeling at the mercy of her mind. She says that she wants to improve herself and not have to worry about losing herself. Of course, given what she did, she understands if the lot of them don't want anything to do with her...
Dona remarks that the strength she showed off would be useful as hell for the kinds of evils they're facing. Ren agrees, and Telle says that they're here to help support each other. Wol mutters, affirming that they're pretty much united to keep Eve out of trouble. If Eve's Guts are high enough, she'll even remark that if they need to, she can personally wrestle that other self of her's, a response that surprises her, though does get a slight smile on her as her support points raise. Either way, she says that she's surprised they're so quick to support her... She sighs, and says that if they're really willing to have her, she'll be happy to assist them. And with that, Folga officially joins the party.
Finnegan then turns his attention towards Devsi, and asks if he'll be accompanying them. The royal guard says that the two of them have been talking often about this. They agreed that he'll probably have to be around to keep the guards placated while she goes out on missions with the lot of them, so he'll rely on them. Rebla swears that she's safe in their hands, to which he says that she better. If something happens to her, it could be an international incident. Several of the members seem unsettled, though Eve assures him that she'll be fine. And with that, players have the evening of the day left, where they can find several of their allies commenting about Folga. Rebla, Wol, and Dona seem cautiously optimistic about her strength and her lunacy. Telle, Ren, and Finnegan each seem sure that this will be only a boon or they're looking forwards to helping her out. Ickivol, meanwhile, seems thoroughly uncertain about this decision and sincerely hopes that Eve and her allies know what they're doing, letting someone that powerful and manic join them. Either way, players end the evening, and sleep.
Septmi 12th - 15th
With that, players have some free time, with some time to gather material, grind up for levels, hang out with allies, and get to understand Folga's moveset. She is remarkable for her Agility and Strength, while her Luck and Mentality tends to be low. She also has a persistent Skill that, when players are on a certain date, she can enter a Lunatic state where she can deal a ton more damage, though runs the risk of damaging her allies as well. She's a high risk high reward type of character with a lean into Smash damage. Other than that, there are plenty of civilians commenting on Folga arriving, some excited to see the might of Helluam beside Eve, while others are fearful over her and her guards "starting anything".
On the night of the 15th, a scene cuts over to show Idli had acquired some of the journals. On a desk that has some drawings of him in a dress, he's also seen jotting down notes on what he learned from these things. He reads over the journals a couple times and tries to think about who in Ruga could possibly earn from silencing the people that'd enforce the kind of damage seen in Syncata. He has a separate sheet up that depicts several different names on it of Estmi and their staff. He's crossed out Eve, but the ibis taps the pencil against his beak as he ponders over the remaining few and their motives... 
As he mulls over this, he hears a voice from outside, it seeming to be Inola. She's asking the prince if he misplaced her inventory journals. They're expecting a delivery from Ruga tomorrow! The ibis furrows his brow and swears he hadn't touched it. The queen says that she can't find it anywhere, prompting the prince to put several of his documents away. He races out and says that he'll help her and leaves out the door. As he heads out, the door opens again, revealing a gator woman, the same one that accompanied Inola during that flashback depicting the forging of the reality-cleaving blade. She steps in, and towards the desk his majesty was sat at...
Septmi 16th
On this day, the party makes their way to their classes again. Several of them make it to Art, where Quoval assures them all that they are about to be in the presence of greatness. Several of the students (among which includes Eve, Tenko, Ren, and Finnegan) are pondering about what they're about to see. As the students wait, they soon see a short shiba inu man enter, with the otter professor seeming to struggle to contain her excitement. The shiba inu is bearing a bag that seems about as big as he is, and he greets all of them, before bowing towards the royals, referring to them as "Your majesties". The lot of them wave to ensure him he can stand, and he soon returns to his upright position.
He introduces himself as Koyomaya, and apologizes for taking so long to get here. He'd been admittedly intimidated to arrive, then there was a bunch of stuff going on over among the nobles in Diluba, but point is, he's here now. He explains if any of them are familiar with him, which prompts Finnegan to raise his hand. He says he remembers when he was real young, he visited the palace and painted him during one of his training sessions. The shiba inu nods and says he certainly remembers that. It seems like they were both early in their training, his own style still needing some refining and the prince still struggled to stand still. That would earn some chuckles from some of the students as well as Tenko.
Either way, he explains that he's been training to immortalize a scene into place. To demonstrate, he reaches into one of his bags and pulls up a portrait, revealing a well-drawn image of the mountains of Enror from the perspective of the southwest edge of Diluba. Edges of the environment have this fancy glow to them, which gets several of the students' attention, and Quoval sighing dreamily. He explains that with a combination of mineral pigments, ink, and organic pigments, he's able to create scenes with very specific emphasis on particular edges of the scenes he draws. He warns that this is a very lengthy style, but he's growing more and more satisfied, as he personally feels that, while replicating the scenes, this style helps add an otherworldly pop to what he portrays.
One of the students ask what led him to this technique, to which he explains that he remembers one day attempting to paint, when he took notice of the shine of some of the locations he was trying to replicate. He couldn't achieve the fine details, so he pondered on whether or not he could incorporate the shine into the paint itself. Of course, it isn't that simple, he needed to be specific about how he used it. He only recently finished this piece in particular, and he would've put it on display if the museum didn't go defunct. One student asks how his noble position is doing, to which the shiba inu simply responds that he isn't here to talk about that. Anyways, Quoval suggested that he should guide the class today, and asks them to pay attention.
The class thus goes through another class, Quoval unbelievably excited over this. Soon, class wraps up, and after school, players can find Koyomaya at one of the apartments. Eve can mention that his work was remarkable, earning a "Thank you" from the painter. He says that he's been meaning to get more work, but there's been a lot of stuff happening around the continent, so he's been admittedly a little intimidated to head out. Eve says that she knows some people that are travelling, and says that if he wants, they can lend him a hand. He seems excited at the prospect and says that he doesn't know how to thank them. With that, players will unlock a series of sidequests that let's them earn more information on the general politics of Helluam's nobles, as well as what the artist has been up to. On top of that, on completing these sidequests, they earn special paintings of some of the scenery of Eslio. Other than that, players have the rest of the day to do what they want with.
Septmi 17th
The scene opens showing a Rugan caravan traveling towards Hoarg. It has a few guards around it, and the people on it don't seem to be aware of some bandits near the border. The caravan gets closer, and a salamander bandit begins to draw an arrow back while focusing some magic into the head. However, before he can fire, a katana is held threateningly in front of him. He looks towards the source, and sees the infamous Osloca, who suggests that he and his friends step off. Several of the bandits seem surprised to see her arrive, and one raises their bow to try and strike her, though gets surprised by a crossbow bolt to their arm! They look towards the source, and see Egilica among the caravan, several of the guards having been alerted to the enemies. The bandits order them to focus on the delivery, prompting the skunk to knock the salamander out with the blunt side of her sword.
Several break formation to try and rush the caravan, though Faunt is able to rush in to block them, able to blow several back with large swings of his shield. A few guards are being set upon by hatchets and daggers from the enemies, though Egilica is able to keep them all healed up. She and Faunt work together to improve the team's defenses as they overwhelm the attackers. Osloca, meanwhile, is dancing from enemy to enemy, disarming them and knocking them down. She eventually gets to one enemy, a spear-wielding flamingo who uses his polearm to keep her at range. She deflects one thrust, then another, and twirls around as she attempts another strike. The twirl has her turned backside towards the bird, the latter going to cover their nose in anticipation, only for her to snap around to deliver a kick hard enough to knock him off his feet.
The many guards keep on fighting, and the bandit squad that forced their way in would become overwhelmed. They'd order a retreat and flee. Once the guards stand victorious, Faunt flexes a little before Osloca races over. She asks if any of them got hurt, to which Egilica says that it's nothing her magic could suture up. She remarks that her work on the enemies' backline was astounding as usual. The skunk has to admit, she will miss those kids in the college, but it does feel nice to let loose once in a while. The two ladies soon take notice of Faunt, who's still testing out his limbs. The cow asks what's wrong, to which he says that the Enror applications have helped him with his movements, but... He still doesn't feel right. He sometimes feels bouts of numbness in the tips of his fingers and toes... The two seem concerned, and Osloca asks if he's sure he wants to keep on working. He sighs and says that he's sworn to aid their majesty. As tough as it is to keep up, he owes it to them to keep on fighting. The two stand uneasy, though Egilica asks him not to push himself. The guards send a small group of them to collect the defeated bandits and send them to the authorities before they proceed onwards.
The players have another day of free time, before the night comes. The scene then cuts over to the Hoarg palace, specifically towards Queen Inola's chambers, where the polar bear and the gator that previously entered Idli's chamber stand. The queen looks over some documents she'd been sent, as well as some other manuscripts, these ones appearing to've been the ones Idli was reviewing. She addresses the gator as Ergri, before asking if those enemies have been spotted. She nods, declaring that she's seen them mobilizing. The polar bear furrows her brow before organizing the manuscripts. Ergri asks her if she wants to send soldiers now, though Inola tells her "not yet".
The Queen looks over her own documents, this one displaying a list of deliveries from Ruga. She seems uneasy, though sighs. She sets it aside, and says that if they don't do this now, she can't imagine what those maniacs will do. Ergri tells her that if she does this, then there's no turning back. The polar bear says that she knows, but this is the only way she'll be able to open their majesty's eyes. She tells her to ready the declaration, which prompts the solemn gator to nod. She also asks her to make sure Idli is safe, to which she says she'll do everything she can to maintain his majesty's future. Queen Inola nods, and thus begins to make her way out of the room.
Septmi 18th
On this day, the party enjoys another day among each other. As the main party hangs out during classes, Tenko approaches the lot of them. He greets the royals, netting a wave from them. He asks if they're handling Deon's assignment well enough. Finnegan says that he's read through the book, like, three times now. This earns a shocked look from Folga, her asking how this is possible... If Eve's Knowledge is high enough, she'll comment that she only managed one readthrough. Otherwise, she'll comment how he could finish that so fast... Either way, the fox responds that it's the tale of invention of one of the royals' most impressive fighting styles, he can't not be interested. Tenko says that he was never really into that whole "dance-like" stuff. Give him machines and detonators and stuff, and he's your guy.
Finnegan says that he can offer him some help with understanding the story. Queen Itrvir is a very important figure that his own parents taught him a lot about while he was growing up. The tiger before him remarks that it certainly couldn't hurt to learn more about the other kingdoms, and says that he'd love to chat with him. With that, the two make their way off, and as they do, Folga remarks that he seems like a spirited individual... She asks Eve if they should keep him in the dark. The Dragon says that she'd like to bring him along, but he's not much of a fighter. She's a little scared about something possibly happening if he gets involved in all of this. The Helluam princess does suppose he ends up getting carried a bit too often in this college...
The classes continue, and they soon wrap up and make their way out. The player has another free day until evening comes. Once it comes, a Hoarg carriage comes in unexpectantly. Curious, Faunt and Osloca head out, where they soon see that caracal that players encountered a while ago, Surugua. The representative is seen shaking, and he gulps nervously. He extends a letter towards the group and apologizes. He says that he does not support what is written here, and begs them to let him leave alive. The guards seem confused, and asks what's happening. The caracal shivers more and seems unable to answer, soon leading them to bring the message inside the castle.
----
The scene cuts to inside Hoarg, showing Idli still going to work on his own documents to try and figure out who that weird representative is. As he does, Ergri knocks on his door and he hides what he was working on. He gets up and approaches to greet her. He notices her dour expression, and asks what's wrong. The gator extends a letter to him, and says that his mother sent a copy of this letter to Ruga. The ibis is confused and looks over the note. He starts to read it out loud. It turns out the letter is written from Inola, saying that for years, Ruga has been idle and left the many kingdoms to fend for themselves, only stepping up recently, years after Hoarg had already suffered from their dwindling supplies while the other kingdoms have remained virtually untouched. As such, she hereby formally secedes from her own kingdom, and declares war on Ruga.
His eyes widen in horror and he drops the letter, not even finishing it. He stumbles back and tries to embrace himself, asking if this is even real. Ergri looks away, and he says that she was made to carry out this message... She apologizes, and swears that she'll be here to try and make this process as painless as possible. The ibis shakes his head and swears that she's lying, and he races past her and into the rest of the castle to shout for his mom. He keeps shouting and runs, wanting at least some confirmation that she's still here! But there's no answer, only confused guards. Ergri follows him and tells him not to overexert himself.
He eventually makes it to his mother's room and bangs on the door, begging her to just answer him. He keeps banging against it, before he finally manages to shove the door open, only to find an empty room. He's still shivering and huffing and puffing, with Ergri unsure of what to say to him. He struggles to figure out what to say himself, and just stands there for a while, scared.
----
The scene cuts back to the Rugan castle with Estmi in a chamber alongside Suruga, the royal guards, and Eve. They've read the letter, though now have read the part Idli didn't, explaining the battlefield Inola intends to meet them at. She says she anticipates their arrival, or else she will make a move onto their castle. Those present are shocked at the news while the caracal still seems horrified. After a pause, the lion tells him he's dismissed, leading to him scampering away. The lion takes a seat and holds the bridge of their nose, with Eve asking what this means.
The Rugan ruler says that the seal is official, they'll have to accept it as official unless there's something at the location that proves otherwise. There's an uncomfortable pause among them, with Faunt asking what they wish to do. The lion says that he needs to sleep on this, and dismisses the guards. They are very uncertain, though they step away. With them gone, Estmi grits their teeth and hurls their fist into the wall, producing cracks in it. A few tears are shed, and they wonder if they really dragged their feet long enough to incur this sort of wrath. Eve looks concerned, and comes close to hug them. The ruler seems solemn and thanks her before hugging her back... They ask if she's worried, causing her to nod. They say that things should be fine... She's decided to form her own organization, it sounds like, so Hoarg as a whole should be unaffected by this. They just hope that that prince will be safely escorted through the succession process... They tell her that she should rest. The Dragon nods and begins heading to her own room, though is clearly uneasy...
----
Estmi finds themselves back in time yet again. They are in their throne, when someone in a uniform similar to Suruga's is in the room. She's a peacock of a taller build, and she appears solemn while the lion sits there, distressed. The ruler replies "All of Syncata...?" The peacock sadly replies that the city was decimated with only a handful of survivors... The lion asks if Rezmito and Deana are among them, leading to the peacock shaking her head. She says that their residence was found in pieces, and all observations suggest that they're... The lion grows more distressed, and dismisses her.
Once she's gone, the ruler sits for a moment, before hunching forwards and grasping their face. They sadly mourn their mother and father, several of the guards seeming uncomfortable. As they try to stomach their pain, they hear a voice asking if they're ready to hear them out now. The lion looks, and sees that fox, the same fox that is seen at the flashback in the forge. The various guards seem shocked at their appearance, and the lion asks how they got here. The fox ignores their question, and says that unprecedented damage has struck their world, the likes of which no cannon or magic in their repertoire could match. And then, their court mage should come in to speak about odd magical particles located in the location of the Sky Damage.
The lion seems confused, before Ponta races in, declaring that there's terrible news! He was investigating the site of Syncata, he found this weird element throughout the ruins! It's unlike any they've observed! The lizard hasn't even noticed the fox, though notices them and stumbles back. The fox looks towards the lion, who seems shocked. They tell Ponta that they'll discuss what he's found later. The lizard thus steps away and leaves the two of them alone. The ruler supposes that they're here to gloat, but the fox shakes their head. They approached because they were sure they'd hear them out now, and asks if they plan to.
The Rugan ruler takes a deep breath, and says that before they dismissed themselves, they mentioned that they needed a sword. If they forge this sword, then they can kill the Monster they talked about. The fox says the sword won't kill it, it'll make it able to be killed. If they can pierce it with that weapon, the Forces of reality will be rewritten around the Monster, and force it to play by this world's rules. Then, they'll still need no less than an army's strength to put it down for good. The lion takes a deep breath, before they decide to stand up. They tell the fox that they'll do what they can to make this thing. The fox says that they'll be there to lead them through the process.
The lion begins to step forwards to follow the fox, though finds their movements halted. They look back, and see themselves, still on the throne. The lion tries to move, but the one on the throne stays still. The lion keeps trying to move, but the one on the throne shakes their head. They say that they're better off rotting here, there's a whole world out there that can sort things out. All they need is to stop pretending like they're necessary. The one on their feet shakes their head, but struggles to respond to the one on the throne. They keep trying to lift their feet and move, until their struggles leads to Estmi flinging themselves out of bed in the real world.
The lion huffs and puffs and cradles their head. They climb up to sit on the bed again and look out towards the moonlight. They sigh sadly and lay back in the bed, struggling to surrender themselves to sleep again.
Septmi 19th
The various party members wake back up, and Estmi is already upon their warriors. They're spreading word of the declaration of war while Eve is making her way to her own friends. She and a few of her friends are able to gather everyone and bring them over to the usual hangout spot, where each of them are sufficiently horrified at the news she'd given them. Ren asks if this is meant to be some joke, to which Eve says she saw the letter. Estmi says that they have to assume every word is correct. The various party members seem horrified, though Ickivol can't help but comment that if her majesty saw what these kids have been up to due to their silence, she would've made this declaration a lot sooner.
Rebla tells them that that is hardly an appropriate response at this moment, but the snow leopard says that their majesty has been pointlessly secretive for too long and put them all on this cult business and putting themselves and Rebla in danger! As they talk, Finnegan seems to have a though. He says that something stood out to him, and he asks if the letter truly said that she seceded. Eve confirms that, and the fox says that that's weird, isn't it? Wol mutters that she had enough sense to try and prevent political fallout to her son, seems like... Folga, however, remarks that that's still weird. She's going to war with the holy kingdom, and she's abandoning her kingdom's resources. If the rest of Hoarg disagrees with her, which'd be a smart move if they want to maintain good relations, her fortress would be pincered between at least two different kingdoms' armies.
Dona does agree that when she puts it like that, it does seem rather nonsensical. Ren can only assume that she's going there to be supported by someone else... He asks if they think... There's an uncomfortable quiet among the party as the possibility comes to their minds, but they're too scared to potentially acknowledge it. Ren says that surely, she wouldn't work with someone like them... Wol mutters that there've been cult activity in every kingdom except for Hoarg, it does seem oddly protected... Eve supposes they have to anticipate the possibility... either the cult is there, or there's one of those constructs there ready to take the armies.
Telle says that if they keep their distance, a lot of people could die. But they could be playing right into this cult's hands... Eve shakes her head, and says that she still needs to make sure her friends are safe. Finnegan also says that if they anticipate a pincer on this fortress, there's a chance that Idli could be involved... They should make sure that he's safe. Ickivol says that the lot of them have gotten lucky so far, one wrong moment could be the end of all of them. Dona nods, but says that they got the holy kingdom at their backs. Rebla agrees that few others among the armies know about this business, they need to be there to protect them. Ren nods and raises his pipe, saying "For Hoarg". Wol and Finnegan nod and raise their own weapons, to which Folga supposes that it's unanimous, give or take.
Finnegan asks Eve how long they're gonna sit still, to which Eve says that the letter was vague. She doesn't know when anyone is going to move, but Inola's all but given them the chance to make the first move. Folga supposes they won't have long: from what she's read about Inola, that bear tends to be decisive and quick. She wouldn't give her or Estmi any more than ten days to laze around. Dona supposes that's what they're working with, and get ready to move out! However, before they move out, Faunt and the others race to the hangout, with the stallion telling the Dragon that she's being requested over at the gates.
----
The party races over, where they see a Hoarg carriage. It opens, and out steps that gator guard, Ergri, soon followed by... Idli! The appearance of the Hoarg royal seems to put some of the guards on edge. The ibis looks disheveled and with some of his makeup running, though he still tries to put up a brave face. He greets the group, which earns some awkward greetings from the rest of the party. Eve asks if he wanted to see her, to which he nods. Seeing the military presence, he supposes that they all heard the news, to which Eve affirms.
Ren asks if he knows what brought this attack on, to which he responds that he only knows as much as they do, him trying to look tough. Eve asks what brings him here, and he's quiet for a moment, before he collapses to his knees and bows before them. He says that he needs them. The party, as well as several of the guards, are surprised at the display of humility. He cries that she just disappeared one night, and now all of a sudden, he's at the throne, and- He has no idea what's going on, and he just wants to ask her "why". But he doesn't know a thing about fighting, he can't storm that fortress! The party is admittedly a bit put off by this guy, once bearing a certain air of superiority, lowering himself like this.
Eve says that they can figure out that answer for him. He doesn't need to tag along if he doesn't want to, but he shakes his head. He swears, he won't just sit back and do nothing. But he's been taught to be extra perceptive. He's a bit out of his mind to explain it now, but he swears if they can let him tag along, he can show them he isn't just dead weight. Besides, if he's going to lead... he can't just shy away from this. He needs to be able to confront this. Several of the party members seem uncertain, though hearing that he actually wants to face his fears here, Eve says that he can join along. But if it gets too much for her, he can flee. He nods and thanks her, and with that, Idli officially joins the group.
Rebla goes off to the side to speak with Ergri, and asks if she's ok with this course of action. The gator nods, and says that his majesty ended up talking about some of the stuff he and the rest of them have been talking about. The lot of them are being involved in things unlike most warriors have ever seen... She plans to be there for him wherever, but... she's sure she can trust them to keep him safe. The otter assures her that his majesty will be taken care of. The gator nods, and now, the party has their mission.
Septmi 19th - 28th
Thus, the party has their goal: storm the fortress and answer Inola's declaration. The castle town has a bunch of people commenting about how they never thought she had it in him, with others surprised she hadn't snapped sooner. There's otherwise general unease in Ruga, with some worrying if there'll be an attack on their soil while those that came from Hoarg are scared of there being any lasting consequences for their homeland. Either way, the party has a goal to make it to Hoarg, specifically towards a portion of the kingdom that's towards the central plains in its northwest region, relatively close to the border of Ruga and Helluam.
Before the party makes it, however, there's a chance of them encountering an enemy along the way. If the party engages, Prince Idli will make sure to demonstrate his abilities. He doesn't participate in battles, but he does have the ability to reveal an enemy's Elemental Affinities at the start of battle. In addition, during certain fights he can cast some very minor healing on the party, or give them a random party-wide buff. He's purely support and it's very random, but he tends to help in a pinch. Following one of these fights, Eve says that he certainly helped out there. He says that he won't be able to damage the foes they face, but he'll do anything he can to make sure they keep standing. Dona says that any help's good help in his book. Either way, the party moves on.
Eventually, they come close to the plains. Off in the distance, they see deserted fortress placed beside one of the desert's rivers, it bearing a fair few enemies around it as well as slots on the tower for those inside to hurl projectiles through. Notably, they seem to be oriented towards Helluam. Otherwise, soldiers are seen crowding around it in anticipation of their blades being needed. Egilica says that this is Fort Migifno, built to keep Helluam's soldiers at bay way back when tensions were more violent. Seems like it's the base of some unsavory sorts now. Idli looks on it with a very palpable unease, with Eve assuring him that this is going to be over soon. He shakes his head. This fight will stop but... what about after? Ergri assures that she'll be there to help him through it. The ibis seems unsure, though a little less daunted than before. Still, he looks on determined.
----
The scene cuts over to inside the fort, showing Inola seated at an abandoned desk depicting a map of the general area. She's flanked by a pair of burly men with greatswords. As she sits around, that spectacled armadillo woman frequently seen with members of the cult makes her way in, seeming a bit shaken. Inola addresses her as Regina when she greets her. The armadillo greets her back, trying to choke back some venom. Inola asks if something is on her mind, to which she says that she was just looking out the window. "Weather is nice, sun is shining, and, oh yeah, word is you declared war on Ruga!" she complains. Inola says that their group has been opposed to the holy kingdom for a long time now, she just figured she'd be honest about it.
Regina says that she was here to discuss about movement routes, about any future plans of Estmi and their Dragon daughter. Now, however, they're all looking out, and soldiers are closing in on their perimeter! Inola remarks that she seems scared, which earns an angered look from the armadillo. The polar bear's tone makes it very clear that this is the conclusion she'd wanted all along: for these soldiers to surround Regina and her forces. The cultist points out that she's declared herself an enemy, does she really think she's going to get out of this alive? Inola says that if she is to suffer for the betterment of Eslio, then so be it. 
Regina says that it is only good will that's kept her alive so far! If they hadn't been working together, she'd have her killed right now. Inola says that she can certainly try what she wants. But right now, Estmi's forces are covering this fort and now that she's here. If she turns up dead, she doesn't want to imagine what that lion would do to her murderers. The armadillo gets even more manic, though giggles. She says that she can act smug all she wants, but even Estmi couldn't stop the Monster, and its power is in her hands.
----
The party looks over the fort, spying a fair few enemies organized around it. Faunt warns that it looks like there's a lot of enemies in the field, and Estmi wonders if they should go to the War Room. Eve still thinks about how there could be another one of those constructs in the fort, and thinks about how a lot of people could be in danger if they bring an army here. She speaks up and figures that, if Inola is giving them the chance to make the first blow, couldn't it be possible that she has a trap for them? The party thinks over that, and Estmi ponders that she isn't typically the type of warrior to pull tricks like that. Though, they wouldn't expect her to do any of this now...
Rebla catches on that Eve would want to avoid a full-scale battle, and affirms that they can't risk anything; there could be any sorts of poisons or who-knows-what ready to be rained down on them. The ruler supposes they are correct, they should at the very least find a means of disrupting them from the inside before signaling the soldiers. There is the matter of getting in, however... Wol mutters that fort purified water in the past to keep itself sustained according to the books. Telle's asking if she says they should take the waterway, though the sidewinder is quiet now. Faunt says that it's a good plan, and says they should move out. Ergri says she'll stand back and prepare to move the troops.
Thus, the party must travel across the planes to make it to the north side of the river. Once inside, they travel along it to make it along the backside of the fort, where they find a set of docks that has some soldiers standing guard. At the player's discretion, they progress to battle the enemies and take them out swiftly, thus securing the route into Fort Migifno. Upon claiming the docks, Idli shudders in worry. Estmi asks him if he can still go on, to which he nods and says that he can, he'll press on. The lion says that he's young still, he can make his way home if he wishes. The ibis says that he needs to make sure he's strong enough for his country. The lion is saddened, and Finnegan assures him that he won't have to shoulder that burden himself. He's quiet for a moment, but nods, grateful for the reminder.
Shortly after, Faunt brings up that when they get further in, they will have to worry about attracting the attention of the soldiers all around. Ergri's waiting to distract the majority of them from outside, but they still need to make sure that there isn't some means of harming them. Egilica says that their sniping posts are limited, but they should still look into that. Osloca says that there could still be the chance that foes could have some other projectile mechanism, so they should look into the openings in the walls. Dona suggests that they should look into this place's armory, who knows what kind of weapons they could have to surprise their warriors. And thus, the party has the goal of searching around certain areas of the fort, not being able to go deeper in until they confirm that they can signal their soldiers.
The party thus makes their way to the respective locations, having to take care of more soldiers, some of them bearing guard dogs that makes it harder to sneak up on them. Upon making it to the sniping spots towards the top, a quick investigation reveals some poisons jars set on them. However, Folga will notice that these poisons are native to Helluam, with Estmi growing suspicious of that. Still, they get rid of the poison. Investigating the sniper slots for snipers, there doesn't appear to be anything particularly notable around here. Seems like they're just meant for the soldiers inside to defend themselves. Still, the party chooses to take down a few snipers in the area to lessen their defense.
Towards the bottom of the fort is the armory, where the armory is guarded by a pair of spear-wielding guards identified as Silver Guards. Estmi warns that these two look stronger than the usual guard. At the player's discretion, they're able to press forwards. The Silver Guards are able to Block Slash attacks and Resist the other Physical attacks, making Reflects relatively weakener. Additionally, the Guards can utilize Buffs and Charge to increase their damage. Players will have to rely on Magic to wear down these guys. They can use debuffs or Atrof to remove whatever buffs the enemies put on them, but they'll still have to worry about Charge. Either way, with physical defenses and the proper Magic, they'll be able to overwhelm the two. Osloca tells them "Great job", and Gorithima remarks that those lot have been a pain in the keister. Ickivol only wishes they could bear the skills those lot held, that'd make it so much easier to defend Miss Rebla. The otter says that she'll be fine, and Finnegan says that maybe he could help train them some time when he learns his craft better. Either way, Estmi says that they have the armory to claim now.
The party presses forwards, and check out the inside. The armory bears some munitions, a fair few poisons, and some spare weapons. Faunt remarks that it looks like the residents in this fort have most of their goods on their persons. Osloca points out that this hardly looks stocked for an army, it's like these forces rushed to occupy this place. Estmi ponders that, if it was such a rush, why declare war? Gorithima speaks up that, regardless of the "why", it's still clear that their enemy has decided to take up arms. The cow nods and says that they'll still be forced to come to blows. She says that they should make sure that the rest of the fort is secure.
If, at this point, the player has secured all points of interest, the students plus Idli and Ickivol isolate themselves to speak. Rebla will say that it doesn't look like there's anything in this fortress resembling the Fallen Star, the scene at the Sky Damage, the Heaven's Shard Finoul fought with, or the pillar that produced those Eyes. Wol points out that there doesn't look like there're any more secret passages to hide anything like that either. Eve supposes that means that if there is any of those constructs, it'll be under the control of someone deeper in... or... 
Idli asks if they're saying that Inola would really tie herself with the kinds of magic they'd described. Rebla says that they can't ignore the possibility... However, Telle speaks up and says that it doesn't make sense for Inola to tie herself with that. This magic and the cult worshipping that Monster seem attached to each other, and people like Womei and Finoul just wanted to wreak destruction. Eve perks up and says that Inola's stated motive for the war was directed at Ruga, not the rest of the continent. Folga says that she'd understand if she rallied her forces against Helluam too, but her relations with Enror and Diluba have been neutral at worst as of late. She just hardly seems the type to want the same things Finoul and Womei would want.
Idli says that that's what he's been saying! He seems to perk up, and suggests that she must've been held hostage or something when she sent that letter! Folga says that that still doesn't make a lot of sense. This fort and its occupiers are hardly in a tactically advantageous position. Finnegan says that there's really only way that they can figure this out. He says that Estmi plans to give the signal, and when that happens, they'll need to finish off this fort in one go. If they don't, they'll lose their advantage in this assault, and who knows what the enemy could do while they flee? Dona supposes that there's only one thing left to do. And indeed, as the group implied, players will have to make it to the sniping positions towards the top to give the signal in order to progress into the fort, though when they do, there's no turning back. The fort will have to be finished off that day.
----
At the player's discretion, the party makes it to the sniper positions on top of the fort, ready to send the signal to the soldiers. Once up there, Estmi seems to hesitate. Eve asks if they're alright, to which the lion replies that once they do this... they're going to confront... her... Eve says that this has to happen sometime, unfortunately. She says that they can lean on the rest of them for this as well. Estmi is quiet before facing Idli. They recognize that they're not alone, and that they need to be strong for him as well. He nods, before using his sword to reflect the light and give the crowd a signal.
Ergri takes notice, and signals for the soldiers to move out! And thus, like a tidal wave of steel, the many soldiers crash inwards to assail the plethora of foes outside Fort Migifno. As they clash, the scene cuts to inside the fort, inside the apparent war room of it, where Inola and Regina are seen. The armadillo is seen pacing and steaming, when she hears the sound of combat outside. She realizes that they can't sit back anymore. Still, she seems nervous, and the former Hoarg Queen remarks that she seemed confidant in herself earlier. Regina would glare at her, before thumbing an amulet on her. She orders some guards to move her, before telling the polar bear to look lively; this is her war, after all!
The scene cuts back to the roof, where Faunt remarks that that should keep the greater forces busy while they storm the heart of the Fort. Folga declares that this is the perfect time to storm the interior, but they have to be fast. Egilica agrees, remarking that Inola could singlehandedly turn the tide of battle if she makes it out. Thus, the player is tasked with making it into the heart of Fort Migifno. They press inwards and end are forced to fight off several enemies on their way in. They soon come close to the deeper chambers, and as they do, Idli's gloom seems to make them pause. He says that he feels she's near... He warns that if they press forwards, they're sure to engage with Inola. And thus, at the player's discretion, they press forwards.
The party storms forwards, when they hear the sounds of movements ahead. The various party members take up their arms, when they see, coming down the halls, is a pair of those Silver Guards, plus Regina and Inola. The party stands firm as the guards hold their weapons. Regina is worried, though upon seeing Estmi and Eve together, half of her face creeps into a bit of a smirk. Idli looks towards Inola saddened, and asks if this is real. She looks towards her son and sighs, saying that she wished that he wouldn't have been involved in all of this. This is purely between her and Estmi. At that, the lion supposes that her declaration, her grievances... they're true then? Inola is quiet for a moment, though says that what she says was necessary for bringing them face to face with the real enemy.
Eve ponders what she means, before turning towards Regina. She tells everyone to get back, at which that familiar static-effect forms into the shape of a sword and slashes towards them. Fortunately, the party is able to pull back, though Estmi gets a nick across their shoulder. The four rangers take aim and fire, though the Silver Guards are able to take the brunt of the damage. The various party members spread out to put some distance between themselves and the enemies, and though the Guards attempt to press forwards, Inola extends her hand and casts a spell to put them to sleep. Regina glares at the polar bear, and she says that this bunch will only get in the way. She brings up her segmented staff, and the armadillo asks who's side she's on. Inola simply replies that she wants to make sure to drill this into Estmi.
The duo march forwards as the party begins to reposition themselves. The lion takes up their sword and asks Inola who that woman is, why she's working with someone that utilizes that kind of magic. Inola explains that this woman is among a group of people that lost their lives in the depression following Estmi's seclusion. She used to be a healer, but on one of her excursions into Helluam, several of her group were slain for medicine. She'd failed to properly accomodate this woman in her loss, and she got absorbed into this cult that wants to see the end of everything. Hearing that, Estmi's eyes widen, and they think back to Womei. Inola takes notice of the recognition, and says that indeed, she and Womei had plenty of work together.
Regina then brandishes a sword with a wave-like blade and holds it towards Inola, saying that she's compromised them all enough! Idli demands she lower her blade, with Inola suggesting that killing her now would only put her at a disadvantage. The armadillo glares at her, and the ibis says that he doesn't know a lot about what she lost, but that's no excuse for all of this! He declares that she'll pay for corrupting his mom like this, a proposition that earns a guilty look from the Former Queen. Regina can't help but laugh at that, and says that they're all a bunch of stupid, self-righteous fools! She says that this world only continues living because everyone thinks they're obligated to, because they're afraid of taking "the easy way out". But she's seen the degradation of these kingdoms, she knows the truth... she knows the only way to heal all of this is to put it all to sleep! Thus, she turns her sword towards the group while Inola, albeit hesitantly, holds her segmented staff threateningly. She declares that she'll end each of their suffering, here and now!
And thus, players begin battle with Regina and Inola. The duo prove to be quite dangerous, with Regina on damage and Inola on support. Inola bears powerful healing skills, including the means of restoring both of their HP to full at certain points in the fight. In addition, she wields Break skills to disable party member resistances, the means of eliminating stat buffs for the party, and eliminating debuffs on Inola and Regina's side. Worse still, when the fight goes along long enough, she'll start to use Summon magic: Cymorth Cyntaf Spirit, and Adfy Spirit. The former allows her or Regina to effectively disable any ailments the party manages to land on them, while the latter makes it so that for three rounds, if the person with the Adfywio spirit is felled, they'll be revived to Half HP(plus target's Magic).
Regina, meanwhile, has the ability to buff her Strength, Magic, or Luck, which plays into her using some dangerous Slash attacks, and a fair few Magic attacks. She utilizes Mellten, Llifogydd, or Rhuddo, and because they're each higher level Magic skills, they have a chance of inflicting Stun, Freeze, or Burn on party members, especially if her Luck is buffed. If party members are hit with either of those debuffs, she'll be able to hit them with either a Wind Skill or Slash Skill to deal even more damage to the party members then she would normally, as well as the ability to a One More. As if that's not bad enough, as the fight goes on, she'll start to use Void magic, powerful magic, and the skill, Impaler's Animus. This skill allows her to charge up her next skill, Physical or Magical, and Pierce enemy resistances. This not only allows her to ignore party member resistances, but also to remove one of the very few weaknesses of Void Magic, that being that all people typically Resist Void damage.
Players will have to pay careful attention to the fight in order to deal with it successfully. If players time their buff and debuffs well enough, they should be able to divert Inola's attention and hopefully keep her from healing. Additionally, Inola doesn't have a means of disabling reflective barriers, so that is one of very few safety nets for this fight. Additionally, players need to mind when party members are hit with an ailment, else the enemy will have a chance to not only deal more damage, but also the chance of performing more actions. It's also for that latter reason that players need to keep track of their Poise. Players are typically encourage to wear down Inola first, though they need to keep careful track of Inola's Summon magic.
Throughout the fight, Estmi will choose to speak out to Inola, asking her if she's truly grown angry enough with them to turn on them like this. inola is quiet for a moment, before saying that she has to admit, she's harbored ill feelings for a while. At some point in the fight, she says that when the fighting died down, she had to provide an explanation for what happened to Syncata, and why so many lost their families. She was ready to tell the truth, only for some Rugan messengers to come and censor her. She asks if they can comprehend how hard it was to satisfy hundreds when the truth was policed by them, leading to the first casting of Blanced to bring them all to full health. Further in the fight, she explains that it hurt that they disappeared for as long as they did, but she also knows it's wrong to be mad. They were hurting, but so was everyone else unfortunately. She was excited to see them come back to the fray, but then she came to learn of this cult... They targeted Ruga, they would've stolen away Eve and done who-knows-what to Estmi themselves, and they went on to act like it's all gone. Can they comprehend how it felt to read about those incidents, only to read that some Rugan Representative shut down any investigation? Hearing that causes Estmi to pause and ponder "What?" out loud. Idli hears this and thinks about the journals, before wondering if this is all because of those journals... Blanced is cast again, and Inola says she thought that after once, after twice, after three times they'd stop distracting themselves from the truth... now, she intends to force them to confront it!
After the second casting of Blanced, Inola will stop supporting Regina directly, focusing her healing and anti-debuffs on herself. Regina will seem to notice, and her multi-target attacks will start to affect the polar bear as well, a frightening position if she has an Adfy Spirit on her. This is also the point where Regina will start using Impaler's Animus, but players will be able to wear down the two of them at this point. With that, Regina will grunt and collapse while Inola will hobble forwards. She looks towards Estmi, and asks if they plan to run anymore. The lion shakes their head, saying that they hoped beyond hope that this was all done. But... Inola tells them to say it. Several of the party members look towards the ruler fearful, and after a tense pause, Estmi says that they have to acknowledge... The Monster isn't gone.
Hearing that seems to cause a weight that was on Inola to fade while the party is in worry. Regina, meanwhile, can be heard chuckling. She starts to proper herself up on the sword, and remarks that they're pathetic... They disregard the safety of their people, of themselves, even of their own daughter... all because they're afraid of looking towards the Monster in the shadows. It's precisely because of people like them that this world is going to trash! The lion struggles to face her, though Eve steps forwards and tells her bluntly to shut up. They made mistakes, but they still want to help their friends and Eslio, which is far more than any of them can say about her!
Inola remarks that the youth is right. If there's anyone unworthy of respect here, it's Regina. She claims that they're "going through the motions" of life, but everyone is here because they have something valuable in their life. Idli's here for his kingdom and his mother, for all their faults Estmi has family and friends and home they want to hold onto, Eve's here for future and family... Everyone here has something to value in life, everyone except for her. She and her Monster Cult friends have stewed so much in their despair, they've abandoned every value they could find in the world and people around them. Inola's speech seems to reignite something in Estmi while Regina glares hatefully towards the former queen. Inola declares that Regina and her ilk live for nothing, fight for nothing, and they will die for nothing.
Hearing that causes the armadillo to snicker, snort, before she laughs madly. She punches the ground hard enough to crack it, swearing that they're the delusional ones! Do they really think that they can make things better after 20 years?! She grasps her amulet and swears there is nothing to live for! Nothing, but the end! At that, she rips the amulet from her neck before smashing it down into the ground, causing that static energy to form in the air. Suddenly, the odd magic takes the shape of several tendrils that seem familiar to certain members of the party. The various tendrils shoot out in odd directions, though several of them drive through the armadillo, an image that seems uncomfortably familiar to Estmi. She stays there and shudders before fading to nothing as the constructs absorb her. Finnegan remarks that if these things are allowed out of the Fort, they could tear down the whole of the armies outside! The party stands weary, though feels an odd healing light reinvigorate them. They turn and see that Inola had aided them. She says she understands if they distrust her, but she swears she wants this thing dead as much as they do. Idli says that he's just happy to see her finally on their side, Estmi nodding along. The lion and polar bear tap their weapons together in a rally before facing the mass of tendrils that cleave through the walls like they're simple fog as they curl around the party threateningly.
With that, players are forced to battle the Many Arms. The tendrils bear attacks that hit multiple times, attacks that hit multiple targets, and both. They also bear the ability to steal health from party members, some to attack their sp directly, and debuffs. Fortunately, the enemy is very physically oriented, though players will still have to worry about it weakening their defenses and the enemy's own Charge. However, the heroes have someone on their side: functioning alongside Idli is Inola, hanging in the background to occasionally offer support. They can be healed, have their stat debuffs undone, and even given those Adfy Spirits that made the previous fight a bit of a hassle. At first, the former Hoarg Queen can carry the party through the fight.
However, as the Many Arms are damaged, they'll perform Nihil and lash out to the terrain around them, dismantling the matter supporting the walls around them to heal itself and even increase its own stats permanently. After the first cast, the Many Arms will now begin to utilize various Physical variations of the elements (Blaze Hit, Sparking Blade, Dark Lash, etc) so that they can potentially hit party member weaknesses and wear down their Poise. After the second time it performs Nihil, it'll start to use Pure attacks, able to deal massive damage to the party. Inola will be there to take some of the edge off, and with enough work between the lot of them, the Many Arms will be felled.
The halls of the fortress are in shambles, the sunlight up above is able to shine in, and the massive collection of particles begins to fade as the arms collapse. The party is left huffing and puffing as they watch the threat finally fades. Each member of the party is huffing and puffing, with Folga remarking that she couldn't have imagined a younger her being able to stand up against something like that. Rebla's sure that if they hadn't spent all this time investigating into this, they wouldn't have handled that being. Dona looks towards the remains of the amulet, and says that they have a problem: the witness was still removed from the equation.
Inola, however, offers that this isn't a dead end. The party turns, though before they could ask more, Idli hugs her. He says that he knew she wasn't bad, he knew she wouldn't turn against the holy kingdom like that! The polar bear is uncomfortable, before sadly admitting that she hadn't conspired with the cult, but she had conspired against Ruga. The prince seems saddened again and steps away. Estmi asks what she'd been doing, though the former queen says that before she talks, they should get out of here. They need to put an end to the fighting outside and to get out of danger. The party agrees, and makes their way out of the fort.
----
Outside of Fort Migifno, the various soldiers that'd held it down are in the process of being arrested. Meanwhile, the party has taken Inola herself to a tent elsewhere, where Ergri and a couple other guards stand ready, just in case (although the gator herself doesn't seem as on guard). There's an uncomfortable quiet among the lot of them, before Inola supposes they have questions. There's another uncomfortable quiet, before Idli asks her to say that she was simply joking. Estmi finally decides to speak. They say that she explained she conspired against Ruga, and wants to know what she meant.
She explains that after she news spread about the attack in the college and the fight in Diluba three years ago, she felt the need to investigate into things. Her forces were able to acquire some knowledge on enemy movements, but by the time she gathered intel, Perusive's bandit fort was busted apart. Her informants spoke a bit about what happened in there, but she began to realize that the truth of the form that struck in that fort hadn't been nearly as widespread as it should. Shortly after, she was able to locate them, but at that point, Estmi still hadn't taken proper action. Hearing that, Egilica mutters that she couldn't have...
Inola admits that she reached out to them with an offer. She was able to gather intel from them, and in exchange, she had to help them with moving their fellow felons and bolstering their numbers. That'd earn gasps from the crowd, Wol muttering that she must've brought out some of Hoarg's bandits. Dona asks if she had any idea how much trouble she could've put their friends in! The polar bear admits that she knew things could've turned bad, which is why she made sure to exaggerate how protected Eve was when she traveled to Vstika. That unfortunately gave Finoul the confidence to lead an attack on Ruga... She was sure Estmi would be able to stop them, but still, she will carry the guilt for that...
Estmi then remarks that if that raccoon worked with Regina and others, where were the others? Inola answers that, according to them, the power the Monster exerts has been limited. They've needed to locate fragments of its previous magics in order to bear power that'd threaten armies. Ren supposes that that power is the strange particles that comprised that Shade in the Fallen Star and the Many Arms Regina just used? The former queen nods, and explains that this magic hadn't been introduced into their realm until the Monster came to. It is antithetical to their material world. Folga affirms that whatever that weird magic is, it seems like it's intent on threatening whatever's around them.
Estmi says that they have one final question: she mentioned something about a Rugan representative. What does she mean? Inola says that she overheard her son muttering about who'd gain from keeping secrets in Ruga, and she grew curious. So, she conspired to have his documents put in her hands... she read the journals, saw that a nameless Rugan Representative halted interrogations behind the Womei and Fallen Star incidents, and that made her feel the need to take drastic measures. The lion seems more concerned, and they asks if it truly said nothing about the representative's identity. Inola affirms as much, though pauses. She asks if they didn't know, which prompts the lion to shake their head.
The former queen's eyes go wide, and she mutters that she can't believe how short-sighted she's been. The Rugan Ruler sighs and says that they aren't blameless in this either. They may not've been aware that their investigations were stopped, but they never took the time necessary to doublecheck on these. They were so intent on leaving this Monster business all behind, that they hoped that when they heard nothing, that it was over. They're sorry they forced her hand like this, though Inola tells them not to apologize. If they want to do right, then they'll take her to prison, and extract from her the movements of the enemy. She's sure that if they're able to claim the information she has, they can pin down the final locations of the cult.
The lion is quiet for a moment, before they nod. Idli, however, begs them to reconsider. Surely they can get the information another way, but Inola tells him that she made rash decisions that put a lot of people in danger. It is only right that she faces up to this. The ibis grows sad again, though Ergri and Inola assure him things will be alright. It won't be easy, but she'll make sure Ergri here will make the process as simple as possible. The Hoarg prince is still scared, but he says that he'll try... He'll do what he can to raise Hoarg right! Inola thanks the young man, before Faunt, Egilica, and Osloca step forwards. Estmi sadly orders them to take her into prison, which causes the guards to take her away.
With the elders, sans Gorithima and Ickivol and Ergri, making their way off the field, the rest of the students are left to ponder on this. Finnegan asks Idli if he'll be ok, to which he admits he doesn't know. He never really thought he'd be growing up so soon, and without his mom... Eve admits that she has no idea how that'd feel, with Gorithima adding that youth is a terrible thing to steal away. Ickivol remarks that if the higher ups did a better job talking, all of this could've been avoided... Idli says that there's nothing to do about it now... He takes a deep breath, and says that he has a lot of preparation to do. Ergri says she'll have to prepare coronation and whatnot, so it'll be a while before he's officially crowned. Still, he should make sure he's prepared, with the prince nodding. He says that he hopes the lot of them can keep in contact, with the various party members swearing they will.
With that, he leaves. The party is left uncertain, with Dona wondering if things are finally about to come to a head. Wol mutters that they're being optimistic... but she feels like she can trust Estmi. Ickivol says that it took an awful lot, but their majesty is finally preparing to protect Rebla and the others. The otter affirms that after everything the cult's done, it seems it's finally time to put them in the ground. Folga swears that her fists will be ready for whatever comes. Telle nods and says that she's with them all the way. Finnegan assures that he'll offer his blade for this fight. Ren offers, however, that they still need to investigate into the cult's main location. Eve says that it sounds like Ruga's resources are at their disposal this time. For now, however, they need to rest.
With that, the team returns to Ruga. There's free time as Rugan forces gather information. In the meantime, players can perform various free time activities. The residents can be seen talking about how it sounds like the Hoarg war is dying down. Several are scared about the kingdom going to someone so young so soon, but others are just grateful that things are cooling down. Other than that, the deadline eventually comes.
Septmi 29th
On this day, the scene briefly cuts over to a set of tunnels, focusing on the bear that'd stolen the Fallen Star in the first place. He marches past several cult members before getting near a throne set at the end of this underground chamber. The way the camera is oriented, whoever is seated on it can't be seen, though a pair of massive jaws can be seen hovering around it. The bear takes a knee and bows, offering an apology. He says that Priestess Regina has been reported dead in Hoarg. Furthermore, their royal contact has been captured... The figure in the throne is quiet, though the jaws around the throne seem to tighten, not completely clamping tight but still showing a threatening aura.
The bear says his life is entirely focused on ensuring their salvation. There is no other value in his life than to bring Draconian Strength before their presence, but he admits, he does not know if his strength alone can force them to bend the knee. As such, he asks their brilliance for aid. He fears that at this rate, they will be found. At that, the jaws around the throne seem to untighten, before fading. And then, whoever is seated on the throne raises, finally revealing themselves to the camera. They're that figure from the beginning, the stranger in the white cloak, complete with that awesome saber impaling them.
----
Meanwhile, back at the Rugan castle, Eve and her other friends are in one of the chambers of the castle. Idli is absent, though the rest of the crew is seated, waiting for something. Finnegan asks Eve if she knows what their majesty has called them all here for? The Dragon shakes her head. Dona reasons that they must be here to talk about whatever they gathered from Inola, though Folga points out that if that is the case, it wouldn't be necessary to call them all in. Telle reasons that there's no reason to be scared or anything, it's not like they did something bad... Wol grimly mutters that they've only been repeatedly acting below the perception of the crown and guards and repeatedly putting royalty in danger... That puts the rest of the party on edge as they shift uncomfortably in place, until the lion makes their way in, alongside their other guards.
The various students and Ickivol kneel before their majesty, though Estmi tells them "At ease". They address the lot of them, saying that they're sure they wonder why they're here. The group is quiet, and Estmi says that they'd been speaking with Inola, and during interrogations, they learned that someone sent information regarding this cult business to her son. Curious, they reached out to Idli, and learned about each of them investigating into this. There's a quiet among them, before Dona swears that they didn't mean any harm, though the lion raises their hand. They say that this is not them wishing to scold or threaten them or anything. In fact, they hoped to apologize.
That gets several of the party members confused, though Estmi continues, acknowledging that they'd spent so long avoiding this problem, they'd push the lot of them into finding it necessary to work entirely solo. They'd failed each of them, and put them in danger. Ickivol announces that they've got that right, prompting Rebla to shoot them a look. Estmi says that they're right... They preferred to evade the boogeyman in the shadows, and that led to far more danger than was ever necessary. They can never take that back, and they can only hope that they can make up for all of their failings up to now. The group seems surprised and quiet for a moment.
Rebla then says that she's just grateful they've chosen to change their mind like this. Ren says that he's happy to have reliable support in all of this. Wol mutters that she could really use some snacks for an apology, before replying "Just kidding". The various party members provide various responses of adulation at this news, though Eve decides to speak up. She asks if they truly mean to work with them on these efforts, with the lion nodding. And they say that it won't just be them... They plan to reach out to the other kingdoms to work together and bring an end to this foe. There is further surprise and adulation. Eve then says that, with all of that being said, they've gathered bits and pieces, but it still feels like they know almost nothing about this Monster. The lion understands... With that, they take a seat before the lot of them. They say that it's a long story, and that prompt gets everyone to gather closer, wanting many of their questions finally answered. The ruler thus declares that, it's finally time they knew everything that they themselves know about the Monster...
==Chapter 7: The Monster==
Abris 9th, 1423
The scene cuts to years earlier, showing one of the Rugan offices, where a younger Estmi is seen looking through some letters alongside a younger Ponta and Gorithima. They're reviewing some messages from Diluba, apparently a friendly letter about how there's an event being hosted by some of their nobles to depict one of Ithir's Fairytales and about how he wished to invite them, for old time's sake. The lion asks if there's any possibility, with Gorithima asking if they've figured out some compromise with the gangsters weaving in and out of the noble district. The lion sighs and sets the letter down. As they search through some other letters, Osloca and Egilica arrive, with the cow saying that some stranger has requested their appearance.
Estmi asks who they hail from, with Egilica saying that they claim to be a representative from another realm. That causes the lion to be confused, and asks if this is meant to be some sort of joke. Osloca says that she didn't believe it either, but this guy has some magics and knowledge that she's not even sure if Ponta knows. The lizard seems offended, though Estmi supposes that if needs be, they'll be able to look into this. With that, the lion proceeds forwards. They travel until they reach the throne room, where Faunt is seen leading a bunch of guards, making sure they're at the ready in case this odd nb fox does anything. Players should recognize them from various other flashbacks.
The fox sees the ruler and bows, greeting their highness and declares that they needed desperately to seek out the representative of the holy kingdom. Estmi says that they sound like they're making a big claim here... The lion takes their seat on the throne, and asks them if it's true that they claim to be a representative from another realm. The fox nods, and Estmi asks them to clarify. Are they simply being coy about what kingdom they're from? The fox shakes their head, and says that in order to properly explain it, they need to explain a few things. They are A Wanderer, come from a land that came to no longer worship Dragons. The lion and several of the guards are confused, which causes the ruler to ask how that's possible.
The fox lifts a hand before explaining that the magics they present are purely visual. They lift and generate an image of this world, explaining that as they know things to be, there's is a world crafted by Dragons, one among several across the astral sea. However, they're here to explain that the sea is even more vast than they believed. They channel more magic to reveal this world's solar system, before expanding outwards and outwards, filling the throne room with several systems, much to several of the guards' amazement. They explain that as there are worlds constructed by the Dragons, there are realms that contain those worlds and those Dragons. Ponta asks if they mean to say that there are more realities with more Draconic Gardens and even more worlds, with the Wanderer nodding.
Estmi says that this is all interesting news, but they have to wonder how they can trust this information. The fox explains that they all know about Forces being a thing, constants in realities that require discipline and training from divinity to fully defy. In that case they posit, wouldn't that suggest that there was something above divinity to put them there? Ponta and Gorithima seem amazed at the possibility, with Estmi seeming contemplative though uncertain. They then say that, these are interesting theories. However, they have to ask what any of this has to do with them bringing themselves into their castle? The fox explains that they're here to talk about the beings... above Dragons.
The Wanderer uses their magic to produce an odd figure between the various realities. They explain that in the sea between realities are beings that stand above all... With thousands of eyes, thousands of arms, and thousands of mouths, they cross the blank void, sometimes releasing their energy to construct these realms. Within those realms, the Gardens are made, and from them, they make worlds with people and lives. Life goes on in those realms, and sometimes, these beings go hungry... The magical projection shows one of these imperceivable beings traveling into one of the realms, and shows it steadily collapsing. The fox explains that when they find a realm ripened and teaming with the vestiges of blossomed life, they infiltrate, and digest these realms from the inside out. Several of the onlookers are horrified at this description and visual.
The fox says that they've been trying to observe these things' movements, and they've come to learn... one of them is coming here. Several of the guards are startled by the explanation, though Estmi still doesn't seem convinced. They get up from their throne and march forwards, saying that they've all listened to this tale of theirs, and right now, all they've done is spread hysteria. The Wanderer seems surprised at their tone, with the lion saying that this has all been a fantastical tale, but right now they have no reason to view it as anything other than that. The fox swears that they're telling the truth, though Estmi orders their guards to escort them out. Faunt nods and he along with a couple others take the fox by the shoulders. They swear that they're telling the truth! They declare that they need the Elder Dragons! They need to prepare, now, or everything will come to an end! Despite this, the fox is led out, and the flashback ends.
----
The scene cuts back to the modern day, and the various party members that'd heard the tale seemed stunned. Rebla asks if that's all true, with Estmi nodding along. Dona can only suppose that the Monster is... the very being that fox described. Folga says she was looking forwards to improving her muscle, but that seems beyond her scope. Ickivol asks how they're supposed to defend themselves against something that threatens their very reality! Faunt admits that it is daunting, but their majesty and others had taken measures to weaken the Monster. Finnegan asks what they did after that Wanderer's arrival.
Estmi admits that they spent nearly a year trying to forget that incident, though it always lingered in the back of their head. However, Syncata was devastated by damage that could only have originated form something beyond their reality. Thus the Wanderer approached them again to discuss about constructing a weapon. The Monster is a being that's able to casually overcome the Forces of their reality: Gravity, Electromagnetism, Life, and more... But the fox claimed that with the forging of this mighty sword, the Monster would be forced to obey their realm's rules. They, alongside the other rulers, would thus approach the Dragons when the Gardens touched down, and the Elders were able to confirm the Wanderer's tale, apologizing for not telling them, for they thought that they'd be more at peace if they didn't know.
They didn't seem confident that they could overcome that being, but with enough convincing from the lot of them, they were gifted scales imbued with their power, before taking them to Enror to be forged. Thus, they made a saber that could cleave reality itself. This weapon was powerful, so powerful that none less than Draconian Strength could lift it. This fact would hit Queen Olive hardest as she'd end up suffering an injury she still contends with this day. They thus spent time trying to figure out who could possibly be able to wield it, until they came to learn that Estmi themselves had the might to hold it. They spent the remaining time until the Monster's arrival to train for combat, and gather enough military might to strike it down.
During their training... a pair of Dragons descended. The many divine beings were scared of the Monster, but those two wanted to rise up. They were... Joume and Monan. The pair of names causes Eve to tense up and several eyes to look towards her in concern. There's a pause, before she asks them to continue. Estmi explains that they were able to convince the Gardens to help when the time came, even if only from a distance. Abris 5th, 1425... That day, the Monster descended in the form of a mortal, nay of many mortals. They were able to pierce it with the reality rending blade, and bore witness to its true form. They hit it with everything... but even still, it cleaved through swaths of their army and was moments away from tearing apart the Gardens. It was... It was only through Joume and Monan's sacrifice that the Monster was felled...
Eve takes a breath and sighs at that description, still clearly upset at the explanation. After there's a pause to make sure she's maintaining her bearings, Estmi continues that they thought... they hoped the Monster was done for. But it appears it is merely weakened... Dona says that that's still gotta do some good, right? Whatever they all had done to it had stopped it from eating their reality and kept it in hiding for over 20 years now. Estmi can only pray that that's partially due to the damage already inflicted on it, and due to that sword. It can only be lifted by Draconian Strength, and because the Monster is subject to this realm's natural rules, that means it can't remove it, that's at least how the Wanderer explained it.
Hearing that, Telle asks if that's why the cult has been targeting Estmi and Eve... do they mean to have either of the two of them... remove that? Estmi is sure that were that blade removed, the Monster would return to being unstoppable. There's an uncomfortable pause, before Rebla supposes that means that it's still able to be killed. With another pause, Estmi nods and answers that if they can do it right this time, that thing can be banished from all of their livelihoods, for good. The lion says that they intend to gather as much firepower as possible to strike this thing down. And at that, Gorithima says that, with the people they gather, their own contributions may not be necessary. That leads to several murmurs of alarm from the party, though Estmi admits that they had put some thought into this...
They know that the lot of them have been investigating into this business themselves, and that they've gotten into danger a fair few times. They hadn't understood the scope of this being before now, but now that they do... They say that if they wish to, they can step away from this, now. Eve says that she's gone this far in, and now she's told she can't? Estmi says they won't deny them, they merely won't force them. If the Monster is too much for them, they're free to leave this in the hands of the adults. Eve pauses and looks back at the party, who seems to be in deep thought. The lion supposes that this is a lot to process... They say that they should let them have some time to think on this. They themselves still need to home in on the cult's hiding spot. The party is in agreement, and with that, Estmi dismisses them.
----
The students and Ickivol have made their way out of the chamber and stand in the courtyard. There is an uncomfortable quiet among the lot of them. Telle asks if she's dreaming, if this is all really happening. Finnegan supposes that that is the full, naked truth of the Monster: it is a foe that none of them truly knew the full might of. The snow leopard can't help but mention that to imagine facing something like that... they couldn't even picture the kingdom armies facing that thing down, let alone the bunch of them. Rebla has to admit, going against something like that sounds like suicide...
Dona shakes his head and says that they've gone in this deep, they can't just be scared like this. This thing has always been coming for them in one way or another, it's time for them to go on the offensive. Folga says that he has a point: even if the armies unify, they can't guarantee that they'll be enough to stop it now. Besides, the Monster seems to've been gravely weakened: it fought Estmi, two Dragons, and armies and mortal kind was only barely able to eek out a victory from the sounds of things. Yet even now it's remained hidden, relying on the cult to bring Draconian Strength before it. Wol mutters that it would probably be swimming through corpses like water if it weren't scared...
Ren comments that, still, this is a lot to take in all at once... Telle agrees, and says that she thinks she'd like to sleep on this. Rebla agrees, and supposes they still have a little time before they have to decide. With that, the various party members begin to spread, and for a moment, Eve thinks about the truth of her parents' murder, and about how her friends are left with this existentially terrifying opponent. And with that, players are given the option of having her walk one of them home, needing to have a Social Link of 6 with them in order to make the decision.
*Telle: Eve decides to lead the seal to her dorm. The seal thanks her for the offer, with Eve saying that it's no problem. The seal looks between the two of them, and she remarks that sometimes, she sort of forgets that there's that bit of divide between the two of them. The Dragon asks what she means, to which she says that, well, she's a commoner from a dirt-poor village, and she's palling around with nobles, royals, and a Dragon... Eve jokingly supposes that it takes everything coming to an end to bring everyone together. The seal supposes that it does put things into perspective. Shame that that perspective will have to be limited among them. She still has to worry about her family. Eve suggests that, when this is over, maybe they can all go out on a nice vacation, family included. The seal says that she'd like that, before they finally make it to her dorm. She thanks Eve for leading her here, and the two part.
*Dona: Eve decides to lead the coyote to his dorm. Eve remarks that he seemed pretty confident, with Dona remarking that a lot of that is just him not knowing what exactly they're up against. Even he isn't sure if he'll have the mettle to stand up to this Monster jerk when they cross it. Eve says that he's all about his poise and whatnot, he singlehandedly chased off those thieves, even when it was six to one. Dona says that bandits are getting to be easy pickings at this pace... He sighs and asks Eve if she can say what he's got if he doesn't got confidence. She says that he's a man of great conviction with great morals, and a great friend. Besides, he's helped her learn about being confident in herself. The coyote seems to like that explanation and thanks her. He does suppose that he'll be willing to pop a bullet in that Monster when the time comes. After all, that thing's been her thorn in her side. Eve smiles, and the two make it to his dorm. The two say goodbye and part.
*Ren: Eve decides to lead the fox to his dorm. The fox thanks her for lending him this service, with the Dragon assuring him that it's her pleasure. She wants to check to make sure if he's feeling alright, with him muttering that he's not sure. He thinks back to his Ecklo and his other family... and for everything he's done to try and distract himself from it... One day, all of this, everything could've been destroyed... It almost makes him feel like he's been wasting his time. Eve says that just because there's a bigger foe, that doesn't mean that his efforts aren't worthwhile. All except the divine are spared from the inevitability of death, yet everyone still finds things to fight for in their day to day lives. Hearing that seems to ease Ren, and he thanks her for the bode of confidence. She's always been thoughtful, with Eve joking that she has her moments. Either way, the duo make it to his dorm, and they say goodbye to each other before parting.
*Rebla: Eve decides to lead the otter to her dorm. The Higura member is traveling with Ickivol, with Rebla telling Eve that the two of them are together, she didn't need to come with them. Eve says that she'd like to make sure that the two of them are feeling ok after all of the news. Ickivol admits that they don't know how much they can support going into this battle. Rebla asks how she feels about engaging this foe, with Eve saying that this thing killed her parents... She wouldn't be out here if it wasn't for that thing, and she needs to pay them back. Not only that, but this thing has been plaguing Estmi for years... Rebla remarks that she's thinking of fighting for her family... The otter says that she knows how that feels... She tells Icikvol that she plans to fight for her own family, and if Eve wants to fight for hers, then that's a cause she's willing to get behind. Ickivol seems quiet for a moment, before nodding and saying that she deserves that at least. With that, they make it to her dorm, and the trio part with a goodbye.
*Wol: Eve decides to lead the sidewinder to her dorm. The two of them walk, with Wol remarking that she didn't need to worry about her like this. Eve says that she's a friend, of course she'd want to look out for her. Wol sighs and says that she's always been thoughtful, probably more thoughtful towards others than she should be about herself. Wol reminds the Dragon that she herself doesn't have anything left for her in life, though the Dragon swears to her that that's not true. She still has her real dad to worry about, and there's still plenty to life to see. She says that she'll pound those assassins on her tail to dust to show her. The serpent pauses, before smirking softly. She says she'll have to see that later. With that, the duo make it to her dorm, and they part with a goodbye.
*Finnegan: Eve decides to lead the royal fox to his dorm. The fox asks if he kept his poise throughout that, with Eve being awkward about answering that. He sighs, though the Dragon assures him that anyone would lose their cool upon learning all of that. The fox supposes that they're still supposed to be better than "anyone". They need to stand tall and be looked up to, now more than ever. Eve reminds him that they agreed to think about more than that "always worrying about poise" business, with fox muttering that he knows. It's just... He asks why Eve had to be so radiant. The Dragon pauses and looks towards him, before he apologizes. He says that he wants to be ready to be looked up to, but he keeps looking up to her. Even now that she learned about what happened to her parents he's still looking up to her. He says that he wishes he could be there for her and the rest of her friends. Eve shakes her head and says that they don't need that: one guy trying to stomach all of this themselves is precisely how they got into this mess. She says that they're here to shoulder each other's burden, with Finnegan saying she's right. He apologizes, and before long, the two make it to his dorm and part.
*Folga: Eve decides to lead the royal raccoon to her dorm. As they walk, the raccoon decides to ask Eve if she remembers when they talked about the strongest Dragons from the Gardens. Eve nods, and she asks if there's a chance they could get any of them, though the Dragon shakes her head. She says that even if she knew how to fly as fast as they can, the Gardens won't be within the heavens above Ruga for a good few centuries. The raccoon sighs and supposes that they've been taught well enough by now they can't always expect others to solve their problems... Eve reminds her that that doesn't mean that they have to go through these things alone. She nods, and supposes that Eve's shone her that much... Still, she has to admit, she's worried: Estmi's the strongest person she's read about in recent history, and they weren't able to beat this thing... Eve assures her that together, they're all going to be unstoppable. Folga can't help but smile at her optimism, and soon the two make it to her dorm. They part, with Folga swearing that she's not going to stop working on her muscle.
If players choose not to lead one of the student party members back to their dorm, Eve will instead decide to turn in by herself. Either way, Eve is about to go to bed, though Estmi is able to catch her in the hall. There's an awkward quiet between the two of them, before Estmi asks if she wants to talk about what they discussed. The princess is quiet, though walks closer and leans into the Rugan ruler, prompting the latter to gently bring an arm around her back. She says that she loves Monan and Joume, but she wishes she had more time to appreciate them, to know them... Estmi tells her they know...
She asks them if it's bad that she has more memories in Ruga than in the Gardens, with Estmi shaking their head. She's been doing a lot of growing and meeting a lot of people. It's not fair that she had her parents torn away from her like this... A lot of what the Monster has done hasn't been fair. And they want to make sure that it can't hurt her or anyone else again. They ask what she wants, with her pausing, seeming to struggle to come to an answer. Estmi tells her that they can talk about this later, for now they need to rest. Eve asks if she can sleep with them, with the lion assuring her she can. And thus, the duo rest for the night.
Septmi 30th - Octuar 5th
On the afternoon of the 30th, Hoarg carriages make their way to the Rugan castle town. From them steps out Ergri, several Hoarg soldiers, and Idli. The guards and Eve approach and Egilica remarks that he responded to their message really fast; the messenger hasn't even returned to them. Idli says that he felt he should be punctual and decisive, especially if he's going to take the reigns of this kingdom. Faunt says that his offering is most appreciated and bows to the young ruler-to-be. Idli says he hopes to impress on this excursion. With that, the soldiers begin to organize, though Faunt warns that a fair few of them will probably have to camp around the grounds: they're still zeroing in on the Monster's location, with Ergri saying she'll be sure to take care of that.
With that, the gator leaves to speak with the guards while Eve approaches Idli. She asks if he knows about what they're up against, with him answering that he read about it, but still finds it pretty hard to believe, though Ergri was able to convince him that the words on that letter are true. Several of the soldiers seem disbelieving and frightened... Eve says that they've heard the tale straight from Estmi's mouth, and if those constructs they've been encountering are anything to go by, this foe is certainly powerful enough to be considered at least among the divine. Idli gives pause, and says that he's going to have to leave morale to Ergri, unfortunately: he still doesn't know how to talk to people without a letter between them.
There's an uncomfortable quiet between the two, before Eve asks him how that coronation stuff and royal business is going. Idli says that after they received the letter, Ergri made sure to put coronation business on hold until after this Monster business is tended to. He's trying to make sure he's studying up what he's going to have to go through in order to be a good ruler, and, admittedly, it's daunting... Eve admits that even she's worried about what it'll be like growing into a proper queen, and now Idli's having all of that thrust on him already. She's sorry that's happening, though Idli says that she's not involved. If anything, the Monster's responsible for this, so he can surely channel his energy into destroying that thing.
With that, players have the remaining free time to themselves. Idli is once again a part of the gang, and now players can speak to party members and to the people of the city to get a read on current events. Several comment about what Hoarg could possibly be doing occupying these parts, they have oases over in their borders to satisfy themselves. Some members from Helluam worry that Hoarg is teaming up with Ruga to tear down Helluam. Some members from Diluba think about how the prince came begging for assistance, then all of a sudden he's come with several soldiers, and they can't help but wonder if this is the same lad. Meanwhile, Eve can get little bits of chatter from the various party members about what's about to happen.
Rebla and Ickivol can be found together, with the snow leopard saying that whatever happens, they hope that her majesty and her friends can keep Rebla safe, with the otter assuring that she'll be fine, while saying that she intends to lend her strength to the Dragon when the time is ready. Telle, Wol, and Ren can be seen together, with Telle asking Eve if she's doing alright. At Eve's assurance that she's good, Ren will chime in that, they're sorry if they discouraged her with their fear: they're friends, and they're here to help her, with Wol saying that striking down a foe that powerful will be a hell of a way to go. Dona can be found hanging out with Folga, with the raccoon remarking that the coyote has been fairly talkative, and if he's confident they can pull through this, she thinks she wishes to at least try. Dona remarks that they're all in this world together, and they need to pull through it together. Finnegan and Idli are together, with the ibis saying that before all of this started, he gathered a few dresses, and he wants to make sure Eve can see them, even if the end of the world has to be stopped. Finnegan adds that they've gone in this far, and he hopes to see them all through this! Tenko can be found, and he says that it sounds like a lot of weird things are happening. Morge is still missing, their friends are in odd spirits... he hopes to offer a hand wherever he can.
On the day of Octuar 5th, soldiers from the various other kingdoms can be seen mobilizing, them being represented by their respective royal representatives. General Roijo, Royal Guard Devs, and General Siln have arrived, though they are noticeably keeping their distances from members of the other armies. Enror soldiers in mechanical armor take notice of the Helluam and Diluba soldiers side-eyeing them threateningly, Diluba and Helluam soldiers similarly seem to be cross with each other, the two nations having conflict in the past that'd been taken care of by Ruga. Hoarg soldiers, meanwhile, seem fairly uneasy with the Helluam soldiers. Once the armies make it, Faunt, Osloca, and Egilica make their way out to greet them and welcome the representatives into the courtyard.
Roijo asks if they're really supposed to work with these guys, with Faunt telling them that they are facing a threat that could threaten the whole of their realm. He recognizes they have plenty of issues together, but now is the time to set that aside. Ergri says that they're right. Even if there is some bad blood here, everything these nations have done to each other will mean nothing if It is allowed to prosper. The ox general crosses his arms, before supposing that they're right. Siln says that they lost a lot of soldiers their first bout with the Monster, and asks how they can avoid that this time, with Faunt saying that their majesty plans to go over this tomorrow. For now, they are free to relax.
The players have another day to themselves, when the lot of them make their way to their hangout. There, there's a silence among them, before Eve says that it sounds like they're going to strategize tomorrow. Folga says that according to Devsi, there's a good chance that the royals are going to be involved shortly, with Dona affirming as much. He overheard Siln speaking with Tenko about what all was happening, and it sounds like the young prince wanted to get involved. Wol mutters that even that musclehead is offering his hand... Finnegan says that that just leaves one question for each of them: with as many people are getting involved, how do they all feel about participating in this. There's a pause, before Eve decides to step up.
She says that this thing took away her parents and had been poisoning this kingdom ever since she got down here... Plus, there's no way she'll let Estmi shoulder this by themselves. Rebla says that if she plans to involve herself, there's no way she'll let her fight this herself. Ickivol nods and says that the lot of them... they're going to need someone to look out for each of them. Wol mutters that it's time someone does this right. Telle says that not just Eve, but so many people she knows were hurt by the Monster's subordinates, and she wants to fight for them. Dona says his answer hasn't changed since before. Ren says that helping her out is the least he can do for her. Finnegan assures that, on behalf of his kingdom, his blade is hers. Folga answers that she plans to bring the full might of Helluam on that creature. And Idli says that, for Hoarg, for his mother, and for Eve... he plans to fight with them. Eve seems grateful to get their support and can be seen wiping her tears away. She thus says that, tomorrow, they'll meet at the castle.
Octuar 6th
On this day, Estmi has brought the various representatives, plus Idli, into one of the rooms of the castle. There, a map of the continent is laid out displaying several lines on it. The lion explains that when Inola was imprisoned, she provided a detailed account of the movements of the Monster cult. They explain that these lines are displayed as they moved through the years. She began looking into them after the Fallen Star incident, and apparently got some minor scraps of movements during 1433. Apparently, she spotted some suspicious movements after Perusive's fort was broken, and were able to take notice of some of the villains moving in from Hoarg to Ruga to start those bouts of freedom fighting. As they explain, the point a claw to some of the lines. They also explain that apparently around this time, they made contact and were made to begin supplying them with resources.
They point to some of these lines and explain that while fights raged on in Ruga, cultists had begun moving resources through Helluam and Diluba. Then in 1434, there was movement in Ruga as Finoul made their way into the northern region. Apparently the rest of the cult continued collecting resources, and Inola was able to follow them further, finding that they apparently made their way past the Enror border. General Siln can be seen getting nervous about that fact, asking what this means. Estmi answers that they don't quite know, Inola's scouts apparently weren't able to follow these groups into the mountain range beyond this north east corner. Roijo asks if they're sure that their movements end in Enror, with Estmi nodding, just saying that they don't know where specifically in Enror.
They answer that 1435 didn't net them much more information, apparently she'd been preparing for her big, recent stint. Idli looks at the map, and says that the way the lines move, it looks like they're curving towards the central north edge of kingdom. Mism is near this part of the kingdom too, so this cult wouldn't have had much to travel to invade the museum! Siln remarks that after that incident, there were investigations in the direction of Helluam, with Devsi remarking that that was a plan, not just to get the Fallen Star to Perusive, but to misdirect them away from their base. The lion then ponders if it could be that simple, that this cult and Monster is over in this edge of the kingdom...
Siln says that they can send an order to King Ocka, and Roijo says he can see if Finnegan and Rofolk are willing to provide some support, Devsi offering similar. Estmi says that they need to make sure they leave nothing to chance. They need to make sure they don't go in too far: if they even suspect that they'll be in danger, they need to pull back. The group nods, and thus they begin to move out. Estmi leaves and Idli follows them, seeming a bit sheepish and asking if he did ok. The lion says that he's doing perfectly fine, and is thankful for him offering his insight. As they walk, they come upon Eve and her many friends in the hallway.
Estmi says that it sounds like they're getting closer to the battle. Ickivol asks how they think this will go, with Estmi admitting they don't know. The Monster may very well still be a big threat. They don't know if everyone will be safe, and if they don't wish to participate, they wouldn't blame them. However, Eve steps forwards and says that she wants to help them through this. The rest of the party steps forwards, with Telle saying that they're standing with their friend. Estmi looks on with a mixture of gratitude and worry, before nodding. They say thank you, and offers for them to rest up when they can. They say that they need to be in top form for this next battle, any wrong move could be fatal. With that, the lion steps forwards, and the party takes a deep breath. Folga supposes that this is really happening... Rebla nods, and tells everyone to make sure they're suited up for anything that could happen. With that, the group leaves the castle, and are thus left with the evening of free time.
Octuar 7th
On this day, the party wakes to see messengers from the various armies arrive to the castle. Estmi approaches them, and the various armies say that members of their forces uncovered a concentration of rogue warriors bearing unusual magics. Rebla remarks that if it's the same kind of magic they've uncovered, then there's no question that the cult's centered around there. Estmi asks if they've made headway into this hideout, with another of the messengers saying that they felt it a bit of a risk to press in after they uncovered the magic. The lion supposes that their best bet is to investigate it personally.
Faunt tells the ruler that they're with them all the way, Egilica and Osloca nodding along. Goritima says that, seeing as they need help still, he'll still be there to lend his guide. Eve asks if the other rulers are in motion, with the messengers explaining that they are gathering their resources for the attle. They apparently plan to arrive at Mount Imtul on Octuar 20th. Estmi says that that'll be their deadline to claim the mountain. The various party member nod in agreement as the Dragon steps beside the lion. They say that they'll do it right this time, and the party members now have their goal.
Octuar 7th - Octuar 19th
The player is given a goal: investigate Mount Imtul, and confirm the Monster's location. The party is tasked with making their way into Enror and seeking out the mountain in question. And once they arrive on the scene, they can see several soldiers gathered around the base of it, covering the caves leading into it. Among the various soldiers, the group can see General Siln and Prince Tenko. Eve greets the tiger and asks what he's doing here. The prince explains that everyone's gathering to shut this Monster thing down, and he figured he should get in on it. He's not much of a fighter, but he's willing to offer his aid however way he can.
Rebla asks the two of them what they can say about the mountain, with Siln explaining that this mountain used to be under the control of House Higura a few generations ago. However, they apparently drained it dry by the time Maize took the mantle, and moved their various supplies out of it. It's long since been abandoned, except apparently for the squatters now. Tenko says that the draining of the mountain led to several settlers around it moving, so that must've given the cultists room to move in. Dona says that now that they're here, it's time to strike at the heart of this beast. The party is in unison, and thus begin to move out.
----
Shortly after arriving at the base of the mountain, the scene cuts to inside Enror's castle, built into the side of the region's largest mountain. In there, King Ocka is seen getting his armor worked on by his soldiers. The tiger ruler looks into his throne room and up at some of the portraits, showing off the other rulers, him standing beside General Siln, and him with a much younger Tenko alongside a thinner cougar woman. He seems to talk towards that portrait, addressing the cougar as Ellodi, saying that their son is already putting himself out there for the sake of their continent. He also muses that he's already working alongside the other nations... He's sure that she'd be proud of him right now, because he is, too.
----
The party is tasked with progressing into the mountain. They make it to one of the caves, with several of the soldiers seeing them approaching and saluting them. They eventually make it in and are forced to progress. They need to take care of various enemies along the way, from more dissenters to spell casters, martial cultists, and summoners. The path through the caves is fraught with danger, though depending on how the party is built, it shouldn't be too difficult as long as players play smart. And as they progress through the caves. As they progress further in, they reach a branching system, showing some left over minecart tracks.
Rebla remarks that these appear to be leftovers from when House Higura owned this mine. Folga says she was hoping that this mission would be a bit more straight forwards, but already there appear to be plenty of branches around here. Finnegan asks how they're going to hone in on the heart of the Cult, though Idli is seen focusing some of his energy. He says that he thinks he can feel some of that strange magic. He thinks that he can track them down. Eve does remark that wherever that magic seems to be, that's where they find one of the cult's heads. Estmi reminds them that even if they do uncover the Monster, they can't face it head on. The Dragon nods and assures them that they'll all get out of this.
With that, the party is tasked with traversing through the maze-like former mines in hopes of finding something that points to the Monster's location. As they progress, however, sometimes having to go down a few levels, they eventually uncover someone collapsed on the trail. The group approaches, though Ren realizes that the heap on the ground is-! The group investigates, and recognizes that this is the former magic teacher, Morge! She's collapsed and covered in blood! Eve shouts her name in concern, the rest of the party similarly shocked, though as they approach, a group of cultists approach and take notice of them. Seeing the enemies, Ickivol and Faunt steps in front of the group and attempt to keep them at bay. Ren and Egilica cast a healing spell on her, though she doesn't seem responsive, much to the party members' worry. Ickivol warns them that they can't hold them off for long, and thus the party is forced to battle the attacking cultists.
The party is fortunately able to drive them off relatively easily. Once they're taken out, the party retreats to Morge's side, where the cow checks the panther's pulse. She says that she's still alive, but whatever these enemies did to her, she's not reacting to restoration. Dona says that she's been out so long for research, she must've gotten too close to the cultists... Telle says that they can't just leave her here, she needs to get to the medical ward. Gorithima says that abandoning their mission for this civilian could risk giving the cultists room to recuperate. Estmi, however, says that they're not plotting to engage the Monster until everyone's gathered for the final battle anyways. This is a Rugan citizen in danger, she needs to be brought in for healing. The rest of the party seems in agreement, and with that, this day's investigation suddenly comes to an end as they bring Morge out of the danger area.
----
While they bring her out, the scene cuts to inside the Diluba temple, particularly in its throne room, where King Ferengi is seen observing his whip-like sword to make sure it's in good condition. As he looks over it, Queen Rofok comes in and asks if he's sure about this. The calico says that he had a duty 20 years ago, and he failed it, it's only right that he comes in to make up for the failure of the past. He says that she wasn't involved, he asks her to look out for the kingdom in the meantime. The fox nods, and tells him he has a duty to the kingdom too. She says that she hopes he can be back to fulfil that duty too. The calico nods and keeps tending to his weapon.
----
Back in Ruga, the party has made it to one of the medical wards of the castle town. Egilica comes out and tells them all that her condition is still uncertain. She trusts the doctors, but she still says that they should prepare for anything. Eve thanks them for taking the time out to see her to safety, with Estmi saying that it's nothing. Osloca says that at worst, saving her will be a bit of a setback, but nothing they shouldn't be able to handle. Wol mutters that the cultists have nowhere to hide from now on. With that, Estmi supposes they'll have to recover for now, and says they'll regroup tomorrow, thus letting the party part.
The party is left standing around, with Telle worrying whether or not they were responsible for this. The sidewinder replies that it's not like they sent her to the cult's lair, though Ren brings up that she wouldn't have gotten into that mess if they didn't involve her... Folga responds that, while she was in training, her mother told her that there are cases where loss will be next to impossible to prevent. She's seen several men felled, and sometimes, all a ruler can do is press on in spite of their loss. Ickivol nods and says that sometimes, men are around to serve a role, sometimes in service to another. Eve, however, says that she wasn't here for a fight, she didn't deserve this. She wishes she could tell Morge that she's sorry... Either way, the party has the evening to go through, and the rest of the Imtul mines to explore.
----
The party continues into the mines, and once they make their way in, enemy forces have managed to beef up their numbers a little. Faunt warns that it'll likely be a little tougher to progress through here, but Dona says that this isn't their first rodeo. Rebla seems surprisingly on board, saying that they've had to deal with plenty of these enemies up to now. Estmi nods, and reminds the group that they're not here to finish this all off. They need to confirm the enemy's position, and even if the Monster is here. The party is in agreement, and thus presses on.
They are forced to go through more of the mine with a greater concentration of enemies, and Idli will grant them some guidance. Eventually, they make it to a part of the mines deep, deep down into the mine, where several guards stand in position around multiple entrances into a chamber. Once there, Ren and Osloca try to sneak forwards and peer past the group of enemies. The fox focuses on a bear tending to some weapon, and says that that looks like the guy from the Mism attack. The skunk looks more, and her eyes go wide as she can spy a throne, and specifically someone upon it. They're someone in a stark-white cloak, and a gilded saber stuck through their chest. The sword fighter pulls back to the rest of the group, and says that she sees it.
Hearing that prompts Estmi to get closer to look at the foe. The angle is kind of awkward, and it is far away, but the cloak and the sword is enough to convince the lion. They flashback to their fight with it, way back to the prologue, and fury fills them as they bare their teeth. Egilica, Eve, and Faunt, however, are able to hold the sword master and calm them down. They say that that's it. They fought that thing 20 years ago... the Monster. Folga remarks that that thing is surrounded by a small army of cultists, they'll be worn down if they get too close. Finnegan also points out that they don't even know precisely how powerful the Monster is in this form. Idli says that even from here he can sense some intense power from that thing... Ickivol says that they'll need no less than an army to engage these forces... Either way, Estmi says that they've gotten the information they needed, so now it's time to regroup.
----
Meanwhile, the scene cuts over to Helluam, to its castle. In there, Queen Olive is seen loading her quiver and sharpening her bow. She takes a deep breath and looks up in her personal quarters over several portraits. Several depict her with the other royals when they were younger, there are a fair few with Devsi, there are many with Folga... and there are even a few with Estmi, depicting the two of them before they earned their royal regalia. She takes a deep breath, saying that she couldn't raise arms when she was needed most... She says that she's not turning away this time. She tells Estmi that the Monster will fall now.
----
The party meets back near the entrance of the mines, where General Siln and Tenko show up. The two tigers greet them, with Tenko asking what they saw. Eve says that they located the Monster. Idli can't help but say that this thing's super powerful and surrounded by several cultists. Folga says that if this thing is anything like the constructs they've run into before, that thing risks destroying their armies if they get too close. The prince grows curious, and seems curious about something: if they need to destroy that thing, do they need to confront it directly?
Eve asks what he means, to which he brings up the map they have of Imtul's mines. He explains that his father had been developing some demolitions for future projects, and given their powerset, he thinks that there's a chance they could use that on these mines. He points to four points on the map and explains that these should be load-bearing segments of the mountain. If these areas can be completely demolished, then there's a chance that they could bring everything down on the Monster. Hearing that causes the various party members to be shocked, Folga seeming to excitedly ask if they're actually planning to drop the mountain on this thing, with Siln saying that, given the mountain's been abandoned, it's likely King Ocka will give them the "ok" for this idea.
Finnegan asks if they're sure that'll beat this thing, with Rebla looking up at the mountain and saying that that should be a few hundreds if not thousands of tons coming down on the Monster. That sword is rendering it mortal, if all of that doesn't kill it, it should at the very least weaken it enough for them to finish that Monster off. Ickivol says that this still seems like they're leaving a lot to chance, with Rebla simply replying that she likes their odds. Wol, however, feels like bringing up that if they go through with this, that'll put the local area at risk. Siln says that a maneuver like this will certainly require them to clear a lot of the area around it, but if this is what it takes to finally put this Monster down, they support it.
Estmi tells the prince that an idea like that seems inspired, and complements him for coming forwards with that. Tenko is grateful for the praise, though brings up that if they go through with this, they'll need to make sure those load-bearing points are completely under their control. It'll require their armies to all be in full force. The lion says that the royals are coming here to prepare an offensive anyways. They say that they'll offer this plan to the kings and queen in order to make sure they're prepared for this plan. Tenko asks if they can make sure to mention that he proposed this, with the Rugan ruler assuring him that that can be arranged.
Telle asks if this is truly about to be over. Dona remarks that it sounds like if this all goes well, they won't even need to face that ugly baddie head-on! Gorithima remarks that it will require careful movements of their allies to make sure there are as few casualties as possible, with Tenko assuring that they'll put in measures to make sure everyone knows when to get to cover before detonation. Faunt says that when they get home, he'll make sure to prepare evasion measures for their men, with Osloca offering to help them with their proper footwork while Egilica says that she'll also make sure everyone knows the floorplan of the detonation site. The many soldiers and party members seem to be in high spirits about this plan.
After the plan is given, Estmi tells them the group that they've done what they can, and they can only move forwards once the other rulers convene. They tell everyone to make whatever preparations they can, because everyone is expected to act as best they can on the 20th. Following this, whenever players speak with their party members in the Ruga castle town, the lot of them can be antsy and kind of worried about how this assault is going to play out.
Octuar 20th
The day of the 20th comes, and a scene plays to show civilians that hadn't already fled at the sight of the moving soldiers being escorted away from Mount Imtul. The various forces of Eslio have come out to take their stand around the mountain, and among them, one can see the various rulers. King Ocka is stepping out with a mechanical suit of armor and thick gauntlets with pistons set in them. King Ferengi is advancing in a lightweight regalia with his whip sword sheathed at his side. Queen Olive approaches with a quiver chock full of arrows, and her usual compound bow, as well as lightweight armor. Instead of Idli, Ergri is stationed with the Hoarg forces. They all seem weary about the enemy that rests inside the mountain, though they each rally their forces to prepare to burn this poison from their land once and for all! The many soldiers cheer at the declaration.
Meanwhile, back at the Rugan castle, Eve can be seen taking care of some of her own equipment and provisions, before Estmi arrives nearby. They ask the princess if they can talk with her about something, with the Dragon assuring them they can talk whenever. The lion enters, and says that they know this is an awkward question, but... they ask her if she's been feeling... certain things towards her friends. Hearing that seems to cause the Dragon shock, with Estmi waving their hands apologetically. They assure her that there's no problem if she does feel anything, and similarly there's no problem if she doesn't. It's just, they know they've caused a lot of trouble by being dishonest, and they wanted to make sure that she could feel confident in any decision she makes today.
The Dragon calms down from the initial shock and seems contemplative. She asks the ruler what brought this on, to which they sit down next to her. They explain that when they were around her age, they felt things for Queen Olive, before they got too far in their royal trainings, they mean. The lion pulls a ring from their pocket, catching the Dragon's eyes. They clarify that that's not to say they necessarily lost those feelings for her or anything like that, it's just, they struggled to find a time to talk to her about how they felt, and before long, it became too late to say anything. The lion sighs as the Dragon looks on more.
They tell her that they won't tell her to live without regrets, that is a privilege few can enjoy. They just hope that she can feel good in her decisions around the people she's close to, before something happens that can take that away. They offer the ring to the Dragon, and she carefully takes it. She looks over it curious, before sighing and putting it away. She assures Estmi that nothing is going to happen. Everyone is here, and everyone will make sure that everyone gets out of this alive. Estmi seems uncertain, but they suppose if that's how she feels, they won't argue. The lion then steps up, and tells her that it's time to move out. Eve nods and takes up her own equipment before heading out to what the two think could be the most important battle for Eslio.
----
The party has made it to Mount Imtul, where a tent has been set up. Before it, the various rulers are seen waiting for the team to arrive. Seeing them, the various party members bow and prompt the others to tell them "at ease". Ocka looks over Rebla and Ickivol, and remarks that the two of them belong to House Higura, which prompts some unease from the otter. The snow leopard explains that they serve Rebla, and subsequently serve the rest of the group, for better or for worse. Rebla says that her actions are not that of Higura, which prompts a shrug from the massive tiger. He says that either way, he's glad to see them stepping up for the sake of the continent.
Ferengi approaches the other members, with Finnegan and Telle and Dona approaching. He says that he's been hearing that he's been serving the Dragon Princess well, with the fox nodding and saying he's done everything he can. The calico says that it sounds like they've all been doing a lot on their own... Finnegan is sure that he's been busy, especially with the fallout of the nobles' failure with their museum. Ferengi says that regardless, it isn't an excuse. He can only hope that the rest of his friends have been serving him well, with Dona saying that they've had their eyes on his back for a while now. Telle remarks that he's actually helped them out of a lot of problems throughout their time here. That gets a smile from the calico, with him sure that he's demonstrated the grace of Diluba all the while.
Olive approaches as well, taking notice of Folga, Estmi, and Ren. She approaches her daughter, and remarks that she's been putting a lot of weight on herself as of late. The younger raccoon says that this is what it takes for her to get stronger, though that gets Rugan ruler to shake their head, saying such a defeatist attitude is precisely what caused so much strife to begin with. Olive nods, and says that even she's had to lean on Devsi during her recovery. She honestly feels like she should've gathered more support, which gets an uncomfortable look from the lion. Ren says that, regardless, what's passed is passed. Right now, there's a foe to fry. Folga says that he's right, and Olive says that the lot of them will be on standby. First, they need to send their armies. With that, the youngers leave before Estmi and Olive stand in front of each other, a bit of awkwardness between them. Estmi apologizes that they weren't there before. Olive admits that it hasn't been easy, but she's glad that they've been coming out more now. They ask if there's more they can do to support her, with her saying that first, a bit more chatter when this is over. Estmi says that it's a deal, and then the two make their way into the tent.
The rulers all gather inside, preparing for the War Room. Ferengi says that, from what he gathered, they are not sending their armies to the Monster. Ocka acknowledges that that's correct; his glorious son has found a way to bring the whole mountain down on top of it! Olive says that he certainly sounds bright, and the Enror ruler says that after his mom... passed... he wanted to do something to really stand out. He's been working on reaching out to the nobles, working on his personal smarts, working on his charm... Ocka says that he's getting distracted, and continues. 
He says that Enror's been working on some demolition bombs to clear some mountain ranges for easier transportation. By his and Tenko's calculations, these should be enough to cave in the mountain, but in order to do so, they need to make sure they take full control of the load-bearing sites. In order to do so, they need to direct their squads to clear these sites of enemies. Once they're in position, they need to make sure no other enemy squads can invade these spaces. They need to have them in their control long enough to place the bombs. Players direct the squads accordingly, and once the spaces are clear, they then need to keep the areas under their control for a few turns all at once. Once enough time passes, Ferengi says that this looks like a worthwhile plan. Olive says that she's ready to carry this out!
----
The many soldiers have gone to war. They fought into the mountain and have made it to the load-bearing points, followed by some less-armored Enror soldiers to race into the caves with charges hooked to cables with them. While the squads fight off the cultists, they're able to plant the charges before running off and to the exterior. The four men make it to where the cables are meeting up, to a crate with a plunger set on top of it. Siln can be seen trying to move it back, though the cables appear to be at full length. Tenko and Ocka are also seen behind it in preparation for detonation while the rest of the party stands guard. The guys that set the charges explain that the bombs are in position, with Ocka saying that that means it's time to call back the soldiers!
Olive thus uses her horn to call them back, leading to several of them fleeing. Though as they make their way out, Idli skews his face, and says that he's detecting someone with that weird magic coming. Estmi asks if it's the Monster, with the ibis shaking his head. Suddenly, several of the soldiers are broken through by that static-like magic. And its source was that bear that'd been associating with the other big guys in the cult, accompanied by some other soldiers. Several of the members block the cave while he brings the others towards the royals. The party is startled by the display of power, with Siln saying that if they detonate now, they'll lose their men!
Estmi says that they'll take care of the leader, and asks the rest of them to clear the exit! Thus, the other royals and their respective guards part, Idli joining with the rest of the party as they rush the bear, the latter seeming to send a flurry of bullets at the party that they're forced to evade. They get close enough, when Eve remarks that she recognizes him. He was there, taking the Fallen Star. Rebla says that his other allies have given their reason for siding with the Monster, so what's his reason. He says that this world's been poisoned far too early on: they had the means of doing anything they wished with this land, and they made one where labor is a necessity and quality is a luxury. Estmi says that these kingdoms have been tempered as best they could to be able to construct life suitable for the people among them.
In response however, the bear fiddles with one of his gloves and pulls it away, revealing a mechanical hand in its place, shocking the group. He explains that before he could even speak, he'd been sold off to House Tyuk to be a worker for them. He thought that if he worked hard enough, he'd get better accommodations, but instead he got more work. When he lost his limbs to the mines, the House thought he was "too valuable" an asset to lose, so they sprung to replace his limbs so he could keep working. He says that his life had been chosen for him before he was born, and he spent nearly forty years of his life working for a man that cared more about money than lives. Eventually Ms Tyuk was able to construct a machine that worked as well as several of their men, and he was let go along with several others.
Dona remarks that that just ain't right... Ickivol also agrees that that's disgusting, but asks why target the world at large instead of Ms Tyuk. The bear replies that he's far from the only person sold off like this. There've been workers throughout Enror that've developed debilitating ailments or died because of their employers, something that seems to hit Ickivol personally. He looks towards Estmi and remarks that leaders like them will offer a few words of kindness of people that get lost to the system and act like that makes everything ok, but they keep neglecting that the system itself is at fault. These kingdoms were built by a bunch of people that wanted to look big and strong for the Dragons and to each other, but they kept looking up and missing the people beneath them.
The lion looks down at those words, though Eve speaks up and says that there's plenty of screw ups around here, sure, but any part of growing up is fixing what went wrong. If you just choose to throw it all away, then there was no point to what came before! Finnegan declares that they're all learning to make their kingdoms a better place, with Folga saying they're here so that their people can live in peace! Idli says that their parents want to make this place better for everyone, and they're here to continue that! Estmi nods and says that they wish that they could've been there to help him, but they're fighting for a future for all, and the Monster stands directly in the way of that! Now, they plan to end what should've been stopped years ago!
With that, players enter a fight with Retkin. First things first, the bear is a physical force to reckon with, being able to Resist all physical attacks and able to deal Slash, Stab, and Smash damage, with certain skills having a chance to lower party members' stats. In addition, he can utilize Earth magic, and utilizes his allies to buff up all of his stats, himself able to buff himself as well. After lowering him to half health, he'll begin to use Charge to increase his physical damage, as well as Void magic that deals physical damage, and his allies have a chance of inflicting Sleep on one or multiple party members. In addition to that, if multiple party members use buffs, he or one of his allies can use a Skill to dispel everyone's buffs. The player is encouraged to target the enemies aiding Retkin in order to reduce his action economy, though he'll typically call for more allies. Other than that, players should work on wearing down his buffs, and strategically damage the minions to utilize One Mores smartly. It'll be a long process, but the party will eventually take the enemy down!
Retkin has been overcome with damage, and he collapses to his knees. As he shudders, Eve, Rebla, and Ickivol approach him with their weapons still drawn. The bear looks towards them, and lowers his head. Rebla asks if they have anything left, with the bear shaking his head. He says that he's too tired to muster up any more of an offense. There's a pause, though the otter says that this all can change... they will change it. The bear says that regardless of what they do, what has happened will still have happened. These kingdoms have blood on their hands, and for as long as they continue to exist, they will never wash that away. With that, the bear collapses, dead. The trio are visibly uncomfortable with the bear's words. The Dragon tries to say simply that he's just trying to startle them, they shouldn't take this to heart... Ickivol nods, and says that they've only got forwards to go. Rebla nods, and with that, the trio and the rest of the party go over to Tenko and the others.
Meanwhile, Ocka, Ferengi, Olive, and Ergri have managed to clear the exit to the mines and allowed their soldiers to flee from it. Once the last of the soldiers are out, they flee towards the demolition zone with King Ocka telling Tenko to detonate it! The younger tiger nods and holds the plunger while looking to make sure they've made some distance. And then, he presses down... only for nothing to happen. Eve asks him if that's supposed to happen, though gets her answer when the prince tries the plunger a couple more times. He wonders what happened when he looks around the device, and sees bullet holes courtesy of Retkin in it. Tenko is horrified and answers that they damaged the demolition device!
The Enror King came close in time to realize that and he seems equally horrified. Estmi asks them if that means they can't use the bombs, but the king says that it's possible, but very risky. The demolition box stores a charge that gets transferred through the cables. The charge itself is of a precise power and accuracy so as to pierce the bombs' shells, resonate with the compressed magic stored inside them, and allow all of the stored energy to be released in a powerful blast. He says that if they can perform the precise strike necessary to pierce that shell and the stone of compressed magic, they'll be able to match the effect of the demolition charge, but they'll be putting themselves at risk.
Tenko adds that even barring that, they need to carefully time the piercing of the shells. If there's too much of a difference between detonation times, the mountain could crumble to the side instead of downwards. Ren remarks that to pull something off like that would require plenty of coordination and division of themselves, but by now the Monster will likely be mobilizing! Faunt says that direct contact with it is still too much of a risk. However, as they talk, Estmi seems in contemplation, before clenching their fist. They say that they'll buy them time. Olive asks what they're saying, to which they say that they need to be able to defend each other from whatever cultists remain. Ferengi says that they don't need to do this, they can still talk about this, but the lion is already rushing off!
The royals are horrified, though Eve glances towards Idli, giving him a look. At that, the ibis seems to understand, and he tells them to trust the lion. They have to worry about the charges anyways, to try and convince Estmi right now will simply waste time. The party seems uncertain, though Eve assures she'll take care of them. The group still seems uncertain, but realizes they don't have much of a chance. Roijo, Ferengi, Finnegan, and several of the Diluba soldiers agree to go for one charge. Ocka, Faunt, Rebla and Ickivol, Siln, and some Enror soldiers agree to go after another. Olive, Folga, Devsi, and several Helluam soldiers agrees to go after another. And Idli, Ergri, the remaining party members, and some Hoarg soldiers agree to go after the last one. The group there tells Eve that they both had better come back, with Idli saying that they'll give a signal when they are about to trigger the explosions. Eve nods, and begins to rush forwards.
As she races into the caves, she flexes her wings. She flaps more and more, and she's soon able to lift herself off her feet! She's starting to zoom through the caves and weaves through them, before she soon finds the Rugan ruler racing ahead. They take notice of her and seem amazed to see her flying. However, they shake themselves back to the present and tell her that someone has to make sure that thing can't hurt anyone ever again! They tell her that she can't stop them, only for her to scoop her up and keep flying forwards. The lion is confused and looks up at her, and she tells them that she's not here to stop them; they're not in this alone! Estmi seems taken aback, but is ultimately grateful. They hold their greatsword tightly as she flies further.
Inside the Monster's chambers, the cloaked figure has indeed gotten up and begun to move with the various cultists spreading to give them a wide berth. A group of them by one of the entrances notices someone flying and shouts for assistance, only for the royal pair to barrel through the entrance and into the chamber, blowing them away! The Monster hardly seems reactive to their appearance, even as their followers attempt to strike down the airborne pair. Estmi is and Eve are able to deflect the projectiles, before the Dragon hurls Estmi ahead. The lion ends up behind the Monster while Eve flies in from on high. The Monster raises its hands in order to block a slice from Estmi and a punch from Eve, the two attacks managing to create a shockwave that knock over a few nearby cultists. The subordinates seem to realizes they're not cut out for this, and start to flee. Meanwhile, the Rugan Royals step away and meet up side to side while the Monster turns to face them, with that static magic billowing around it and its hood low.
Thus, players are forced to battle the Monster with just Estmi and Eve. Fortunately, despite the party being reduced to just the two, it quickly becomes clear this isn't a fight: it's venting for the pair. The Monster bears some powerful multi-target strikes and multi-hitting strikes, but by now, players should have the means of undoing this damage. Furthermore, The Monster's poise is surprisingly simple to exploit, which means the pair will have plenty of chances to baton pass. Even if the Monster deals too much damage to them, for this fight, the pair have an everlasting Endure status on, which makes it so that they can never go below 1 HP. This is their chance to deal as much damage to the Monster as they can in a short amount of time while letting every bit of anger they feel towards this creature bellow out with each strike.
Once enough turns pass, the various other friendlies are fighting off the cultists while Ickivol, Wol, Roijo, and Ren prepare a careful strike on their respective bombs. Idli, meanwhile, is waiting and making sure his ally is properly lined up, before he provides a signal that echoes through the mines. Those at the detonation locations hear it, as do a tired-looking Eve and Estmi. The Dragon tells Estmi that it's time to go. At that, the duo press the Monster one last time with Estmi swinging low to force it to block with both hands, soon following by the Dragon punching across its face twice. This is then followed by Estmi rearing back and swinging their sword in an uppercut fashion to hurl them upwards, before Eve jumps up to spike it down, seeming to stun it! At that, Eve grabs Estmi and flies off back the way they came!
Meanwhile, the other allies launch their attacks and pierce the bombs, which is then followed by them all detonating within and letting loose powerful explosions that the allies are barely able to avoid. And then, the ceilings start to crumble, and the various allies run away, with the various members using spells to improve everyone's speed so they can flee faster! The camera cuts to outside to reveal the mountain crumbling into itself, almost like the massive thing is sinking into the earth! Those that helped with the detonation make it out, as do a scant few cultists. Once they make it out, Dona asks Tenko if Eve and Estmi made it out, prompting him to shake his head.
Eve and Estmi continue to fly through as rubble falls around them! Outside, Idli puts his own magic to work, before saying that he can sense them coming! Hearing that, Ocka and Olive rush in, where they can see the cave starting to fall down. Ocka and Olive both plant their hands against the ceiling to try and keep it up, a process that weighs heavy on them as Ocka's mechanical suit sputters and breaks while Olive's royal regalia is starting to split from the stress being put on her. Ferengi, meanwhile, is using his own magic to try and buff them up. Soon, thankfully, the Dragon flies through the caves and tackles the two out of the way! And as they make it out, the scene cuts to the Monster's chambers, where the cloaked figure, still stunned by the attack, looks up just in time to see the ceiling overhead crumble down towards it.
Estmi, Eve, and the other royals have made it outside, where the mountain has collapsed and kicked up a ton of dust. The soldiers and party members that've gotten far away from the chaos look on in worry and approach, though once the dust clears, they can see that Eve was able to use her wings to shield the people she tackled. She climbs up and reveals them scraped up, but ultimately ok. Ocka is forced to undo his armor and crawl out while the others climb up and look over. Ferengi asks if that did it, leading to Idli examining, and saying that he can't feel that overwhelming presence... Hearing that, joy starts to fill the crowd. Estmi starts to laugh, and declares that the Monster is dead! Hearing that, the crowd cheers!
The party rushes over to the group, where they see Estmi collapse. The students are worried, though a quick examination from Egilica has her say that they're simply exhausted... They've spent 20 years holding onto this. Gorithima says that they'll be a struggle to carry back, but it could definitely be worse. Faunt and the other guards thus work together to pick them up, before Faunt turns to the students and says that they've all done amazing today, they should be proud. Ocka is in agreement, and happily wrap his arms around both Tenko and Eve! Ferengi tells Finnegan that he's proud like he wouldn't believe, earning some happy tears from the young fox. Olive checks up on Folga, who seems to be excited from the rush of this victory, though tries to calm down once spied by her mom, though the older raccoon simply chuckles. Seeing the lot of them enjoying themselves, Idli seems saddened, though Ergri pats him on his shoulder and says that Hoarg will remember him fondly for all of this.
The many soldiers are high on life, and it takes a while for everyone to agree to get out of here and home.
----
The party makes it back to the Ruga castle town, standing outside of the castle. Eve says that Faunt and the others brought Estmi into their chambers. They're fine, with the rest of the party thankful. Wol mutters that they can't change things if they're dead. Dona asks if it really is over. If that Monster is really dead, with Idli assuring he sensed that thing's presence faded. Telle says that it's almost unbelievable. That thing's hounded them for years, and it's gone. Folga says that she still feels like she's in fight or flight, Ickivol saying that they're still not sure if they're safe. Rebla says that some of the cult members survived, but without that Monster, they won't be able to manage much more than terrorist attacks. Ren supposes that, at the very least, they'll be nothing as bad as what their kingdoms dispatched of there. Finnegan says that right now, the best thing for each of them is to sleep this off. The party is in agreement, and thus goes to sleep.
Octuar 21st
The party heads over to the medical ward, where they find Morge attached to some medical equipment. Eve and Egilica stand beside her, with the Dragon asking how she's doing. The cow answers that she's stable, but she's in a coma. She doesn't know when she'll wake up, though Eve says that she got into this because they got her investigating into this junk. She's willing to see to it that she's tended to, with the cow bowing. She steps out and finds the rest of the party, where she conveys her message to them. Ren feels terrible about what happened to her, but it's good to hear that she's going to be ok. Telle just wishes that they knew when she'd get up so they can prepare some sort of party for her.
Folga says that she must've meant a lot to them for them to look over her like this, with Dona saying she was a nice and studios lady that taught them plenty about magic. Eve says that she helped them understand what it was they were up against, Finnegan saying that she helped them realize what exactly that attack over in northern Helluam was during the Fallen Star incident was. The royal raccoon remarks that she certainly sounds like a fine woman. Wol mutters that they can't do much more for her now. Rebla says she's right. Estmi's getting ready to host that dance tomorrow for each of them, they don't have a lot of time to prepare. Dona nods and says that he can't wait to have a proper celebration after everything they've done!
Meanwhile, the scene cuts over to one of the studies to show Estmi and Gorithima together. The lion seems surprised, and asks him if he's certain. The rat nods and says that he's been stuck with them for long, and he feels like his services have run their course. He's put his life on the line plenty too often, and he's seen their majesty finally grow, they feel satisfied with their service. The ruler seems saddened, and asks if he's sure he doesn't want to at least be around for the dance, with the rat saying that he fears if he stands there, he'll be convinced away from his route forwards. The lion sighs and supposes they understand. They ask what he plans to do after this, with him saying that he hopes to finally find a path for himself. With that, the two elders exchange a hug, Estmi putting a bit more force in their hold, before he heads out.
Eve bumps into him on the way out, and greets the rat. The scientist takes notice of her, and remarks that she's grown into a fine woman. He says that he's happy to've been there, but he's getting old for his position. The Dragon asks what he's saying, with him telling her that he's retiring. She seems surprised, and asks if this has to do with the Monster fight. He explains that it's no one's fault. It's just, growing up means that sometimes, people have to step away to find their own lanes. It's just like with the court mage, though Eve still seems saddened. The rat assures her that she's done plenty great already, she's bound to be a great woman. The Dragon still says she'll miss him, with him saying that he'll miss her. And then, he leaves.
Eve presses past him and finds Estmi sitting back in his chair. Eve asks how everything's doing, and the lion answers King Ocka says that he'll have to compensate the people that had to move to avoid the damage of Mount Imtul, and then he'll have to put in time to search the rubble and find the sword that bounded the Monster in the first place. Eve asks how they feel, and they say they feel kind of overwhelmed: that thing existing in the darkness almost always felt like an excuse for them to hide away. And now... they suppose it's time to finally step up. The Dragon smiles and says that she's excited. She steps closer to them, prompting the lion to bring an arm across her shoulders. They say that they've neglected to talk to and about her.
They acknowledge that she flew, the princess nodding and saying she was surprised too! Estmi says that they keep forgetting that she's growing around here too! They then realize that she's going to be so big. This'll be the last chance to wear her dress, what are they going to do about her room and the halls? Eve laughs a little and tells them to calm down. She says that they just saved reality, they can deal with those problems later. The lion sighs and says she's right. They shouldn't get so worked up, they have a dance tomorrow. The Dragon nods and says she'll prepare herself. She and her guardian make their way through the halls before a brief montage shows the other party members gathering their own supplies and making sure their dresses are ready.
Octuar 22nd
The next day comes, and the staff are hard at work to make sure the various items are set up for the dance. In the meantime, the various party members, plus Tenko, have made sure their clothes are ready. Everyone, except for Idli. The ibis has made his way to the castle's dungeon, towards a cell containing the former queen of Hoarg, Inola, presently dressed in prison rags and wearing bands that wear down her magic. Inola greets her son, and Idli greets her as well. He nervously asks her how things are, with her saying that she's managing. She asks if he's doing alright with his duties, with him saying that Ergri made sure to pause the coronation.
However, he's had a taste of being a ruler and... and he helped kill the Monster. The polar bear perks up at that, and she remarks that they've dealt with that thing even faster than she expected. She's amazed in their service, and especially with his. He smiles, though there is still a sadness behind him. He asks, now that the Monster is dead, does that mean she can come out soon? She sighs and says that, regardless of her intents and the outcome, she still acted against Eslio. She has to serve penance, which earns a sigh from Idli. He says that he was scared... he's still scared. 
Even with this act, he still had the other rulers to lean on. And now he's about to go to Hoarg, ruler... She apologizes for everything that's about to be thrust upon him. She knows he's a bright young lad, and she fully expects him to be someone that the kingdom will proudly look up to. Besides, Ergri will always be there to help lead him. He smiles at that, and thanks her. He says that he hopes he can see her again in the future, with Inola promising she'll try to get out on good behavior. The two get close to the bars and they both gently press their hands to each other's through the bars, before sighing and parting, with Idli leaving for the exit.
----
Eventually, night comes, and the castle's been suited for a proper dance. There's food set out in the courtyard and the ballroom is available. The various student party members plus Tenko have entered, though Eve is missing. Most of the men are in tuxes, Idli is in an extravegant dress, Rebla and Ickivol are in matching dress suits, and the remaining women are also in dresses. Tenko remarks that it looks like the soldiers brought out some tough mead for the ocassion. Ren remarks that he'd bring out some of the strong stuff as well after a victory like that, Wol seeming to agree. Ickivol says that they were sceptical, but seeing all of this and dressing like this... it does feel like the worst of their problems are behind them.
Finnegan agrees and says that after everything, he's struggling to imagine what they're going to do now. Dona admits that there was an odd sense of routine to having to take care of that cult, but now... He shakes his head and says that he's talking crazy. Everything's done for, and they're here to party! He and Ren rush into some direction in the courtyard. Finnegan follows and tells them not to be so reckless, earning a slight chuckle from Rebla and Telle. Tenko says that he can't believe that they've all been dealing with this junk this whole time. Folga explains that it seemed like a necessary step for them, with Idli admitting that if it wasn't for his mom, they'd probably still be trying to work behind everybody's back. Tenko supposes that he just sort of feels like he should've worked with them as well. Telle tells him that they wouldn't have felt great about putting him in danger, though Wol mutters that it was this sort of secretivness that led to a lot of their problems in the first place.
Ickivol tells them they shouldn't beat themselves up. They've done as much as they could with the information that was allowed to them, and Tenko still shined with that plan about blowing up the mountain on top of that thing. Tenko nods and still says that he doesn't feel great about the royals having to carry that burden without him. He just supposes that means he'll have to pick up pace when he becomes a proper ruler. Folga says that she looks forwards to the day the lot of them handle their kingdoms. Idli seems nervous, and says that he still has a lot of learning he needs to do... As they speak, they eventually hear horns. They look towards the source, and they can see Estmi in a snazzy, purple suit leading Eve out, the Dragon dressed in that Hoarg dress she wore after the Fallen Star incident.
Estmi says that she looks very pretty, with the Dragon saying that she had a very good dresser. As the two enjoy their company, Faunt, Osloca, and Egilica soon greet the duo. The trio give Eve their complements, and Faunt adds that Estmi looks great in that new suit. Osloca agrees and says that if they don't look out, they might steal someone's heart here. Egilica tells her not to be so crude, though the lion can't help but chuckle. They say that they felt like this was as good an occasion to not look like a warrior. Faunt says that the soldiers were having a drink for the victory and offer them one. Estmi supposes that that sounds nice, and asks Eve what she'd like to do. The Dragon says that she was hoping to hang out with her friends, with Estmi telling her to go ahead, they'll meet up with her later. Osloca says that the three of them are going to get black out drunk, with Egilica supposing she'll have to keep an eye on each of them. With that, the elders in Eve's life make their way over while Eve gets ready to hang out with her friends.
Dona, Ren, and Finnegan can be found with a group of lady soldiers that appear to hear out the coyote's tales of facing the Monster's forces. Finnegan asks Ren if they should mention that he hadn't actually stood before the Monster, with Ren simply saying "No harm letting him talk". Rebla, Ickivol, Folga, and Tenko can be found drinking somewhere, with the latter two opting for some more alcoholic drinks. Ickivol comments that Folga's had ten cups and she hasn't shown any sway, with Tenko slurring and saying that she's certainly one of Eslio's strongest. Telle, Wol, and Idli can be found over by a fountain in the courtyard, where the lot of them are enjoying some food: nice meats with, of course, a platter of donuts. The Hoarg upcoming-ruler comments that these treats will probably make for a good de-stresser in the future. Telle says that Ren seems to know good calming methods, with Wol muttering that his mind sometimes gets too clear. Players can even find some characters from sidequests around these halls. Either way, the various party members are enjoying their time, and when players approach Estmi, who comments that it's getting late, the ballroom is nearing its final dances, and asks if she's ready for them. When players say "Yes", it's about time to wrap up the night.
Estmi says that now that things are coming to a close, now seems like as best a time to have a dance as any. They ask her if there's anyone she wishes to spend the night with, and at that, players are given the option to dance with any member of their party (sans Ickivol, who'll be too on guard for a dance). Notably, if a party member is marked as a "Student", they'll only be available for a dance if Eve's social link with them is at Rank 7. The dances with the veterans will seem more like a cute familial things, whereas dances with the students will have a more romantic feel to them as she and whoever she chooses enjoys each other's presence. Either way, the event is capped off with a nice dance before the night ends.
Octuar 23rd
On this day, the various party members, as well as Tenko, wake up and meet up outside of the castle, back in their usual fits. Dona complains that last night was too good, why'd he have to wake up so early today... Telle reminds him that they have class, with the coyote whining that they saved the world, can't they have some sort of exemption? This earns some chuckles from the various party members, with Finnegan offering him his notes for later in the day. Wol points out that his penmanship is nearly illegible, and as they talk, Idli is off to the side seeming quiet, something Eve notices.
The Dragon turns to him, and asks how he's doing. The ibis says that with all of that Monster and dancing business, the date hardly seemed like the biggest concern. But... he says that his coronation is tomorrow. That seems to shock the various party members and they turn towards him. Rebla realizes they'd forgotten that too, and asks if he'll be ok. The ibis replies that he's honestly not sure. But, he can't put it off forever... Folga says that, regardless of his future, there's still room for them to contact each other, right? Idli nods and says that he wouldn't be where he is if it weren't for all of them, he owes them at least letters back whenever the occasion calls. Telle asks if that applies to them too, with the royal nodding. He says that he hopes to give his home a good future, and also hopes fortune on them all as well. The various party members offer the same with him, with Eve saying that she hopes to keep up good relations with him and his kingdom. The ibis is sure that won't be a problem, and with one last "goodbye", makes his way off towards some Hoarg carriages.
As he heads off, Finnegan realizes that, with everything they'd gone through, the future really was the furthest thought for them all, hasn't it? Dona points out that that's all because those guys kept trying to rob it from them. But now the Monster is gone, and they have an endless expanse ahead of them, don't they? Despite Ren affirming the stance, there seems to be some uncertainty among members of the group. Eve says that she, Finnegan, Tenko, and Folga are going to have to take care of the kingdoms. Wol mutters that several people here came into college with previous duties... However, Ickivol speaks up and says that now's not the time to get mopey.
They spent all this time fighting for the world, and now they're going to be scared of it? Tenko says they're right. So what if the future looks a little odd for them: that's years away for them! They're here now, they don't have to worry about the Monster breathing down their necks, right? Ren nods and says he's right. Now seems like the perfect time to finally enjoy their time. Folga agrees and says that there's plenty of sites to see and things to do, and now they have the freedom for that. Eve nods and says that after everything, it's time to finally enjoy life! The party and Tenko cheer in agreement before making their way out into a brighter world!
Meanwhile, the scene cuts back to the medical ward, specifically to Morge's bed. She's still comatose and still stable. As she lays there, like a jumpscare, the scene flashes to glimpses of that cave, showing a familiar figure wreathed in the static magic. The scene swaps between the uneasy calm of Morge's condition, and the chaotic nightmare that is the scene in the cave as the particles pool around the figure, its face keeps changing species, and that set of jaws from near the end of Chapter 6 visible. As the scene goes on, the chaotic noises that flash on whenever the scene swaps to the cave soon transitions into the sounds of Morge's screams as it's revealed that the cave scenes are from her point of view, her holding up an arm defensively. The swaps between the bed and the cave soon stop to simply hang on Morge, still comatose...
==Chapter 8: Enemy of Creation==
Octuar 24th, 1436
The next year opens up, and it takes place within the Enror castle. There, it specifically focuses on a room within, consisting of a large table with guards inside, King Ocka at one seat, and the others occupied by various Enror nobles. Maize Higura can be seen at one chair, and the other four are occupied by a thin sabertooth woman (Kizel), a bulky elk man (Firon), a short stoat nb (Ells), and a fat toucan woman (Irzik). The many nobles are seen trying to shout over each other while Ocka is trying to keep up with each of them. By the time the scene opens up, he manages to quiet them down.
He tells them that he understands their concerns, with Irzik saying that he's certainly taking a while to do something about it! She points out that she told him all the way back in Augua that her territory is running out of harvestable material! Maize replies that he brought up his own concerns even before that! The many nobles shout again, though Ocka waves his hands and shuts them up. He tells them that he understands their concerns, but his men are quartering off territory as they speak. He assures them that they will find material, and he'll even through in space for them to set more factories. For now, he asks that they sit back and carefully partition their resources while they wait for updates. 
The various nobles don't seem satisfied, but they ultimately decide that listening to more of this won't do them much good. So, they ultimately file out and are escorted by the guards. Ocka, meanwhile, makes his way to the throne room to meet General Siln, who's holding a map. The Enror king asks them if they uncovered anything, with Siln saying that they've reviewed much of the up to date mining records. They've still yet to uncover an unexplored shaft. The royal tiger seems more and more weary at this news. He says that if they can't find something, their economy will be completely destroyed... General Siln asks what they are to do, with Ocka quiet for a moment. He shakes his head and replies that all they can do is keep searching. He tells them to increase their efforts, with Siln saying they'll relay their orders. Ocka also says to also organize some hush-money for those nobles. They can't afford to tell Enror something is happening before they have a solution...
----
Once that scene wraps up, the camera comes back into Ruga, showing that there are some additions to the castle, such as some larger rooms and some larger hallways, visible from even the outside. The camera then comes closer to the front gates of it, where the player can see the various guards standing outside of it. Osloca asks if they need to keep on escorting her, with Egilica saying that they need to make sure no harm could possibly come to her. The skunk says that her highness could probably jump and end up at the college, she's pretty sure they're more in danger being beside her than she is without them there. Faunt says that he's willing to give everything to protect her. Anyways, she's almost here...
Some massive steps can be heard from the castle. And soon, from the Castle comes a familiar Dragon, though she now stands to be as tall as a building! She's built up significant muscle and thicker horns, as well as massive wings that are currently folded against her back, and a tail as long as she is tall. She yawns as she advances before greeting the three guards. She asks how everyone is doing, with Faunt saying he's doing perfectly fine. Hearing that earns a smile from the now older Dragon, though she says he's always free to speak up if he's not sure about his health. The stallion says as long as their majesty has fire in their breast his body is their shield.
Eve gives a somewhat saddened smile, though nods. Thus, she advances alongside the other guards, before they soon make it to the college where her other friends are waiting, though Ren is late. Notably, Tenko and Folga can be seen holding hands. The lot of them spy Eve and wave her hello. She comes closer and asks if each of them remembered their assignments. Dona complains that he's sure he did before she said that. Telle says she read up on the dispersion of Diluba's shogunates, she made that report on the works of Helluam's Hisfiretu... Rebla replies that she worked on Kinet's sword style, with Ickivol showing off a katana-looking blade that has a straight edge where the curve should be... Wol mutters that she was too sleepy to do anything... Tenko replies he was too busy shopping for Folga, prompting the raccoon to ask what for, though the tiger realizes that that's supposed to be a secret... Finnegan then sees that Ren is approaching.
Ren comes in and greets them. He asks how their essays on that Tywyl Rose looks, prompting gasps of shock from many of the party members. Eve will curse that she spent so long working on it last night, she forgot to pick up her papers this morning! Telle panics and wonders if she can pick them up, only for the college's bell to ring. Wol mutters that S'bol's not going to give them a light sentence for this, though Folga says that this may not all be lost. Her class isn't until later in the day, they probably have enough knowledge between each of them to make something legible on that plant, with Ren clarifying "poison", and Folga continues that they should be able to get some good marks if they just put their heads together. Eve says that that sounds like a plan, and says that they'll meet up over on the west side of the building between classes. Ickivol offers to grab Rebla's papers, with the otter saying she'd appreciate that. And thus, the lot of them move out to go through a college day without having to worry about any cult business.
The player is treated to some brief scenes of the party going through classes. During this, they get to see Eve needing to lean over to windows in order to participate in classes, complete with special windows and desks in order for her to be treated to. There are also periods where the students meet between classes to look over their papers. The day goes on and on until the classes end, and Eve takes a deep breath once she's outside. She bemoans that there's no way that essay is going to have passing marks... If her Guts are high enough, she'll comment that she thinks she can make up for that little mistake later.
Either way, players have the rest of the day to enjoy themselves, complete with being able to interact with various npcs, have social interactions, go out into the field to grind or finish quests, collect or new Squads or interact with them through Ocre's business, so on and so forth. Through npcs, players can gather information on how the world is looking. S'bol can be found over at a tavern, commenting that it sounds like a fair few businesses in Hoarg went under, with a few Hoarg travelers commenting that that new queen has been struggling with distributing the wealth, but the resources Ruga's been providing has been helpful. Some other Hoarg travelers will comment about some anti-Idalna faction having started some uprising last month. Ticken can also be found interacting with some of the Diluban painters, him commenting that it sounds like there's a new artistic movement coming along, and it sounds like Shol and those other nobles might swoop in to reinvigorate their old museum idea. Some Enror travelers comment that the nobles have been getting really nervous about something lately...
Either way, night eventually comes, and Eve will sleep. As she does, the scene cuts over to Hoarg's palace. It specifically cuts to inside the chambers of one of it, showing a familiar green ibis at work, now bearing regalia similar to Inola's. However, they bare very distinctly feminine features as opposed to their masculine ones, having more curves and breasts. Ergri comes by and greets them as Queen Idalna, getting the ibis's attention and confirming that the Hoarg ruler had transitioned into a woman. She turns and addresses the royal advisor, asking how things are. She says that the majority of Medicinal States have been restocked, and they're receiving a request from Rugan settlements for medicines.
Idalna sighs and is grateful they have some good news. She looks over her own documents and says that Enror's been demanding more and more medicines, and says that this can't be good on their own coffers. Sometimes she wishes she could step over and say "Be more careful!" Ergri nods and says they could certainly do better with their quality control... Idalna then rubs her temples and says that she's had plenty to worry about without having to measure how many precious medicines are being exported out. That Monster War already drained a lot of their resources, now she's had to dedicate money to the safe escorting of these things, and now they've lost a bunch of shops to bring out more guards.
Ergri asks if she's remembered to sleep, with the ibis sighing and saying she's just been trying to catch up with her own duties here. That uprising last month really put a kink in their work. The gator assures her that she can look over the rest of her documents, and offers to let her lay down. The Hoarg queen sighs and asks if she'd really feel ok doing that. The gator assures her that she agreed to take this on with her, with Idalna thanking her. She hesitantly gets out of the seat and the advisor waves her off. Idalna is still hesitant, though she takes a deep breath and presses onwards and out to her own chambers.
Octuar 25th
The players have another day of college before meeting up at their usual hangout spot. The area looks nicely filled out, bearing a gazebo and a now completed hut. Said hut is about the size of a typical log cabin, though was outfitted with portion of the wall that can be raised and lowered almost like a drawbridge, clearly meant to accommodate at least a fraction of Eve's new size. Once the party arrives, Dona, Telle, Tenko, and Wol flop onto a seat at the gazebo with the coyote complaining that these guys are getting relentless about their work all of a sudden. Telle remarks that if it wasn't for Ren, she's not sure if she would've gotten a peaceful sleep these last couple of months. That gets the Hoarg fox to stumble at her casually revealing that, with Dona complaining that he never said he was handing any of his junk out.
Finnegan says that it only makes sense. For a lot of students here, these classes will be over soon, so they want to make sure they got their fill of experience. Hearing that gets several of the people present uncomfortable, with Rebla remarking that she almost forgot about that... Folga supposes that in a year, that'll be the end for a bunch of them... Ren sighs and says that he was hoping to take his mind off of that. The Dragon says that that doesn't have to mean anything. Just because they've had their fill of these courses, that doesn't mean that can't hang out. Telle nods and says they're more than just a study group, they've gone through a lot all together.
Several of the party members give noncommittal nods, clearly not wholly believing in their own affirmation. Ickivol decides to speak up and says that, it's not that simple for a bunch of them. A lot of the people here have obligations to things beyond Ruga, including Eve herself. The Dragon asks what they mean, with Folga pointing out that she's royalty. They all know what that sort of position means for Idalna; she's been able to send letters, but it'd be a miracle for her to be able to step out of the palace. Tenko sighs and says that she's right. This college was always meant to be a steppingstone for much of them as they advance in life. He says that if it's any consolation, he's probably going to still be near: he still has a lot of college courses to sit through. Folga chuckles and says she'll probably still have some stuff to sit through too. Becoming knowledgeable about this makes Eve visibly uncomfortable, with Finnegan apologizing for bringing the mood down.
Rebla says that she supposes it's important that they have a bit of a reality check, with Wol muttering that the truth is a painful mistress... Dona hops up and says that if they really are looking at the tail end of some of their time around this kingdom, then they just need to make the most of this time! He says that he read that Enror's peaks are supposed to start shining with a brilliant Aurora once the month turns, they should check it out! Finnegan says he always heard of that. Diluban nobles rarely get the chance to get close enough to observe those Lights! Rebla remarks that they'd have to find some way to beat traffic, though Dona says that they got themselves a little fast pass! The party wonders what he means, at which the coyote goes up to Eve's side and motions to her wings.
The Dragon flexes those appendages, before realizing what he's suggesting. Folga seems to get fired up at that and agrees that being flown to the mountains upon divinity's back would be absolutely unforgettable! Tenko agrees, and says he has to try this out now! Ren, however, feels like clearing his throat, and remarks that as cool as that sounds, they could be in danger if they lost their footing on her back. Rebla also worries about some possible political concerns over that. Eve supposes that that could be a bit of a problem... but, she is kind of a big deal across Eslio, there's a good chance they'd give her some freedom. And if they're worried about something happening while they're on her back, then they could train for the moment. They have some time until the lights are meant to come.
The group seems to be in agreement and thus steps out to the field adjacent from their hangout. Once there, Rebla suggests that they should make sure they stay, at most, 20 meters from the surface and make sure that they have medical supplies on standby. The party is in agreement and appoints Ren and Ickivol to stand back. Thus, Eve gets low and makes sure her wings are low. The rest of the party thus climbs onto her back. She grunts at the sensation and Telle asks if she's doing alright. She nods and just says that they're a little heavier than she was expecting... Dona asks if she's still comfortable doing this, with the Dragon saying they can only go through this if she trains.
Thus the party makes sure they're secure on her back, with the Dragon asking if they're ready. The lot of them tell her she is, at which she takes a breath, and flexes her wings. And then, she flaps and begins to lift them all off. The many of the party members clutch around her carefully as she tugs them up while Ren and Ickivol looks on in awe and concern. She flaps more and more, though those towards the back of her body find themselves struggling against gravity. Dona says that now that they got some air, they should probably try and get some forwards momentum and even her body out! The Dragon recognizes the recommendation and thus flies forwards. The two on standby come closer weary as they notice that she's moving faster than they can.
She struggles a bit as she flies forwards, finding it a bit of a struggle to keep her body level. And as she tries to fly, the party takes notice that she's lowering in altitude. The two on standby try to get closer, though she crashes into the ground and manages to throw the party off of her. The party is scraped up and bruised, but ultimately alright. The two tend to their wounds with Ickivol remarking that they looked like they lost control fast. Finnegan says that he felt it, they were able to fly! Folga says she could feel the wind rushing past her, and she can't wait to touch the clouds! She tries to choke back her excitement, though Tenko can't help but admire her reaction.
Still, he asks Eve how she felt. The Dragon explains that she felt herself tire out a little pretty fast. She thinks she might've taken a little too long to go into a flight forwards. Wol mutters that she should work on her core strength, and Dona supposes that this was a fine test run, but for now they should probably take some time to lick their wounds and work on making this trip easier. The party is in agreement, with Telle realizing that it's getting late anyways. Ren says that he'll see them all tomorrow, with the group in agreement. And at that, the lot of them leaves, with Eve herself tired at night already. And so, she rests.
Octuar 26th
Fortunately, it's another free day, this time with no college to worry about. The party is quick to make it to the hangout again to train up, and all the while, Estmi is in their office to look over some documents. They're reviewing letters from Ocka, from Idalna, from Olive, and from Ferengi. As they read over these letters, they talk to themselves about how the queen of Hoarg is requesting additional money, about how Olive just wishes to know how things are going, about how Ferengi says that they don't plan to ask for any money for their artistic movement after the debacle a year ago, and then they read into Ocka's letter and seem to get more weary about this one specifically. They're quiet as they read it over, before holding the bridge of their nose.
They remark that if that man is serious about their resources dwindling, this could mean terrible things for all of Enror... They say that they'll have to send someone to help search for additional veins, but that'll only be a temporary solution... They remark that Enror will need some way to maintain their way of life. They wonder if Idalna would have any ideas, she seemed like a pretty bright individual. Though, she seems preoccupied... They ponder over this information, clearly pretty worried about what could happen in the kingdom to the west.
Meanwhile, the party wraps up their training with several of the party members coming out, covered in bruises and dirt. Eve apologizes, though Telle assures her that they're making good progress! The rest of the party affirms as much, and Rebla says that it's not like they have a small window to view the Lights. The group is in agreement before making their way out and to their respective homes. As they walk, the camera specifically focuses on Telle and Wol as they head back. As they do, Wol asks the seal if she's been thinking about what the royals were talking about, how they'll be moving on and everything. The seal shakes her head and admits that that little statement had been weighing heavy on her.
The dancer says that change was always going to be a thing, but to think that they're really going to be missing out on talking to all of these people... it's frightening. Wol nods and supposes that she'll at least be here for Eve. Telle nods, before being confused at her singling her specifically out. The seal asks if Wol is going to be here, with the sidewinder getting quiet for a moment. If players have reached Rank 7 of her Social Link, she'll say that her dad's still got plenty of people hiding out in Hoarg, she needs to be there for him once she finishes her duties here. Otherwise, she'll say that her family's been sending letters and saying that they'll need her back when she completed her studies.
Either way, Telle will be stunned by the explanation. She apologizes and didn't realize she was going to do her own thing, with Wol shaking her head and telling her not to worry about it. She says that she's done a lot for her these past few years, and she'll always remember that. That makes Telle smile, and she says that she enjoyed hanging out with her too. She adds that everyone's enjoyed hanging out with her, with the serpent secretly smiling. She says that it won't be like she'll be gone tomorrow, they should probably save the goodbyes for when everything wraps up. Telle agrees, before they finally reach the seal's own dorm. She says she'll see her tomorrow, and the sidewinder nods and waves her goodbye, before slithering off.
Telle makes it to her room while picking up her letters. As she does, she comes upon one and becomes worried over what she's reading. Her dad's had a bad accident at the farm. He's recovering from the injury, but the doctor diagnosed a deadly illness in him. He's going to do whatever work he can, but he'll have to retire within a couple of years. Reading that shakes the seal and she tries to sit down to calm down. She wipes her brow and shakes as she's suddenly struck with this home-shaking news...
Octuar 27th
The next day came with the student group yet again able to enjoy a college-free day. Eve tries out flying again, and seems to be getting a better hang of traveling with her friends on her back. She does end up coming to a softer crash than before, and the various students get off. They come around back towards the Rugan fields where Finnegan says that she's doing better and better! Folga seems exceptionally jumpy with excitement, looking as if she'd fly off herself if she weren't holding Tenko's hand. Eve says that she's getting more and more excited too. She's sure that in a few more sessions she'll be able to get the lot of them ready to go to the mountains! Rebla tells her to be sure to pace herself, those Lights should be up across Novi and Demi.
The Dragon says that, either way, she won't keep them waiting! With that, the group parts again and makes their way back to their respective resting quarters. Along the way, the camera follows Dona, Ren, and Finnegan. The trio travel through the streets with Dona saying that he can't believe they might actually be able to touch the sky! Ren similarly seems excited about one day experiencing the flight. As they discuss, Finnegan seems a little uncertain about something. Dona seems to take notice, and asks the prince how he's feeling. The prince fox says that he'd just been thinking about what's going to happen when all of this is over. Ren supposes he's contemplating about becoming a ruler, with the Diluban prince nodding.
Dona says that it certainly sounds like it'll be a challenge based on what Idalna's gone through. Still, though, she is going through very different circumstances compared to what his ascension is going to entail. Finnegan knows that, but his parents have always been strict about him putting on a good face for politics, he guesses he's just scared of maybe marring his image in front of Diluba if he messes up. Ren says that the kingdom has to accept that its rulers are as mortal as anyone else. These past few years have certainly shown that the rulers are capable of err just like anyone else. Dona agrees and says that it'll definitely be a challenge, but he'll have people to help make the process easier. Finnegan seems to feel a bit of his burden lighten from that explanation, and thanks them.
He does say, however, that he will miss hanging out with them. Dona agrees, and says that they should take the time to visit his palace, and maybe he could make an opening for them. Finnegan nods and says he'll be sure to keep that in mind. With that, he parts from the duo and the remaining coyote and fox travel along the roads as well. As they walk, Ren asks Dona if there's anything he wishes to bring up. The coyote raises a brow and asks what he's talking about. The fox says that his mask is commendable but he can see he too had some reservations. The coyote starts to get quiet, and Ren continues that he can keep a secret. At that, the gunslinger sighs and searches his pockets before bringing something out.
Ren looks over it, and Dona says that his guild says that their gun is growing in popularity. I serving the Dragon well has granted it some rapport, and they were hoping to pull him back in so that he could demonstrate it to guilds and members of military. Ren asks if he wants to agree with this, to which the coyote says that he's hesitant, but this is a life changing amount of money they're offering. He's not sure if he can turn it down with a good conscious. If players reached Rank 7 of his Social Link, he'll also add that, after what his parents had been doing, he also needs to take some time to clean up his name around the guild. Ren understands that he has duties to attend to, but asks when he plans to tell the others. Dona says that he'll find the appropriate time, he just needs to make sure not to pile this all on Eve now that she just learned that her fellow royals are going to be harder to talk to.
Ren nods and understands. Dona asks if he has any plans, with Ren saying that he's a drug addict. Honestly, he's not sure if he can be a good person to support Eve until he makes himself into a better person. If his rank 7 Social Link is reached, he'll also add that he still needs to earn some respect back with his family, and though Dona says his parents seem to respect him, he says that he caused a lot of problems that he needs to make up for. Either way, this discussion leads to a bit of quiet between the two, and Dona supposes that they're going to be busy in the future. Ren says that these are likely to be temporary setbacks for each of them, there's bound to be times in the future where they can all hang out like friends again. Dona wipes his eye and says that he looks forwards to that... With that, the two make their way to their respective dorms.
Octuar 28th